HJaBntBBfiBriirH
 
 Ex Libris 
 C. K. OGDEN 
 
 : > > 
 ^V$T 
 
 >> 
 
 > 
 > 
 
 3 ' 
 
 > 
 
 
 
 , 
 . > * 
 
 * 
 
 
 lr -f " ' 
 
 y ' '* 
 > > > '? 
 
 ' J"J>ZJ > 
 _^-P- > > > _> >'^ 
 >>.--> -> > ^ 
 ^ J > J J^ >' ' > 
 
 
 
 '> .' ^' 
 
 'j Ife 
 
 ^'- v^ 
 
 ^> > '* 
 
 . > > > > 
 
 > " 
 
 
 5B 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 ) 
 
 > - 
 
 "; 
 
 > 
 
 > - 
 
 1 
 > r> J 
 
 - 
 .
 
 '> _^ 
 
 
 i - 5sn >> 
 ">.}> ^ >> 
 
 >' * * 
 
 >> ., 
 
 >Ji> 
 
 > ) >3 
 
 JL3> 
 
 JB 
 
 > *>>'; "* * 
 
 /> 
 ^ JP 
 
 > > : 
 
 ^^>> 
 
 ' >T ' 
 > i ~J > 
 
 > > j> > : 
 
 > > -^6? ^ ^ 
 
 ' 
 ^ J>- 
 
 ^ 
 
 . >^ ' -^ ^^ 
 
 >5 ^* 
 
 >> - * 
 
 7^ *' -> 
 
 > > ) > > 
 
 - , > > 
 
 ' >1> 
 
 ^ 
 
 , > - 
 
 0& 
 
 
 
 o 
 
 > 
 
 ;-^-*- 
 
 *""3>' 
 
 
 f> ' ..^ JB 
 > " > '-''' > > > 
 
 > j > > > > > 
 
 > *._-> > > 
 
 > ^> 
 
 a 
 
 > v> > 
 
 * .> 
 > 
 * 
 
 > XI s * 
 
 
 , ->' v 
 
 '-^ > 
 
 : >> >
 
 
 . \

 
 THE 
 
 HOLY WAR, 
 
 KING SHADDAI UPON DIABOLUS, 
 
 REGAINING OF THE METROPOLIS OF THE WORLD ; 
 
 OR, THE 
 
 anU (Talcing again 
 
 THE TOWN OF MANSOUL. 
 
 BY JOHN BUNYAN. 
 
 ILLUSTRATED BY THE AUTHOR'S OWN REFERENCES, AND EMBELLISHED WITH 
 SIXTY ENGRAVINGS. 
 
 LONDON : 
 GEORGE VIRTUE, 26, IVY LANE. 
 
 MDCCCXLIV.
 
 IX)NDON : 
 RICHAKD CLAY, PRINTER, BREAD STREET HM.
 
 Annex 
 
 MR, BUiNYAN'S ADVERTISEMENT TO THE READER. 
 
 SOME say the PILGRIM'S PROGRESS is not mine, 
 Insinuating as if I would shine 
 In name and fame by the worth of another, 
 Like some made rich by robbing of their brother ; 
 Or that so fond I am of being sire, 
 I'll father bastards ; or, if need require, 
 I'll tell a lie in print to get applause : 
 I scorn it ; John such dirt-heap never was 
 Since God converted him. Let this suffice 
 To show why I my Pilgrim patronize. 
 
 It came from mine own heart, so to my head, 
 And thence into my fingers trickled; 
 Then to my pen, from whence immediately 
 On paper I did dribble it daintily. 
 
 Manner and matter too were all mine own, 
 Nor was it unto any mortal known, 
 Till I had done it. Nor did any then, 
 By books, by wits, by tongues, or hand, or pen, 
 Add five words to it, or write half a line : 
 Therefore the whole, and every whit, is mine. 
 
 Also for this thine eye is now upon, 
 The matter in this manner came from none 
 But the same heart, and head, fingers, and pen, 
 As did the others. Witness all good men : 
 For none in all the world, without a lie, 
 Can say that this is mine, excepting I. 
 
 I write not this of any ostentation, 
 Nor 'cause I seek of men their commendation ; 
 I do it to keep them from such surmise, 
 As tempt them will my name to scandalize : 
 Witness my name, if anagram'd to thee, 
 The letters make, Nu hony in a B. 
 
 JOHN BUNYAN.
 
 ADDRESS. 
 
 'Tis strange to me, that they that love to tell 
 Things done of old, yea, and that do excel 
 Their equals in Historiology, 
 Speak not of Mansoul's wars, but let them lie 
 Dead, like old fables, or such worthless things, 
 That to the reader no advantage brings ; 
 When men, like them, make what they will their own, 
 Till they know this, are to themselves unknown. 
 
 Of stories I well know there's divers sorts, 
 Some foreign, some domestic ; and reports 
 Are thereof made, as fancy leads the writers ; 
 (By books a man may guess at the inditers.) 
 
 Some will again of that which never was, 
 Nor will be, feign (and that without a cause) 
 Such matter, raise such mountains, tell such things 
 Of men, of laws, of countries, and of kings ; 
 And in their story seem to be so sage, 
 And with such gravity clothe every page, 
 That though their frontispiece says all is vain, 
 Yet to their way disciples they obtain. 
 
 But, readers, I have somewhat else to do, 
 Than with vain stories thus to trouble you: 
 "What here I say some men do know so well, 
 They can with tears of joy the story tell. 
 
 The town of Mansoul is well known to many, 
 Nor are her troubles doubted of by any 
 That are acquainted with those histories, 
 That Mansoul and her wars anatomize. 
 
 Then lend thine ear to what I do relate 
 Touching the town of Mansoul, and her state ;
 
 ADDRESS. 
 
 How she was lost, took captive, made a slave ; 
 
 And how against him set, that should her save; 
 
 Yea, how by hostile ways she did oppose 
 
 Her Lord, and with his enemy did close; 
 
 For they are true ; he that will them deny, 
 
 Must needs the best of records vilify. 
 
 For my part, I myself was in the town, 
 
 Both when 'twas set up, and when pulling down : 
 
 I saw Diabolus in its possession, 
 
 And Mansoul also under his oppression. 
 
 Yea, I was there when she own'd him for lord, 
 
 And to him did submit with one accord. 
 
 When Mansoul trampled upon things divine, 
 And wallowed in filth as doth a swine : 
 When she betook herself unto her arms, 
 Fought her Emanuel, and despised his charms : 
 Then I was there, and sorely griev'd to see 
 Diabolus and Mansoul so agree. 
 
 Let no man, then, count me a fable-maker, 
 Nor make my name or credit a partaker 
 Of their derision ; what is here in view, 
 Of mine own knowledge I dare say is true. 
 I saw the Prince's armed men come down 
 By troops, by thpusands to besiege the town ; 
 I saw the captains, heard the trumpets sound, 
 And how his forces cover'd all the ground; 
 Yea, how they set themselves in battle 'ray, 
 I shall remember to my dying day. 
 
 I saw the colours waving in the wind, 
 And they within to mischief how combin'd, 
 To ruin Mansoul, and to take away 
 Her Primum Mobile without delay. 
 I saw the mounts cast up against the town, 
 And how the slings were placed to beat it down. 
 I heard the stones fly whizzing by my ears; 
 (What's longer kept in mind, than got in fears ?) 
 I heard them fall, and saw what work they made, 
 And how old Mors did cover with his shade 
 The face of Mansoul, and I heard her cry, 
 Woe worth the day, " In dying I shall die ! "
 
 VI ADDRESS. 
 
 I saw the battering-rams, and how they play'd 
 To beat up Ear-gate: and I was afraid 
 Not only Ear-gate, but the very town 
 Would by these battering-rams be beaten down. 
 
 I saw the fights, and heard the captains shout, 
 And in each battle saw who faced about: 
 I saw who wounded were, and who were slain, 
 And who, when dead, would come to life again. 
 
 I heard the cries of those that wounded were, 
 (While others fought like men bereft of fear:) 
 And while the cry, Kill ! kill ! was in mine ears, 
 The gutters ran not so much with blood as tears. 
 
 Indeed the captains did not always fight, 
 But then they would molest us day and night: 
 They cry, Up, fall on, let us take the town! 
 Keep us from sleeping, or from lying down. 
 I was there when the gates were broken ope, 
 And saw how Mansoul then was stript of hope. 
 I saw the captains march into the town, 
 How there they fought, and did their foes cut down. 
 
 I heard the Prince bid Boanerges go 
 Up to the castle, and there seize his foe : 
 And saw him and his fellows bring him down 
 In chains of great contempt quite through the town. 
 
 I saw Emanuel when he possest 
 His town of Mansoul: and how greatly blest 
 The town, his gallant town of Mansoul was, 
 When she received his pardon, lov'd his laws. 
 
 When the Diabolonians were caught, 
 When tried, and when to execution brought, 
 Then I was there : yea, I was standing by 
 When Mansoul did the rebels crucify. 
 
 I also saw Mansoul clad all in white, 
 And heard her Prince call her his heart's delight ; 
 I saw him put upon her chains of gold, 
 And rings and bracelets, goodly to behold. 
 
 What shall I say ? I heard the people's cries, 
 And saw the Prince wipe tears from Mansoul's eyes. 
 I heard the groans, and saw the joy of many ; 
 Tell you of all, I neither will, nor can I ;
 
 ADDRESS. vii 
 
 But by what here I say, you well may see 
 That Mansoul's matchless wars no fables be. 
 
 Mansoul, the desire of both Princes was, 
 One keep his gain would, t'other gain his loss ; 
 Diabolus would cry, The town is mine ! 
 Emanuel would plead a right divine 
 Unto his Mansoul ; then to blows they go, 
 And Mansoul cries, " These wars will me undo ! " 
 Mansoul, her wars seemed endless in her eyes, 
 She's lost by one, becomes another's prize ; 
 And he again that lost her last would swear, 
 Have her I will, or her in pieces tear. 
 
 Mansoul thus was the very seat of war ; 
 Wherefore her troubles greater were by far 
 Than only where the noise of war is heard, 
 Or where the shaking of a sword is fear'd! 
 Or only where small skirmishes are fought, 
 Or where the fancy fighteth with a thought. 
 
 She saw the swords of fighting men made red, 
 And heard the cries of those with them wounded. 
 Must not her frights, then, be much more by far 
 Than they that to such doings strangers are ? 
 Or theirs that hear the beating of a drum, 
 But need not fly for fear from house and home ? 
 
 Mansoul not only heard the trumpet sound, 
 But saw her gallants gasping on the ground; 
 Wherefore we must not think that she could rest, 
 With them whose greatest earnest is but jest ; 
 Or where the blust'ring threatenings of great wars 
 Do end in parleys, or in wording jars. 
 
 Mansoul her mighty wars they do portend 
 Her weal, her woe, and that world without end; 
 Wherefore she must be more concern'd than they 
 Whose fears begin and end the self-same day ; 
 Or where none other harm doth come to him, 
 That is engaged but loss of life and limb ; 
 As all must needs that now do dwell 
 In Universe, and can this story tell. 
 
 Count me not, then, with them who to amaze 
 The people, set them on the stars to gaze;
 
 Vlll ADDRESS. 
 
 Insinuating with much confidence 
 
 They are the only inen that have science 
 
 Of some brave creatures : yea, a world they will 
 
 Have in each star, though it be past their skill 
 
 To make it manifest unto a man 
 
 That reason hath, or tell his fingers can. 
 
 But I have too long held thee in the porch, 
 And kept thee from the sunshine with a torch. 
 Well, now go forward, step within the door, 
 And there behold five hundred times much more 
 Of all sorts of such inward rarities 
 As please the mind will, and will feed the eyes 
 With those which of a Christian thou wilt see ; 
 Nor do thou go to work without my key, 
 (In mysteries men do often lose their way,) 
 And also turn it right; if thou wouldst know 
 My riddle, and with my heifer plough, 
 It lies there in the window. Fare thee well, 
 My next may be to ring thy passing bell. 
 
 JOHN BUNYAN.
 
 Hist of t&e Illustrations. 
 
 STEEL PORTRAIT OF BUNYAN ...... To precede the Title 
 
 ORNAMENTAL HEADING THE HOLY WAR 1 
 
 WALLS OP THE TOWN OF MANSOUL ......... 3 
 
 THE BLACK PRINCE, DIABOLUS ........... 4 
 
 DIABOLUS BEFORE EAR-GATE 9 
 
 HOLD OF DEFIANCE 21 
 
 THE PEOPLE TAKE AN OATH 26 
 
 DIABOLUS' ARMOUR FOR THE CITIZENS 30 
 
 CAPTAIN EXECUTION 33 
 
 WILL-BE- WILL'S ORATION 46 
 
 THE ARMY OF SHADDAI ATTACKING MANSOUL 48 
 
 DIABOLUS ADDRESSING HIS ARMY 52 
 
 COMMOTION IN THE TOWN . , 68 
 
 PETITION GIVEN TO MR. LOVE-TO-MANSOUL 63 
 
 CAPTAIN CREDENCE 65 
 
 SETTING UP OF THE BLACK FLAG 68 
 
 THE SPEECH OF THE PRINCE 71 
 
 THE PRINCE GIVING THE WORD OF COMMAND 75 
 
 MR. LOTH-TO-STOOP BEFORE THE PRINCE 78 
 
 THE ADVANCE TO OPEN THE TOWN 80 
 
 CAPTAIN SECURE SLAIN 81 
 
 EAR-GATE BROKEN OPEN 86 
 
 CASTLE OF DIABOLUS 87 
 
 MR. BACKWARD-TO-ALL-BUT-NAUGHT LYING DEAD AT EAR-GATE . 89 
 
 CAPTAIN GOOD-HOPE KILLING BLINDFOLD 90 
 
 DIABOLUS STRIPPED OF HIS ARMOUR 92 
 
 THE PEOPLE OF MANSOUL COME TO MR. DESIRES-AWAKE ... 96 
 
 DESIRES-AWAKE BEFORE THE PRINCE . 97 
 
 THE PEOPLE CONSULTING ABOUT THE PETITION 100
 
 LIST OP THE ILLUSTRATIONS. 
 
 PACE 
 
 THE PETITION TO PRINCE EMANUEL 101 
 
 MR. DESIRES-AWAKE AND MR. WET-EYES RETURN TO THE TOWN . 104 
 
 THE PRISONERS PREPARING FOR DEATH 106 
 
 THE PRISONERS GOING TO THE CAMP 107 
 
 THE TROOPS ENTERING THE CASTLE . . .110 
 
 THE ARMY REVIEWED 114 
 
 THE PRINCE ENTERING THE TOWN . 117 
 
 A FEAST IN THE CASTLE 120 
 
 ATHEISM ON TRIAL 124 
 
 ESCAPE OF INCREDULITY 136 
 
 EXECUTION OF THE DIABOLONIANS 138 
 
 MR. EXPERIENCE APPOINTED CAPTAIN 140 
 
 CAPTAIN EXPERIENCE 141 
 
 THE PEOPLE DANCING 144 
 
 CONSCIENCE MADE MINISTER 148 
 
 DIABOLONIANS 151 
 
 THE PRINCE'S FEAST 155 
 
 MR. GOD'S-PEACE 157 
 
 MR. CARNAL-SECURITY AND THE TOWN' S- PEOPLE 159 
 
 GREAT SICKNESS IN MANSOUL 166 
 
 MESSENGER FROM MANSOUL 169 
 
 CONSPIRATORS 171 
 
 HELL-GATE HILL 173 
 
 DIABOLONIANS IN THE MARKET 177 
 
 CERBERUS AND MR. PROFANE 180 
 
 THOSE OF THE BLACK-DEN RIDING REFORM A D ES . ..... 193 
 
 SHIELD OF CAPTAIN NO-EASE 196 
 
 THE DRUMMER 206 
 
 THE CAPTAINS WOUNDED 209 
 
 DIABOLONIANS IN MANSOUL 213 
 
 THE PEOPLE VISIT CAPTAIN CREDENCE 219 
 
 LORD WILL-BE-WILL'S CHARGE 228 
 
 CAPTAIN SELF-DENIAL 240 
 
 MR. EVIL-QUESTIONING 243 
 
 MR. DILIGENCE ON THE WATCH 247 
 
 SELF-LOVE SLAIN 252 
 
 THE TOWN OF MANSOUL 253 
 
 TAIL PIECE "HOLD FAST TILL i COME" 260 

 
 "~\1'' <: 
 
 "' 
 
 IN my travels, as I walked through many 
 regions and countries, it was my chance to 
 arrive at that famous continent of Universe. A 
 very large and spacious country it is : it lieth 
 between the two poles, and just amidst the four 
 points of heaven. It is a place well watered, 
 and richly adorned with hills and valleys, bravely 
 situated ; and for the most part, at least where I was, 
 very fruitful ; also well peopled, and a very sweet air. 
 The people are not all of one complexion, nor yet 
 of one language, mode, or way of religion ; but differ 
 as much, it is said, as do the planets themselves : 
 some are right and some are wrong, even as it 
 happened to be in lesser regions. 
 
 In this country, as I said, it was my lot to 
 travel ; there travel I did, and that so long, even 
 till I had learned much of their mother-tongue, together with the 
 customs and manners of them among whom I was. And, to 
 
 B 
 
 A natural 
 state pleasing 
 to the flesh.
 
 2 THE HOLY WAR. 
 
 speak the truth, I was much delighted to see and hear many things which 
 
 I saw and heard among them : yea, I had, to be sure, even lived and died 
 
 a native among them, I was so taken, with them and their doings, 
 
 Christ. 
 
 had not my Master sent for me home to his house, there to do 
 business for him, and to see business done. 
 
 Now there is, in this gallant country of Universe, a fair and delicate town, 
 a corporation called Mansoul ; a town, for its building so curious, 
 
 Man. 
 
 for its situation so commodious, for its privileges so advantageous, 
 (I mean with reference to its original,) that I may say of it, as was said 
 before of the continent in which it is placed, " There is not its equal under 
 the whole heaven." 
 
 As to the situation of this town, it lieth between two worlds : and the 
 
 first founder and builder of it, so far as by the best and most authentic 
 
 scriptures, records I can gather, was one Shaddai ; * and he built it for his 
 
 own delight.f He made it the mirror and glory of all that he 
 
 The Almijzhty. * 
 
 Gen. i. 26. mac le, even the top-piece, beyond any thing else that he did in 
 
 that country. Yea, so goodly a town was Mansoul when first built, that, it 
 
 created. is said by some, the gods, at the setting up thereof, came down 
 
 Angela. to see it, and sung for joy ; and as he made it goodly to behold, 
 
 so also mighty to have dominion over all the country round about. Yea, 
 
 all were commanded to acknowledge Mansoul for their metropolitan, all were 
 
 enjoined to do homage to it. Ay, the town itself had positive commission, 
 
 and power from her King, to demand service of all, and also to subdue those 
 
 that any ways denied it. 
 
 There was reared up in the midst of this town a most famous and stately 
 
 The heart, palace ; { for strength, it may be called a castle ; for pleasantness, 
 
 a paradise ; for largeness, a place so copious as to contain all the 
 
 Ecci.iu. n. wor i<}. This place the King Shaddai intended but for himself 
 
 alone, and not another with him : partly because of his own delights, and 
 
 partly because he would not that the terrors of strangers should be upon the 
 
 * Shaddai means the Ail-Sufficient, or Almighty. 
 
 t And God said, Let us make man in our image, after our likeness ^ and let them have 
 dominion over the fish of the sea, and over the fowl of the air, and over the cattle, and over all 
 the earth, and over every creeping thing that creepeth upon the earth. Gen. i. 26. 
 
 J The heart and condition of man in his original state. 
 
 He hath made every thing beautiful in his time ; also he hath set the world in their heart. 
 EccLiii. 11.
 
 THE HOLY WAR. 
 
 The 
 
 powers of 
 the soul. 
 
 town. This place Shaddai made also a garrison of; but he committed the 
 keeping of it only to the men of the town. 
 
 The walls of the town 
 were well built; 
 yea, so fast and 
 firm were they knit and 
 compacted together, that 
 had it not been for the 
 townsmen themselves, 
 they could not have 
 been shaken or broken 
 for ever. 
 
 For here lay the ex- 
 cellent wisdom 
 
 The body. 
 
 of him that 
 built Mansoul, that the 
 walls could never be 
 broken down nor hurt, 
 by the most mighty ad- 
 verse potentates, unless 
 the townsmen gave consent thereto. 
 
 This famous town of Mansoul had five gates, at which to come out, and 
 at which to go in ; and these were made likewise answerable to the walls, 
 to wit, impregnable, and such as could never be opened nor forced but 
 by the will and leave of those within. The names of the gates 
 are these : Ear-gate, Eye-gate, Mouth-gate, Nose-gate, and 
 Peel-gate. 
 
 Other things there were that belonged to the town of Mansoul, which if 
 you adjoin to these, will yet give further demonstration to all, of the glory 
 and strength of the place. It had always a suificiency of Thesta te of Man- 
 provision within its walls : it had the best, most wholesome, and 
 excellent law that was then extant in the world. There was not a rogue, 
 rascal, nor traitorous person then within its walls : they were all true men, 
 and fast joined together : and this, you know, is a great matter. And to 
 all these it had always, so long as it had the goodness to keep true to 
 Shaddai, the king, his countenance, his protection, and it was his delight, &c. 
 
 B 2 
 
 The five senses.
 
 THE 1JOLY WAU. 
 
 Isaiah 
 xiv. 12. 
 
 Well, upon a time there was one Diabolus, a mighty giant, made an 
 
 The devii. assault upon the famous town of Mansoul, to take it, and make 
 
 it his own habitation. This giant was one of the Blacks or 
 
 fallen angei*- Negroes, and a most raving prince he was. We will, if you 
 
 please, first discourse of the original of this Diabolus, and then of his taking 
 
 of this famous town of Mansoul. 
 
 This Diabolus is indeed a great 
 
 and mighty prince, and yet poor 
 
 The origin and beggarly. As to his 
 
 of Diabolus. i i r> , 
 
 original, he was at first 
 one of the servants of King Shaddai, 
 by whom he was made, and raised 
 to a most high and mighty place, 
 yea, and was put into such prin- 
 cipalities as belonged to the best 
 of his territories and dominions. 
 
 This Diabolus was made 
 
 Son of the morning,* and 
 a brave place he had of it : it 
 brought him much glory, and gave 
 him much brightness : an income 
 that might have contented his 
 Luciferian heart, had it not been 
 insatiable, and enlarged as hell 
 itself. 
 
 Well : he seeing himself thus 
 
 exalted to greatness and honour, 
 
 and raging in his mind for higher 
 
 state and degree, what doth he but 
 
 begin to think with himself, how he might be set up as lord over all, and 
 
 2 Pet. .4. have the sole power over Shaddai. (Now that did the king 
 
 reserve for his Son, yea, and he had already bestowed it upon 
 
 him ;) wherefore he first consults with himself what had best to be done ; 
 
 and then breaks his mind to some others of his companions, to which they 
 
 * How art them fallen from heaven, O Lucifer, son of the morning! how art thou cut down 
 to the ground, which did weaken the nations ! Isa. xiv. 12.
 
 THE HOLY WAR. O 
 
 also agreed. So, in fine, they came to this issue, that they should make an 
 attempt upon the King's Son to destroy him, that the inheritance might be 
 theirs. Well, to be short, the treason, as I said, was concluded, the time 
 appointed, the word given, the rebels rendezvoused, and the assault attempted. 
 Now the King and his Son being all and always eye, could not but discern 
 all passages in his dominions, and he having always a love for his Son, as 
 for himself, could not, at what he saw, but be greatly provoked and offended : 
 wherefore what does he but take them in the very nick, and first trip that 
 they made towards their design, convicts them of the treason, horrid rebellion, 
 and conspiracy that they had devised, and now attempted to put into practice, 
 and casts them altogether out of all place of trust, benefit, honour, and pre- 
 ferment : this done, he banishes them the court, turns them down into 
 horrid pits, never more to expect the least favour from his hands, but to 
 abide the judgment that he had appointed, and that for ever and ever.* 
 
 Now, they being thus cast out of all place of trust, profit, and honour, and 
 also knowing that they had lost their prince's favour for ever, being banished 
 his court, and cast down to the horrible pits, you may be sure they would 
 now add to their former pride what malice and rage against Shaddai, and 
 against his Son, they could. Wherefore roving f and ranging in 
 
 J . . IPet.v. 8. 
 
 much fury from place to place, if perhaps they might find some- 
 thing that was the King's, to revenge themselves on him by spoiling that ; 
 at last they happened into this spacious country of Universe, and steered 
 their course towards the town of Mansoul : and considering that that town 
 was one of the chief works and delights of King Shaddai ; what do they, 
 but, after counsel taken, make an assault upon that. I say, they knew that 
 Mansoul belonged unto Shaddai : for they were there when he built and 
 beautified it for himself. So when they had found the place, they shouted 
 horribly for joy, and roared on it like as a lion on its prey ; saying, " Now we 
 have found the prize, and how to be revenged on King Shaddai for what he 
 hath done to us." So they sat down and called a council of war; and con- 
 sidered with themselves what ways and methods they had best engage in, 
 for the winning to themselves this famous town of Mansoul : and these four 
 things were then propounded to be considered of : 
 
 * And the angels which kept not their first estate, but left their own habitation, he hath 
 reserved, in everlasting chains, under darkness, unto the judgment of the great day. Jude 6. 
 
 f Be sober, be vigilant; because your adversary the Devil, as a roaring lion, walketh about 
 seeking whom he may devour. 1 Pet. v. 8.
 
 6 THE HOLY WAR. 
 
 First. Whether they had best all of them to show themselves in this 
 design to the town of Mansoul ? 
 
 Secondly. Whether they had best to go and sit down against Mansoul, 
 in then 4 now ragged and beggarly guise ? 
 
 Thirdly. Whether they had best show to Mansoul their intentions, and 
 what design they came about ; or whether to assault it with words and ways 
 of deceit ? 
 
 Fourthly. Whether they had not best give out private orders to some of 
 then* companions, to take the advantage, if they see one or more of the 
 principal townsmen, to shoot them ; if thereby they shall judge their cause 
 and design will the better be promoted ? 
 
 It was answered, to the first of these proposals, in the negative ; to wit, 
 that it would not be best that all should show themselves before the town, 
 because the appearance of many of them might alarm and frighten the town ; 
 whereas a few, or but one of them, was not so likely to do it. And 
 to cause this advice to take place, it was added further, that if Mansoul 
 was frightened, or did take the alarm, " it is impossible" said Diabolus (for he 
 spoke now), " that we should take the town : for that none can enter into it 
 without its own consent. Let, therefore, but a few, or but one, assault 
 Mansoul, and, in my opinion," said Diabolus, " let me be he." Wherefore to 
 this they all agreed ; and then to the second proposal they came, namely, 
 
 II. Whether they had best to go and sit down before Mansoul in their 
 now ragged and beggarly guise ? 
 
 To which it was answered also in the negative, By no means ; and that 
 because, though the town of Mansoul had been made to know, and to have 
 to do with, before now, things that are invisible ; they never did as yet see 
 any of their fellow-creatures in so bad and rascally a condition as they : and 
 this was the advice of the fierce Alecto. Then said Apollyon, " The advice 
 is pertinent ; for one of us appearing to them as we are now, must needs 
 both beget and multiply such thoughts in them as will put them into a con- 
 sternation of spirit, and necessitate them to put themselves upon their guard : 
 and if so," said he, " then, as Diabolus said but now, it is in vain for us to 
 think of taking the town." Then said that mighty giant, Beelzebub, " The 
 advice that is already given is safe : for, though the men of Mansoul have 
 seen such things as we were once, yet hitherto they did never behold such 
 things as we now are. And it is best, in my opinion, to come upon them
 
 THE HOLY WAR. 7 
 
 in such a guise as is common to and most familiar among them." To this 
 when they had consented, the next thing to be considered was, In what shape, 
 hue, or guise, Diabolus had best to show himself, when he went about to 
 make Mansoul his own. Then one said one thing and another the contrary. 
 At last Lucifer answered, That, in his opinion, it was best his lordship 
 should assume the body of one of those creatures that they of the town had 
 dominion over : " for," quoth he, " those are not only familiar to them, but, 
 being under them, they will never imagine that any attempt should by them 
 be made upon the town ; and, to blind all, let him assume the body of one 
 of those beasts that Mansoul deems to be wiser than any of the 
 
 / Gen. iii. 1. 
 
 rest." * This advice was applauded of all ; so it was determined 
 that the giant Diabolus should assume the dragon ; for that he was, in those 
 days, as familiar with the town of Mansoul, as now is the bird with the boy ; 
 for nothing that was in its primitive state was at all amazing to them. 
 They then proceeded to the third thing, which was, 
 
 III. Whether they had best show their inclinations, or the design of 
 their coming to Mansoul or no ? 
 
 This also was answered in the negative, because of the weight that was 
 in their former reasons, to wit, for that Mansoul were a strong people, a 
 strong people in a strong town, whose walls and gates were impregnable, 
 (to say nothing of their castles,) nor can they by any means be won but by 
 their own consent. " Besides," said Legion, (for he gave answer to this,) 
 " a discovery of our intentions may make them send to their king for aid ; 
 and if that be done, I know what time of the day it will be with us ; there- 
 fore let us assault them in all pretended fairness, covering our intentions 
 with all manner of lies, flatteries, delusive words : feigning things that 
 will never be, and promising that to them which they shall never find : this 
 is the way to win Mansoul, and to make them willingly open their gates to 
 us ; yea, and desire us also to come in to them. 
 
 " And the reason why I think that this project will do, is, because the 
 people of Mansoul are now every one simple and innocent ; all honest and 
 true : nor do they as yet know what it is to be assaulted with fraud, guile, 
 and hypocrisy. They are strangers to lying and dissembling lips ; wherefore 
 
 * Now the serpent was more subtle than any beast of the field which the Lord God had 
 made. And he said unto the woman, Yea, hath God said, Ye shall not eat of every tree of the 
 garden ? Gen. iii. 1 .
 
 8 THE HOLY WAR. 
 
 we cannot, if thus we be disguised, by them at all be discerned ; our lies 
 shall go for true sayings, and our dissimulations for upright dealings. What 
 we promise them, they will in that believe us ; especially if in all our lies 
 and feigned words we pretend great love to them, and that our design is 
 only their advantage and honour." Now there was not one bit of a reply 
 against this, for it went as current down as doth the water down a steep 
 descent ; wherefore they go to consider of the last proposal, which was, 
 
 IV. Whether they had not best to give out orders to some of their 
 company, to shoot some one or more of the principal of the townsmen ; if 
 they judge that their cause might be promoted thereby ? 
 
 This was carried in the affirmative ; and the man that was designed by 
 this stratagem to be destroyed, was one Mr. Resistance, otherwise called 
 captain Resistance ; and a great man in Mansoul this captain Resistance 
 was ; and a man that the giant Diabolus, and his band, more feared than 
 they feared the whole town of Mansoul besides. Now who should be the 
 actor to do the murder ? that was the next : and they appointed one Tisi- 
 phone, a fury of the lake, to do it. 
 
 They thus having ended the council of war, rose up, and assayed to do as 
 they had determined : they marched towards Mansoul, but all in a manner 
 invisible, save only one ; nor did he approach the town in his own likeness, 
 but under the shape and in the body of the dragon. 
 
 So they drew up, and sat down before Ear-gate ; for that was the place 
 of hearing for all without the town, as Eye-gate was the place of perception. 
 So, as I said, he came up with his train to the gate, and laid his ambuscade 
 for captain Resistance, within bowshot of the town. This done, the giant 
 ascended up close to the gate, and called to the town of Mansoul for audience. 
 Nor took he any with him but one Ill-pause, who was his orator in all dif- 
 ficult matters. Now, as I said, he being come up to the gate (as the manner 
 of those times was), sounded his trumpet for audience ; at which the chief 
 of the town of Mansoul, such as my lord Innocent, my lord Will-be-will, my 
 Lord-Mayor, Mr. Recorder, and captain Resistance, came down to the wall 
 to see who was there, and what was the matter. And my lord Will-be-will, 
 when he looked over, and saw who stood at the gate, demanded what he 
 was, and wherefore he was come, and why he roused the town of Mansoul 
 with so unusual a sound ? 
 
 Diabolus then, as if he had been a lamb, began his oration, and said,
 
 THE HOLY WAR. H 
 
 " Gentlemen of the famous town of Maiisoul, I am, as you may perceive, 
 no far dweller from you, but near, and one that is bound by the King to do 
 you my homage, and what service I can : wherefore, that I may be faithful 
 to myself and to you, I have somewhat of concern to impart unto you : 
 wherefore grant me your audience, and hear me patiently. And, first, 
 I will assure you, it is not myself but you, not mine but your advantage, 
 that I seek by what I now do, as will full weh 1 be made manifest, by that 
 I have opened my mind to you. For, Gentlemen, I am (to tell you the 
 truth) come to show you how you may obtain a great and ample deliver- 
 ance from a bondage that, unawares to yourselves, you are captivated and 
 enslaved under." At this the town of Mansoul began to prick up its ears. 
 " And what is it, pray ? what is it ? " thought they. And he said, " I have 
 something to say to you concerning your King, concerning his law, and also 
 touching yourselves. Touching your King, I know he is great and potent ; 
 but yet all that he has said to you is neither true, nor yet for your advantage. 
 1. It is not true ; for that wherewith he hath hitherto awed you, shall not 
 come to pass, though you do the thing he hath forbidden. But if there was 
 danger, what a slavery is it to live always in fear of the greatest of punish- 
 ment, for doing so small and trivial a thing as eating a little fruit D iaboius'sub- 
 is ! 2. Touching his laws, this I say, further, they are both of et iL m 
 unreasonable, intricate, and intolerable. Unreasonable, as was hinted before, 
 for that the punishment is not proportioned to the offence : there is a great 
 difference and disproportion betwixt the life and an apple ; yet the one must 
 go for the other, by the law of your Shaddai. But it is also intricate, in 
 that he saith, first, you may eat of all; and yet, after, forbid the eating of 
 one. And then, in the last place, it must needs be intolerable ; forasmuch 
 as that fruit, which you are forbidden to eat of, (if you are forbidden any,) 
 is that, and that alone, which is able, by your eating, to minister you a good 
 as yet unknown by you. This is manifest by the very name of the tree ; it 
 is called The Tree of Knowledge of Good and Evil : and have you that 
 knowledge as yet ? No, no ; nor can you conceive how good, how pleasant, 
 and how much to be desired to make one wise, it is, so long as you stand 
 by your King's commandment. Why should you be holden in ignorance 
 and blindness ? Why should you not be enlarged in knowledge and under- 
 standing ? And now,. O ye inhabitants of the famous town of Mansoul, 
 to speak more particularly to yourselves, ye are not a free people, ye are 
 
 c2
 
 12 THE 1IOLY WAR. 
 
 kept both in bondage and slavery, and that by a grievous threat, no reason 
 being annexed, but, So I will have it; so it shall be. And is it not grievous 
 to think on, that that very thing you are forbidden to do, might you but do 
 it, would yield you both wisdom and honour ? for then your eyes will be 
 opened, and you shall be as gods. Now since this is thus," quoth he, " can 
 you be kept by any prince in more slavery, and in greater bondage, than 
 you are under this day ? You are made underlings, and are wrapt up in 
 inconveniences, as I have well made appear : for what bondage greater than 
 to be kept in blindness ? Will not reason tell you, that it is better to have 
 eyes than to be without them ? and that to be at liberty is better than to be 
 shut up in a dark and stinking cave?" 
 
 And, just now, while Diabolus was speaking these words to Mansoul, 
 Tisiphone shot at captain Resistance, where he stood on the gate, and 
 mortally wounded him in the head : so that he, to the amazement of the 
 townsmen, and the encouragement of Diabolus, fell down dead quite over 
 the wall. Now when captain Resistance was dead, (and he was the only 
 man of war in the town,) poor Mansoul was wholly left naked of courage, 
 nor had she now any heart to resist : but this was as the devil would have 
 it. Then stood forth he, Mr. Ill-pause, that Diabolus brought with him, 
 who was his orator ; and he addressed himself to speak to the town of Man- 
 boul : the tenor of whose speech here follows : 
 
 ILL-PAUSE. " Gentlemen," quoth he, " it is my master's happiness, that 
 he has this day a quiet and teachable auditory ; and it is hoped by us, 
 that we shall prevail with you not to cast off good advice : my master has 
 a very great love for you : and although he very well knows that he runs the 
 hazard of the anger of King Shaddai, yet love to you will make him do more 
 than that. Nor doth there need that a word more should be spoken to 
 confirm for truth what he hath said ; there is not a word but carries with 
 it self-evidence in its bowels ; the very name of the tree may put an end to 
 all controversy in this matter. I therefore at this time shall only add this 
 advice to you, under and by the leave of my lord ;" (and with that he made 
 Diabolus a very low congee :) " Consider his words, look on the tree, and the 
 promising fruit thereof ; remember, also, that yet you know but little, and 
 that this is the way to know more : and if your reason be not conquered to 
 accept of such good counsel, you are not the men I took you to be." But 
 when the townsfolk saw that the tree was good for food, and that it was
 
 THE HOLY WAR. 13 
 
 pleasant to the eye, and a tree to be desired to make one wise, they did as 
 old Ill-pause advised ; they took and did eat thereof. 
 
 Now this I should have told you before, that even then, when this Hi-pause 
 was making his speech to the townsmen, my lord Innocency (whether by a 
 shot from the camp of the giant, or from some qualm that suddenly took 
 him, or whether by the stinking breath of that treacherous villain, old Ill- 
 pause, for so I am most apt to think) sunk down in the place where he stood, 
 nor could he be brought to life again. Thus these two brave men died : brave 
 men I call them, for they were the beauty and glory of Mansoul, so long as 
 they lived therein : nor did there now remain any more a noble spirit in 
 Mansoul ; they all fell down and yielded obedience to Diabolus, and became 
 his slaves and vassals, as you shall hear. 
 
 Now these being dead, what do the rest of the townsfolk, but, as men 
 that had found a fool's paradise, they presently, as afore was hinted, fell to 
 prove the truth of the giant's words : and, first, they did as Hi-pause had 
 taught them ; they looked, they considered, they were taken with the for- 
 bidden fruit : " they took thereof, and did eat ;" and having eaten, they 
 became immediately drunken therewith; so they opened the gates, both 
 Ear-gate and Eye-gate, and let in Diabolus, with all his bands, quite 
 forgetting their good Shaddai, his law, and the judgments that he had 
 annexed, with solemn threatenings, to the breach thereof. 
 
 Diabolus, having now obtained entrance in at the gates of the town, 
 marches up to the middle thereof, to make his conquest as sure as he could ; 
 and finding, by this time, the affections of the people warmly inclining to 
 him, he, thinking it was best striking while the iron was hot, made this 
 further deceivable speech unto them, saying, " Alas ! my poor Mansoul ! 
 I have done thee indeed this service, as to promote thee to honour, and to 
 greaten thy liberty ; but alas ! alas ! poor Mansoul, thou wantest now one to 
 defend thee ; for, assure thyself, when Shaddai shall hear what is done, he 
 will come ; for sorry will he be that thou hast broken his bonds, and cast his 
 cords away from thee. What wilt thou do ? Wilt thou, after enlargement, 
 suffer thy privileges to be invaded and taken away ? or what wilt thou 
 resolve with thyself?" Then they all with one consent said to this bramble, 
 " Do thou reign over us." So he accepted the motion, and became the king 
 of the town of Mansoul. This being done, the next thing was to give him 
 possession of the castle, and so of the whole strength of the town. Where-
 
 14 THE HOLY WAR. 
 
 fore into the castle he goes (it was that which Shaddai built in Mansoul, 
 for his own delight and pleasure) : this was now become a den and hold for 
 the giant, Diabolus. Now having got possession of this stately palace, or 
 castle, what doth he, but make it a garrison for himself, and strengthens 
 and fortifies it with all sorts of provisions against the King Shaddai, or those 
 that should endeavour the regaining of it to him and his obedience again. 
 
 This done, but not thinking himself yet secure enough, in the next place 
 he bethinks himself of new modelling the town : and so he does, setting up 
 one and putting down another at pleasure. Wherefore, my Lord Mayor, 
 whose name was my Lord Understanding, and Mr. Recorder, whose name 
 was Mr. Conscience, these he put out of place and power. 
 
 As for my Lord Mayor, though he was an understanding man, and one 
 
 too that had complied with the rest of the town of Mansoul in admitting 
 
 the giant into the town, yet Diabolus thought not fit to let him 
 
 abide in his former lustre and glory, because he was a seeing man,* 
 
 wherefore he darkened him, not only by taking from him his office and 
 
 power, but by building an high and strong tower, just between the sun's 
 
 reflexions and the windows of my lord's palace ; by which means the house, 
 
 and the whole his habitation, was made as dark as darkness itself; and 
 
 thus, being alienated from the light, he became as one that was 
 
 born blind, f To this house my lord was confined, as to a prison ; 
 
 nor might he upon his parole go further than within his own bounds. And 
 
 now, had he had an heart to do good for Mansoul, what could he do for 
 
 it, or wherein could he be profitable to her ? So then, so long as Mansoul 
 
 was under the power and government of Diabolus, (and so long it was under 
 
 him, as it was obedient to him, which was even until by a war it was rescued 
 
 out of his hand;) so long my Lord Mayor was rather an impediment in, 
 
 than an advantage to, the famous town of Mansoul. 
 
 As for Mr. Recorder, before the town was taken, he was a man weh 1 read 
 in the laws of his king, and also a man of courage and faithfulness to speak 
 
 * For the weapons of our warfare are not carnal, but mighty through God to the pulling 
 down of strong holds : casting down imaginations, and every high thing that exalteth itself 
 against the knowledge of God, and bringing into captivity every thought to the obedience of 
 Christ. 2 Cor. x. 4, 5. 
 
 f Having the understanding darkened, being alienated from the life of God through the 
 ignorance that is in them, because of the blindness of their heart. Who being past feeling have 
 given themselves over unto lasciviousness, to work all uncleanness with greediness. Eph. 
 iv. 18, 19.
 
 THE HOLY WAR. 15 
 
 truth on every occasion ; and he had a tongue as bravely hung, as he had an 
 head filled with judgment. Now, this man Diabolus could by no means 
 abide, because, though he gave his consent to his coming into the town; yet he 
 could not by all wiles, trials, stratagems, and devices that he could use, make 
 him his own. True he was much degenerated from his former king, and 
 also much pleased with the giant's service, and many of his laws. But this 
 would not do, forasmuch as he was not wholly his : he would now and then 
 think upon Shaddai, and have a dread of his law upon him, and then he 
 would speak against Diabolus with a voice as great as when a lion roareth : 
 yea, and would also, at certain times, when his fits were upon him, (for, you 
 must know, that sometimes he had terrible fits,) make the whole town of 
 Mansoul shake with his voice ; and therefore the new king of Mansoul could 
 not abide him. . ,- 
 
 Diabolus, therefore, feared the Recorder more than any that was left alive 
 in the town of Mansoul, because, as I said, his words did shake the whole 
 town ; they were Kke the rattling of thunder, and also like thunder-claps. 
 Since, therefore, the giant could not make him wholly his own, what doth 
 he do, but studies all that he could to debauch the old gentleman, and, by 
 debauchery, to stupify his mind, and more harden his heart in the ways of 
 vanity. And as he attempted so he accomplished his design ; he debauched 
 the man, and, by little and little, so drew him into sin and wickedness that 
 at last he was not only debauched as at first, and so by consequence defiled> 
 but was almost (at last, I say,) past all conscience of sin. And this was the 
 farthest Diabolus could go. Wherefore, he bethinks him of another project, 
 and that was, to persuade the men of the town that Mr. Recorder was mad, 
 and so not to be regarded. And for this he urged his fits, and said, " If he 
 be himself, why doth he not do thus always ? But," quoth he, "all mad 
 folk have their fits, and in them raving language : so hath this old and 
 doating gentleman." Thus, by one means or other, he quickly got Man- 
 soul to slight, neglect, and despise whatever Mr. Recorder could say. For, 
 besides what you have already heard, Diabolus had a way to make the old 
 gentleman, "when he was merry, unsay and deny what he in his fits had 
 affirmed. And indeed this was the next way to make himself ridiculous, 
 and to cause that no man should regard him. Also, now he 
 
 How conscience 
 
 never spake freely for King Shaddai, but always by force and S3S^*8i 
 constraint. Besides, he would at one time be hot against that
 
 16 THE HOLY WAR. 
 
 about which at another he would hold his peace, so uneven was he now in 
 his doings. Sometimes he would be as if fast asleep, and again sometimes 
 as dead, even then when the whole town of Mansoul was in her career after 
 vanity, and in her dance after the giant's pipe. 
 
 Wherefore, sometimes, when Mansoul did use to be frighted with the 
 thundering voice of the Recorder that was, and when they did tell Diabolus 
 of it, he would answer, that what the old gentleman said, was neither out 
 of love to him, nor pity to them, but of a foolish fondness that he had to be 
 prating ; and so would hush, still, and put all to quiet again. And that he 
 might leave no argument unurged that might tend to make them secure, he 
 said, and said it often, " O Mansoul ! consider that, notwithstanding the old 
 gentleman's rage, and the rattle of his high and thundering words, you hear 
 nothing of Shaddai himself;" (when, liar and deceiver that he was, every 
 outcry of Mr. Recorder against the sin of Mansoul was the voice of God in 
 him to them !) But he goes on, and says, " You see that he values not the 
 loss nor rebellion of the town of Mansoul ; nor will he trouble himself with 
 calling his town to a reckoning, for then' giving themselves to me. He 
 knows, that though ye were his, now you are lawfully mine ; so, leaving us 
 to one another, he hath now shaken his hands of us. 
 
 "Moreover, O Mansoul !" quoth he, "consider how I have served you, 
 even to the uttermost of my power ; and that with the best that I have, 
 could get, or procure for you in all the world : besides, I dare say that the 
 laws and customs that you now are under, and by which you do homage 
 to me, do yield you more solace and content than did the paradise that at 
 first you possessed. Your liberty, also, as yourselves do very well know, has 
 been greatly widened and enlarged by me : whereas I found you a penned-up 
 people, I have not laid any restraint upon you ; you have no law, statute, or 
 judgment of mine to fright you : I call none of you to account 
 
 Conscience. . 
 
 for your doings except the madman, you know who I mean : 
 I have granted you to live, each man like a prince in his own palace, even 
 with as little control from me as I have from you." 
 
 And thus would Diabolus hush up and quiet the town of Mansoul, when 
 
 the Recorder that was, did at times molest them ; yea, and with 
 
 Men some- . 
 
 times angry g^^ cursed orations as these would set the whole town in a rage 
 
 with tneircon- o 
 
 and fury against the old gentleman; yea, the rascally crew at 
 sometimes would be for destroying him. They have often wished, in my
 
 THE HOLY WAR. 17 
 
 hearing, that he had lived a thousand miles off from them : his company, 
 his words, yea, the very sight of him, and especially when they remembered 
 how in old time he did use to threaten and condemn them, (for ah 1 he was 
 now so debauched,) did terrify and afflict them sore. 
 
 But ah 1 their wishes were vain ; for, I don't know how, unless by the 
 power of Shaddai, and his wisdom, he was preserved in being amongst 
 them. Besides, his house was as strong as a castle, and stood hard by a 
 strong hold of the town : moreover, if at any time any of the crew 
 
 ' 111 thoughts. 
 
 or rabble attempted to make him away, he could pull up the 
 sluices, and let in such floods as would drown all round about or fears. 
 him. 
 
 But to leave Mr. Recorder, and to come to my Lord Will-be-will, another 
 of the famous town of Mansoul. This Will-be-will was as high- 
 
 The will. 
 
 born in Mansoul, and was as much, if not more, a freeholder, 
 than many of them were : besides, if I remember my tale aright, he had 
 some privileges peculiar to himself in the famous town of Mansoul. Now, 
 together with these, he was a man of great strength, resolution, and courage, 
 nor in his occasion could any turn him away. But, I say, whether he was 
 proud of his estate, privileges, strength, or what, (but sure it was through 
 pride of something !) he scorns now to be a slave in Mansoul ; and therefore 
 resolves to bear office under Diabolus, that he might (such a one as he was) 
 be a petty ruler and governor in Mansoul : and (headstrong man that he 
 was !) thus he began betimes ; for this man, when Diabolus did make his 
 oration at Ear-gate, was one of the first that was for consenting to his words, 
 and for accepting of his counsel as wholesome, and that was for opening the 
 gate, and letting him into the town : wherefore Diabolus had a kindness for 
 him, and for that reason designed him for a place ; and, perceiving the 
 valour and stoutness of the man, he coveted to have him for one of his great 
 ones, to act and do in matters of the highest concern. 
 
 So he sent for him, and talked with him of that secret matter which lay 
 in his breast ; but there needed not much persuasion in the case ; The win takes 
 
 place under 
 
 for as at first he was willing that Diabolus should be let into the 
 town, so now he was as willing to serve him there. When the tyrant, 
 therefore, perceived the willingness of my lord to serve him, and that his 
 mind stood bending that way, he forthwith made him captain of Heart meA 
 the castle, governor of the wall, and keeper of the gates of Man- 
 
 D
 
 18 THE HOLY WAR. 
 
 soul : yea, there was a clause in his commission, that nothing without him 
 
 should be done in all the town of Mansoul : so that now, next to Diabolus 
 
 himself, who but my Lord Will-be-will in all the town of Mansoul ! nor could 
 
 any thing be now done but at his will and pleasure throughout 
 
 the town of Mansoul.* He had also one Mr. Mind for his 
 
 clerk : a man, to speak on, every way like his master ; for he and 
 
 Eph.ii.2,3. J 
 
 his lord were in principle one, and in practice not far asunder, f 
 And now was Mansoul brought under to purpose, and made to fulfil the 
 lusts of the will, and of the mind. 
 
 But it will not be out of my thoughts, what a desperate one this Will- 
 be-will was, when power was put into his hand. First, he flatly denied that 
 he owed any suit or service to his former prince and liege lord. This done, 
 in the next place he took an oath, swore fidelity to his great master, 
 Diabolus, and then, being stated and settled in his place, oifice, advance- 
 ment, and preferment, oh, you cannot think, unless you had seen it, the 
 strange work that this workman made in the town of Mansoul. 
 
 First, he maligned Mr. Recorder to death ; he would neither endure to 
 
 see him, nor hear the words of his mouth : he would shut his eyes when 
 
 he saw him, and stop his ears when he heard him speak. Also 
 
 win e opposeth he could not endure that so much as a fragment of Shaddai 
 
 conscience. 
 
 should be anywhere seen in the town. For example, his clerk, 
 
 Mr. Mind, had some old, rent, and torn parchments of the law of good 
 
 Shaddai in his house : but when Will-be-will saw them he cast 
 
 Neh. ix. 26. 
 
 them behind his back, j True, Mr. Recorder had some of the 
 
 laws in his study ; but my lord could by no means come at them : he also 
 
 thought, and said, the windows of my old Lord Mayor's house 
 
 Corrupt will * J 
 
 und e erstand ark were always too light for the profit of the town of Mansoul. 
 The light of a candle he could not endure. Now nothing at 
 all pleased Will-be-will, but what pleased Diabolus his lord. 
 
 * Because the carnal mind is enmity against God ; for it is not subject to the law of God, 
 neither indeed can be. Rom. viii. 7. 
 
 f Wherein in time past ye walked according to the course of this world, according to the 
 prince of the power of the air, the spirit that now worketh in the children of disobedience : 
 among whom also we all had our conversation in times past in the lusts of our flesh, fulfilling 
 the desires of the flesh and of the mind ; and were by nature the children of wrath, even as 
 others. Eph. ii. 2, 3. f 
 
 J Nevertheless they were disobedient, and rebelled against thee, and cast thy law behind their 
 backs, and slew thy prophets, which testified against them to turn them to thee ; and they 
 wrought great provocations. Nehem. ix. 26.
 
 THE HOLY WAR. 19 
 
 There was no other like him to trumpet about the streets the brave 
 nature, the wise conduct, and great glory of the king, Diabolus. He would 
 range through all the streets of Mansoul, to cry up his illustrious lord ; and 
 would make himself even as an abject, among the base and 
 
 J Vain thoughts. 
 
 rascally crew, to cry up his valiant prince. And, I say, when 
 and wheresoever he found those vassals, he would even make himself as one 
 of them. In all ill courses, he would act without bidding, and do mischief 
 without commandment. 
 
 The Lord WiU-be-will also had a deputy under him, and his name was 
 Mr. Affection, one that was also greatly debauched in his prin- 
 
 Rom. i. 25. 
 
 ciples, and answered thereto in his life :* he was only given 
 
 to the flesh, and therefore they call him Vile- Affection. Now there was he 
 
 and Carnal Lust, the daughter of Mr. Mind, "like to like," quoth 
 
 . A match be- 
 
 the devil to the collier,) that fell in love and made a match, and S/^'ami 
 were married : and, as I take it, they had several children, as 
 Impudence, Blackmouth, and Hate-Reproof. These three were black boys; 
 and, besides these three, they had three daughters, as Scorn-Truth, Slight- 
 God, and the name of the youngest was Revenge ; these were all married in 
 the town, and also begot and yielded many bad brats, too many to be 
 inserted. But to pass by this : 
 
 When this giant had thus engarrisoned himself in the town of Mansoul, 
 and had put down and set up whom he thought good, he betakes himself 
 to defacing. Now there was in the market-place of Mansoul, and also upon 
 the gates of the castle, an image of the blessed King Shaddai : this image 
 was so exactly engraven, (and it was engraven in gold,) that it did the most 
 resemble Shaddai himself of anything that then was extant in the world. 
 This he basely commanded to be defaced, and it was basely done by the 
 hand of Mr. No-Truth. Now you must know, that, as Diabolus had com- 
 manded, and that by the hand of Mr. No-Truth, the image of Shaddai was 
 defaced ; he likewise gave order that the same Mr. No-Truth should set up 
 in its stead the horrid and formidable image of Diabolus, to the great con- 
 tempt of the former King, and debasing his town of Mansoul. 
 
 Moreover, Diabolus made havoc of all remains of the laws and statutes of 
 Shaddai, that could be found in the town of Mansoul ; to wit, such as con- 
 
 * Who changed the truth of God into a lie, and worshipped and served the creature more 
 than the Creator, who is blessed for ever. Amen. Rom. i. 25. 
 
 D 2
 
 20 THE HOLY WAR. 
 
 tained either doctrines or morals, with all civil and natural documents : also 
 relative duties he sought to extinguish. To be short, there was nothing of 
 the remains of good in Mansoul, which he and Will-be-will sought not to 
 destroy : for their design was, to turn Mansoul into a brute, and to make 
 it like to the sensual sow, by the hand of Mr. No-Truth. 
 
 When he had destroyed what law and good orders he could, then, further 
 to effect his design, namely, to alienate Mansoul from Shaddai her King, he 
 commands, and they set up his own vain edicts, statutes, and command- 
 ments, in all places of resort or concourse in Mansoul, to wit, such as gave 
 liberty to the lusts of the flesh, the lusts of the eyes, and the 
 
 1 John ii. 16. . J 
 
 pride of life, which are not of Shaddai, but of the world.* He 
 encouraged, countenanced, and promoted lasciviousness and all ungodliness 
 there. Yea, much more did Diabolus to encourage wickedness in the town 
 of Mansoul ; he promised them peace, content, joy, and bliss, in doing his 
 commands, and that they should never be called to an account for their not 
 doing the contrary. And let this serve to give a taste to them that love to 
 hear of what is done beyond their knowledge, afar off in other countries. 
 
 Now Mansoul being wholly at his beck, and brought wholly to his bow, 
 nothing was heard or seen therein, but that which tended to set up him. 
 
 But now he, having disabled the Lord Mayor and Mr. Recorder from 
 bearing any office in Mansoul, and seeing that the town, before he came to 
 it, was the most ancient of corporations in the world, and fearing, if he did 
 not maintain greatness, they at any time should object that he had done 
 them an injury ; therefore, I say, (that they might see that he did not intend 
 to lessen their grandeur, or take from them any of their advantageous things,) 
 he did choose for them a Lord Mayor and a Recorder to himself ; and such 
 as contented them to the heart, and such also as pleased him wondrous 
 well. 
 
 The name of the Mayor that was of Diabolus' making, was the Lord 
 Lustings : a man that had neither eyes nor ears ; all that he did, whether 
 as a man or an officer, he did it naturally as doth the beast ; and that which 
 made him yet more ignoble, though not to Mansoul, yet to them that 
 beheld, and were grieved for its ruin, was that he could never savour good, 
 but evil. 
 
 * For all that is in the world, the lust of the flesh, and the lust of the eyes, and the pride of 
 life, is not of the Father, but is of the world. 1 John ii. 16.
 
 THE HOLY WAK 
 
 21 
 
 The Recorder was one whose name was Forget- Good, and a very sorry 
 fellow he was ; he could remember nothing but mischief, and to do it with 
 delight. He was naturally prone to do things that are hurtful ; even hurtful 
 to the town of Mansoul, and to all the dwellers there. These two, therefore, 
 by their power and practice, examples, and smiles upon evil, did much more 
 mischief, and settled the common people in hurtful ways ; for who doth not 
 perceive, that when those that sit aloft are vile and corrupt themselves, they 
 corrupt the whole region and country where they are. 
 
 Besides these, Diabolus made several burgesses and aldermen in Mansoul ; 
 such as out of whom the town, when it needed, might choose them officers, 
 governors, and magistrates ; and these are the names of the chief of them : 
 Mr. Incredulity, Mr. 
 Haughty, Mr. Swearing, 
 Mr. Whoring, Mr. Hard- 
 Heart, Mr. Pitiless, Mr. 
 Fury, Mr. No-Truth, Mr. 
 Stand-to-Lies, Mr. False- 
 Peace, Mr. Drunkenness, 
 Mr. Cheating, Mr. Athe- 
 ism ; thirteen in all. Mr. 
 Incredulity is the eldest, 
 and Mr. Atheism the 
 youngest of the com- 
 pany. 
 
 There was also an 
 election of common- 
 councilmen, and others : 
 as bailiff, Serjeants, con- 
 stable, &c. but all of 
 them, like those afore- 
 named, being either 
 fathers, brothers, cousins, 
 or nephews, to them; 
 whose names, for brevity 
 sake, I omit to mention. 
 
 When the giant had thus far proceeded in his work, in the next place he 
 
 THE HOLD OF DEFIANCE.
 
 22 THE HOLY WAR. 
 
 betook him to build some strong holds in the town ; and he built three that 
 seemed to be impregnable. The first he called the hold of Defiance, because 
 it was made to command the whole town, and to keep it from the knowledge 
 of its ancient King. The second he called Midnight-Hold, because it was 
 built on purpose to keep Mansoul from the true knowledge of itself. The 
 third was called Sweet-Sin-Hold, because by that he fortified Mansoul 
 against all desires of good. The first of these holds stood close by Eye-gate, 
 that the light might as much as possible be darkened there. The second 
 was built hard by the old castle, to the end that that might be made more 
 blind, if possible. And the third stood in the market-place. 
 
 He that Diabolus made governor over the first of these, was one Spite- 
 God, a most blasphemous wretch. He came with the whole rabble of them 
 that came against Mansoul at first, and was himself one of themselves. He 
 that was made governor of Midnight-Hold was one Love-no-Light, he was 
 also one of them that came first against the town. And he that was made the 
 governor of the hold called Sweet-Sin-Hold, was one whose name was Love- 
 Mesh; he was also a very lewd fellow, but not of that country from whence 
 the others are bound. This fellow could find more sweetness when he was 
 sucking a lust, than he did in the Paradise of God. 
 
 And now Diabolus thought himself safe; he had taken Mansoul; he had 
 engarrisoned himself therein; he had put down the old officers, and set up 
 new ones; he had defaced the image of Shaddai, and had set up his own; 
 he had spoiled the old law-books, and had promoted his own vain lies; he 
 had made him new magistrates, and set up new aldermen; he had built 
 his new holds, and had manned them for himself. And all this he did to 
 make himself secure, in case the good Shaddai or his Son should come to 
 make an excursion upon them. 
 
 Now you may well think, that, long before this time, word by some or other 
 could not but be carried to the good King Shaddai, how his Mansoul, on the 
 continent of Universe, was lost: and that the giant Diabolus, once one of 
 his Majesty's servants, had, in rebellion against the King, made sure thereof 
 for himself. Yea, tidings were carried and brought to the King thereof, 
 and that to a very circumstance. 
 
 As first how Diabolus came upon Mansoul (they being a simple people 
 and innocent) with craft, subtlety, lies, and guile: Item, That he had 
 treacherously slain their right noble and valiant captain, the captain
 
 THE HOLY WAR. 23 
 
 Resistance, as he stood upon the gate with the rest of the townsmen : 
 Item, How my brave Lord Innocent fell down dead (with grief some say, or 
 with being poisoned with the stinking breath of one Ill-pause, as say others) 
 at the hearing of his just Lord and rightful Prince, Shaddai, so abused by 
 the mouth of so filthy a Diabolonian as that varlet Hi-pause was. The 
 messenger further told, that after this Ill-pause had made a short oration 
 to the townsmen in behalf of Diabolus, his master, the simple town, be- 
 lieving to be true what was said, with one consent did open Ear-gate, 
 the chief gate of the corporation, and did let him with his crew into 
 the possession of the famous town of Mansoul. He further showed how 
 Diabolus had served the Lord Mayor, and Mr. Recorder; to wit, that he 
 had put them from all place of power and trust. Item, He showed 
 also, that my Lord Will-be-will was turned a very rebel and runagate, 
 and that so was one Mr. Mind, his clerk; and that they two did -range and 
 revel it all the town over, and teach the wicked ones their ways. He 
 said, moreover, that this Will-be-will was put into great trust, and par- 
 ticularly that Diabolus had put into Will-be-wilTs hand all the strong places 
 in Mansoul; and that Mr. Affection was made my Lord Will-be-wilTs deputy, 
 in his most rebellious affairs. Yea, said the messenger, this monster, Lord 
 Will-be-will, has openly disavowed the King Shaddai, and hath given his 
 faith and plighted troth to Diabolus. 
 
 Also, said the messenger, besides this, the new king, or rather rebellious 
 tyrant, over the once famous, but now perishing, town of Mansoul, has set 
 up a lord mayor and recorder of his own. For mayor, he has set up one 
 Mr. Lustings; and for recorder, Mr. Forget-Good; two of the vilest of all 
 the town of Mansoul. This faithful messenger also proceeded, and told 
 what a sort of new burgesses Diabolus had made; also that he had built 
 several strong forts, towers, and strong-holds in Mansoul. He told, too, the 
 which I had almost forgot, how Diabolus had put the town of Mansoul into 
 arms, the better to capacitate them on his behalf to make resistance against 
 Shaddai their king, should he come to reduce them to their former 
 obedience. 
 
 Now the tidings-teller did not deliver his relation of things in private, 
 but in open court, the King and his Son, high lords, chief captains, and 
 nobles, being all there present to hear. But by that they had heard the 
 whole of the story, it would have amazed one to have seen, had he been
 
 24 THE HOLY WAR. 
 
 there to behold it, what sorrow and grief, and compunction of spirit, there 
 was among all sorts, to think that the famous Mansoul was now taken: 
 only the King and his Son foresaw all this long before, yea, and suffi- 
 ciently provided for the relief of Mansoul, though they told not everybody 
 thereof. ' Yet, because they two would have a share in condoling the misery 
 of Mansoul, therefore they also did, and that at a rate of the highest degree, 
 bewail the losing of Mansoul. The King said plainly, that " it 
 grieved him at the heart,"* and you may be sure that his Son 
 was not a whit behind him. Thus they gave conviction to all about them, 
 that they had love and compassion for the famous town of Mansoul. Well, 
 when the King and his Son were retired into the privy-chamber, they there 
 again consulted about what they had designed before, to wit, that as 
 The secret of Mansoul should in time be suffered to be lost, so as certainly it 
 should be recovered again. Recovered, I say, in such a way, as 
 that both the King and his Son would get themselves eternal fame and 
 glory thereby. Wherefore, after this consultation, the Son of Shaddai, (a 
 sweet and comely person, and one that had always great affec- 
 tion for those that were in affliction, but one that had mortal 
 enmity in his heart against Diabolus, because he was designed for 
 it, and because he sought his crown and dignity,) this Son of Shaddai, 
 isa xHx s. I sa y> having stricken hands with the Father, and pro- 
 Hos m xui. 14. mised that he would be his servant to recover Mansoul again, 
 stood by his resolution, nor would he repent of the same. The pur- 
 port of which agreement was this, to wit, That at a certain time, prefixed 
 by both, the King's Son should take a journey into the country of Universe, 
 and there, in a way of justness and equity, by making amends for the follies 
 of Mansoul, he should lay the foundation of her perfect deliverance from 
 Diabolus, and from his tyranny. 
 
 Moreover, Emanuel resolved to make, at a time convenient, a war upon 
 the giant Diabolus, even while he was possessed of the town of Mansoul ; 
 B the HOI anc ^ t^at ^ e w 011 ^, f au; ly> by strength of hand, drive him out of 
 
 his hold, his nest, and take it to himself, to be his habitation. 
 ' rhe KL 8 1 *" This being now resolved upon, order was given to the Lord 
 
 And God saw that the wickedness of man was great in the earth, and that every imagination 
 of the thoughts of his heart was only evil continually. And it repented the Lord that he had 
 made man on the earth, and it grieved him at his heart. Gen. vi. 5, 6.
 
 THE HOLY WAR. 25 
 
 Chief Secretary, to draw up a fair record of what was determined, and to 
 cause that it should be published in all the corners of the kingdom of 
 Universe. A short breviate of the contents thereof you may, if you please, 
 take here as follows : 
 
 " Let all men know, who are concerned, that the son of Shaddai, the 
 great King, is engaged, by covenant to his Father, to bring his Mansoul 
 to him again : yea, and to put Mansoul, too, through his love, into a far 
 better and more happy condition than it was in before it was taken by 
 Diabolus." 
 
 These papers, therefore, were published in several places, to the no little 
 molestation of the tyrant. Diabolus : " for now," thought he, " I shall be 
 molested, and my habitation will be taken from me." 
 
 But when this matter, I mean this purpose of the King and his Son, did 
 at first take air at court, who can tell how the high lords, chief Among the 
 captains, and noble princes that were there, were taken with the 
 business ! First, they whispered to one another, and after that it began to 
 ring throughout the King's palace, all wondering at the glorious design that, 
 between the King and his Son, was on foot for the miserable town of 
 Mansoul ; yea, the courtiers could scarcely do anything, either for the King 
 or kingdom, but they would mix, with the doing thereof, a noise of the love 
 of the King and his Son that they had for the town of Mansoul. 
 
 Nor could these lords, high captains, and princes be content to keep this 
 news at court; yea, before the records thereof were perfected, themselves 
 came down and told it in Universe. At last it came to the ears, as I said, 
 of Diabolus, to his no little discontent ; for you must think it would perplex 
 him to hear of such a design against him. Well, but after a few casts in 
 his mind, he concluded upon these four things : 
 
 First, that this news, these good tidings, (if possible,) should be kept 
 from the ears of the town of Mansoul : " for," said he, " if they should once 
 come to the knowledge that Shaddai, their former King, and Emanuel, his 
 Son, are contriving good for the town of Mansoul, what can be expected 
 by me, but that Mansoul will revolt from under my hand and government, 
 and return again to him?" 
 
 Now, to accomplish this his design, he renews his flattery with my Lord 
 Will-be- Will, and also gives him strict charge and command that he should 
 keep watch by day and night at all the gates of the town, especially Ear-
 
 26 
 
 THK HOLY WAR,. 
 
 gate and Eye-gate ; " for I hear of a design," quoth he, " a design to make 
 us all traitors, and that Mansoul must be reduced to its first bondage again. 
 I hope they are but flying stories," quoth he ; " however, let no such news 
 by any means be let into Mansoul, lest the people be dejected thereat : 
 The win en- I think my lord, it can be no welcome news to you I am sure 
 
 gaged against 
 
 the gospel. ft i s noiie to me : and I think, that at this time it should be all 
 our wisdoms and care to nip the head of all such rumours as shall tend to 
 trouble our people ; wherefore, I desire, my lord, that you will in this matter 
 do as I say. Let there be strong guards daily kept at every gate of the 
 town. Stop also and examine from whence such come, whom you perceive 
 do come from far hither to trade : nor let them by any means be admitted 
 into Mansoul, unless you shall plainly perceive that they are favourers of 
 AH good our excellent government. I command, moreover," said Dia- 
 wordj L the bolus, "that there be spies continually walking up and down 
 
 town are to be 
 
 suppressed. O f Mansoul ; and let them have power to suppress and 
 
 destroy any they shall see to be plotting against us, or that shall prate of 
 
 what by Shaddai and Emanuel is intended." 
 
 This, therefore, was accordingly done : 
 my Lord Will-be-Will hearkened to his 
 lord and master, went willingly after his 
 commandment, and, with all the diligence 
 he could, kept any that would from going 
 out abroad, or that sought to bring these 
 tidings to Mansoul, from coming into the 
 town. 
 
 Secondly, This done, in the next place, 
 Diabolus, that he might make Mansoul as 
 sure as he could, frames and imposes a 
 new oath and horrible covenant upon the 
 town's-folk : 
 
 To wit, That they should never desert 
 him, nor his government, nor yet betray 
 him, nor seek to alter his laws : but that 
 they should own, confess, stand by, and 
 acknowledge him for then* rightful king, 
 
 in defiance of any that do, or hereafter shall, by any pretence, law, or title 
 
 THE PEOPLE TAKE AN OATH.
 
 and romances. 
 
 THE HOLY WAR. 27 
 
 whatsoever, lay claim to the town of Mansoul,* thinking belike that Shaddai 
 had not power to absolve them from this covenant with death, and agree- 
 ment with hell. Nor did the silly Mansoul stick or boggle at all at this 
 most monstrous engagement, but, as if it had been a sprat in the mouth 
 of a whale, they swallowed it without any chewing. Were they troubled 
 at it ? Nay, they rather bragged and boasted of their so brave fidelity to 
 the tyrant, their pretended king ; swearing, that they would never be change- 
 lings, nor forsake their old lord for a new. 
 
 Thus did Diabolus tie poor Mansoul fast ; but jealousy, that never 
 thinks itself strong enough, put him in the next place upon another exploit, 
 which was, yet more, if possible, to debauch this town of Mansoul : where- 
 fore he caused, by the hand of one Mr. Filth, an odious, nasty, 
 
 J J * Odious atheis 
 
 lascivious piece of beastliness, to be drawn up in writing, and set 
 
 . 
 
 upon the gates : whereby he granted and gave license to all his ' 
 true and trusty sons in Mansoul to do whatsoever their lustful appetites 
 prompted them to do, and that no man was to let, hinder, or control them, 
 upon pain of incurring the displeasure of their prince. 
 Now this he did for these reasons : 
 
 1. That the town of Mansoul might be yet made weaker and weaker, 
 and so more unable, should tidings come that their redemption was 
 designed, to believe, hope, or consent to the truth thereof ; for Reason says, 
 " The bigger the sinner, the less ground, or hope of mercy." 
 
 2. The second reason was, If perhaps Emanuel, the Son of Shaddai their 
 King, by seeing the horrible and profane doings of the town of Mansoul, 
 might repent, though entered into a covenant of redeeming them, of pur- 
 suing that covenant of their redemption ; for he knew that Shaddai was 
 holy ; and that his Son, Emanuel, was holy ; yea, he knew it by woeful ex- 
 perience : for, for the iniquity and sin of Diabolus was he cast from the 
 highest orbs. Wherefore, what more rational than for him to conclude, 
 that thus for sin it might fare with Mansoul ! But, fearing lest also this 
 knot should break, he bethinks himself of another, to wit : 
 
 Thirdly, To endeavour to possess ah 1 hearts in the town of Mansoul, that 
 Shaddai was raising an army to come to overthrow and utterly to destroy 
 
 * Because ye have said, We have made a covenant with death, and with hell are we at agree- 
 ment ; when the overflowing scourge shall pass through, it shall not come unto us : for we have 
 made lies our refuge, and under falsehood have we hid ourselves. Isa. xxviii. 15.
 
 28 THE HOLY WAR. 
 
 the town of Mansoul ; (and this he did to forestal any tidings that might 
 come to their ears of their deliverance;) "for," thought he, "if I first 
 spread this abroad the tidings that might come after will be swallowed up 
 of this : for what else will Mansoul say when they shall hear that they must 
 be delivered, but that the true meaning is, Shaddai intends to destroy them ?" 
 The place of Wherefore he summons the whole town into the market-place, and 
 
 hearing and of 
 
 considering, there, with deceitful tongue, thus he addresses himself unto them : 
 " Gentlemen, and my very good friends, you are all, as you know, my legal 
 subjects, and men of the famous town of Mansoul ; you know how, from the 
 first day that I have been with you until now, I have behaved myself among 
 you, and what liberty and great privileges you have enjoyed under my 
 government ; I hope to your honour and mine, and also to your content and 
 delight. Now, my famous Mansoul, a noise of trouble there is abroad, of 
 trouble to the town of Mansoul ; sorry I am, therefore, for your sakes. For 
 I received but now, by the post, from my Lord Lucifer, (and he used to 
 have good intelligence,) that your old King Shaddai is raising an army to 
 come against you, to destroy you root and branch : and this, Mansoul ! 
 is now the cause that at this time I have called you together, namely, to 
 advise what in this juncture is best to be done. For my part, I am but 
 one, and can with ease shift for myself, did I list to seek my own ease, and 
 to leave my Mansoul in all danger : but my heart is so firmly united to you, 
 and so loth am I to leave you, that I am willing to stand and fall with you, 
 to the utmost hazard that shall befall me. What say you, O Mansoul ! will 
 you now desert your old friend ; or do you think of standing by me ?" 
 
 Then, as one man, with one mouth, they cried together, "Let him die 
 the death that will not." 
 
 Then, said Diabolus again, " 'Tis in vain for us to hope for quarter, for 
 very dweivabie tn ^ s ^ m g knows not how to show it. True, perhaps, he, at his 
 first sitting down before us, will talk of, and pretend to, mercy, 
 that thereby, with the more ease, and less trouble, he may again make him- 
 self the master of Mansoul ; whatever, therefore, he should say, believe not 
 one syllable or tittle of it, for all such language is but to overcome us ; and 
 to make us, while we wallow in our blood, the trophies of his merciless 
 victory. My mind is, therefore, that we resolve to the last man to resist 
 him, and not to believe him on any terms ; for in at that door will come our 
 danger. But shall we be flattered out of our lives ? I hope you know
 
 THE HOLY WAR. 29 
 
 more of the rudiments of politics, than to suffer yourselves to be so pitifully 
 served. 
 
 " But suppose he should, if he get us to yield, save some of our lives, or 
 the lives of some of them that are underlings in Mansoul, what help will 
 that be to you that are the chief of the town, especially you whom I have 
 set up, and whose greatness has been procured by you through your 
 faithful sticking to me ? And suppose, again, that he should 
 
 , . . Lying language. 
 
 give quarter to every one ot you, be sure he will bring you into 
 that bondage under which you were captivated before, or a worse, and 
 then what good will your lives do you ? Shall you, with him, live in 
 pleasure, as you do now ? No, no. You must be bound by laws that will 
 pinch you, and be made to do that which at present is hateful to you. I am 
 for you, if you are for me ; and it is better to die valiantly, than to live like 
 pitiful slaves. But, I say, the life of a slave will be accounted a He is afraid of 
 life too good for Mansoul now : Blood, blood, nothing but blood, soul - 
 is in every blast of Shaddai's trumpet against poor Mansoul now. Pray 
 be concerned ; I hear he is coming. Up, and stand to your arms ! that now, 
 while you have leisure, I may teach you some feats of war. Armour for 
 you I have, and by me it is ; yea, and it is sufficient for Mansoul, from top 
 to toe : nor can you be hurt by what his force can do, if you shall keep it 
 well girt and fastened about you. Come, therefore, to my castle and 
 welcome, and harness yourselves for the war. There is helmet, breast-plate, 
 shield, and what not, that will make you fight like men. 
 
 1. " My helmet, otherwise called an head-piece, is hope of doing well at 
 last what lives soever you live % This is that which they had, who said, that 
 they should have peace though they walked in the wickedness of their heart, 
 to add drunkenness to thirst : * a piece of approved armour is this ; and 
 whoever has it, and can hold it, so long no arrow, dart, sword, or shield, 
 can hurt him ; this, therefore, keep on, and thou wilt ward off many a blow, 
 my Mansoul. 
 
 2. " My breast-plate is a breast-plate of iron.f I had it forged in mine 
 own country, and all my soldiers are armed therewith. In plain language, 
 
 And it came to pass, when he heareth the words of this curse, that he bless himself in his 
 heart, saying, I shall have peace though I walk in the imagination of mine heart, to add 
 drunkenness to thirst. Deut. xxix. 19. 
 
 t And they had breast-plates, as it were breast-plates of iron; and the sound of their wings 
 was as the sound of chariots of many horses running to battle. Rev. ix. 9.
 
 30 
 
 THE HOLY WAR. 
 
 it is an hard heart ; an heart as hard as iron, and as much past feeling as 
 a stone ; the which if you get and keep, neither Mercy shall win you, nor 
 Judgment fright you. This, therefore, is a piece of armour most necessary 
 for all to put on that hate Shaddai, and that would fight against him 
 under my banner. 
 
 3. " My sword is a tongue that is set on fire of hell,* and that can 
 bend itself to speak evil of Shaddai, his Son, his ways, and people ; use 
 
 * My soul is among lions : and I lie even among them that are set on fire, even the sons of 
 men, whose teeth are spears and arrows, and their tongue a sharp sword. Psalm Ivii. 4. Who 
 whet their tongue like a sword, and bend their bows to shoot their arrows, even bitter words ; 
 Ixiv. 3. And the tongue is a fire, a world of iniquity : so is the tongue among the members, 
 that it defileth the whole body, and setteth on fire the course of nature ; and it is set on fire of 
 hell. James Hi. 6.
 
 THE HOLY WAR. 31 
 
 this, it has been tried a thousand times twice told ; whoever hath it, keeps 
 it, and makes use of it as I would have him, can never be conquered by 
 mine enemy. 
 
 4. " My shield is unbelief, or calling into question the truth of the word, 
 or all the sayings that speak of the judgment that Shaddai has appointed 
 for wicked men ; use this shield : many attempts he has made upon it, and 
 sometimes, 'tis true, it has been bruised ; but they that have writ of the 
 wars of Emanuel against my servants have testified that " he could do no 
 mighty work there, because of their unbelief." * Now to handle this weapon 
 of mine aright, is not to believe things because they are true, of what sort, 
 or by whomsoever asserted. If he speaks of judgment, care not for it ; if he 
 speaks of mercy, care not for it ; if he promises, if he swears, that he would 
 do for Mansoul, if it turns to no hurt, but good, regard not what is said ; 
 question the truth of all ; for this is to wield the shield of unbelief aright, 
 and as my servants ought and do ; and he that does otherwise, loves me 
 not, nor do I count him but an enemy to me. 
 
 5. " Another part or piece," said Diabolus, " of mine excellent armour is, 
 a dumb and prayerless spirit, a spirit that scorns to cry for mercy, let the 
 danger be ever so great : wherefore be you, my Mansoul, sure that you 
 make use of this. What ! cry for quarter ? Never do that, if you would be 
 mine. I know you are stout men ; and I am sure that I have clad you with 
 that which is armour of proof : wherefore to cry to Shaddai for mercy, let 
 that be far from you. Besides all this I have a maul, fire-brands, arrows, 
 and death, all good hand-weapons, and such as will do execution." 
 
 After he had thus furnished his men with armour and arms, he addressed 
 himself to them in such like words as these : " Remember," quoth he, " that 
 I am your rightful king ; and that you have taken an oath, and entered into 
 covenant, to be true to me and my cause : I say, remember this, and show 
 yourselves stout and valiant men of Mansoul. Remember, also, the kindness 
 that I have always showed to you ; and that, without your petition, I have 
 granted to you external things : wherefore the privileges, grants, immunities, 
 profits, and honours, wherewith I have endowed you, do call forth, at your 
 
 * He runneth upon him, even on his neck, upon the thick bosses of his bucklers. Job xv. 26. 
 There brake he the arrows of the bow, the shield, and the sword, and the battle. Selah. Psalm 
 Ixxvi. 3. And he could there do no mighty work, save that he laid his hands upon a few sick 
 folk, and healed them. And he marvelled because of their unbelief. Mark vi. 5, 6.
 
 82 THE HOLY WAR. 
 
 hands, returns of loyalty, my lion-like men of Mansoul : and what so fit a 
 time to show it, as when others shall seek to take my dominion over you 
 into then- own hands ? One word more, and I have done : Can we but 
 stand, and overcome this one shock or brunt, I doubt not but in a little 
 time all the world will be ours ; and when that day comes, my true hearts, 
 I will make you kings, princes, and captains, and what brave days shall we 
 have then !" 
 
 Diabolus, having thus armed and fore-armed his servants and vassals in 
 Mansoul, against their good and lawful King Shaddai, in the next place he 
 doubleth his guards at the gates of the town, and betakes himself to the castle, 
 which was his strong hold. His vassals, also, to show their wills, and sup- 
 posed (but ignoble) gallantry, exercise them in their arms every day, and 
 teach one another feats of war ; they also defied their enemies, and sung up 
 the praises of their tyrant ; they threatened also what men they would be, 
 if ever things should rise so high as a war between Shaddai and their king. 
 
 Now all this time the good King, the King Shaddai, was preparing to 
 
 send an army to recover the town of Mansoul again from under the tyranny 
 
 of their pretended king, Diabolus : but he thought good, at the first, not to 
 
 send them by the hand and conduct of brave Emanuel, his Son, but under 
 
 the hand of some of his servants, to see first by them the temper of Man- 
 
 The words of sou l> aii & whether by them they would be won to the obedience 
 
 of their King. The army consisted of above forty thousand, all 
 
 true men ; for they came from the King's own court, and were those of his 
 
 own choosing. 
 
 They came up to Mansoul under the conduct of four stout generals, each 
 man being captain of ten thousand men ; and these are their names and 
 ensigns : The name of the first was Captain Boanerges ; the name of the 
 second was Captain Conviction; the name of the third was Captain Judgment; 
 and the name of the fourth was Captain Execution. These were the captains 
 that Shaddai sent to regain Mansoul. 
 
 These four captains (as was said) the King thought fit, in the first place,, 
 to send to Mansoul to make an attempt upon it ; for indeed, generally, in 
 his wars, he did not use to place these four captains in the van ; for they 
 were very stout and rough-hewn men, men that were fit to break 
 the ice, and to break their way by dint of sword, and their men 
 were like themselves. 
 
 Psalm Ix. 4.
 
 THE HOLY WAR. 
 
 33 
 
 . To each of these captains the King gave a banner,* that it might be 
 displayed, because of the goodness of his cause, and because of the right he 
 had to Mansoul. 
 
 First, To Captain Boanerges, for he was the chief, to him, I say, were 
 given ten thousand men : his ensign was Mr. Thunder : he bore the black 
 colours, and his scutcheon was the three burning thunderbolts.! 
 
 The second captain, was Captain Conviction : to him were given ten 
 
 thousand men : his ensign's name was Mr. 
 Sorrow : he did bear the pale colours, and his 
 scutcheon was the book of the law wide open, 
 from whence issued a flame of fire. J 
 
 The third captain was Captain Judgment ; 
 to him were given ten thousand men : his 
 ensign's name was Mr. Terror : he bare the 
 red colours, and his scutcheon was a burning 
 fiery furnace. 
 
 The fourth captain was Captain Execution ; 
 to him were given ten thousand men : his 
 ensign was one Mr. Justice : he also bare the 
 red colours, and his scutcheon was a fruitless 
 tree, with an axe lying at the root thereof. || 
 
 These four captains, as I said, had every one 
 of them under his command ten thousand men, 
 all of good fidelity to the King, and stout at 
 their military actions. 
 Well, the captains and their forces, their men and under-officers, being 
 had upon a day by Shaddai into the field, and there called over by their 
 
 * Thou hast given a banner to them that fear thee, that it may be displayed because of the 
 truth. Selah. Psalm Ix. 4. 
 
 f And James the son of Zebedee, and John the brother of James ; (and he surnamed them 
 Boanerges, which is, The sons of thunder.) Mark iii. 17. 
 
 J And he said the Lord came from Sinai, and rose up from Seir unto them ; he shined forth 
 from mount Paran, and he came with ten thousands of saints ; from his right hand went a fiery 
 law for them. Deut. xxxiii. 2. 
 
 The son of man shall send forth his angels, and they shall gather out of his kingdom all things 
 that offend, and them which do iniquity, and shall cast them into a furnace of fire ; there shall 
 be wailing and gnashing of teeth. Matt. xiii. 41, 42. 
 
 || And now also the axe is laid unto the root of the trees ; therefore every tree which bringeth 
 not forth good fruit, is hewn down and cast into the fire. Matt. iii. 10. 
 
 F 
 
 CAPTAIN EXKCUTIOM.
 
 34 THE HOLY WAR. 
 
 names, were then and there put into such harness as became their degrees, 
 and that service which now they were going about for their King. 
 
 Now, when the King had mustered his forces, (for it was he that mustered 
 the host to the battle,) he gave unto the captains their several commissions, 
 with charges and commandment, in the audience of all the soldiers, that 
 they should take heed faithfully and courageously to do and execute 
 the same. Their commissions were, for the substance of them, the same 
 in form, though, as to name, title, place, and degree of the captains, there 
 might be some, but very small, variation : and here let me give you an 
 account of the matter and sum contained in their commission. 
 
 A Commission from the great King Shaddai, King of Mansoul , to his trusty 
 and noble captain, the Captain Boanerges, for making war upon the town 
 of MansouL 
 
 " Oh, thou Boanerges, one of my stout and thundering captains, over 
 one ten thousand of my valiant and faithful servants, go thou in my name, 
 with this thy force, to the miserable town of Mansoul ; arid when thou 
 comest thither, offer them first conditions of peace ; * and command them, 
 that, casting off the yoke and tyranny of the wicked Diabolus, they 
 return to me, their rightful prince and lord: command them, also, that 
 they cleanse themselves from all that is his in the town of Mansoul (and 
 look to thyself, that thou hast good satisfaction touching the truth of their 
 obedience). Thus, when thou hast commanded them, (if they in truth 
 submit thereto,) then do thou, to the uttermost of thy power, what in thee 
 lies, to set up for me a garrison in the famous town of Mansoul ; nor do 
 thou hurt the least native that moveth or breatheth therein, if they will 
 submit themselves to me ; but treat thou such as if they were thy friends or 
 brethren ; for all such I love, and they shall be dear unto me ; and tell them 
 that I will take a time to come unto them, and to let them know that I am, 
 merciful.f 
 
 " But if they shall, notwithstanding thy summons, and the producing of 
 my authority, resist, stand out against thee, and rebel ; then I do command 
 
 * And into whatsoever city or town ye shall enter, inquire who in it is worthy : and there 
 abide till ye go hence. Matt. x. 11. And into whatsoever house ye enter, first say, Peace 
 be to this house. Luke x. 5. 
 
 t But we are gentle among you, even as a nurse cherisheth her children : so, being affectionately 
 desirous of you, we were willing to have imparted unto you, not the gospel of God only, but
 
 THE HOLY WAR. 35 
 
 thee to make use of all thy cunning, power, might, and force, to bring them 
 under by strength of hand. Farewell." 
 
 Thus you see the sum of their commissions ; for, as I said before, for the 
 substance of them, they were the same that the rest of the noble captains 
 had. 
 
 Wherefore, they having received, each commander, his authority at the 
 hand of their King : the day being appointed, and the place of their 
 rendezvous prefixed, each commander appearing in such gallantry as his 
 cause arid calling required: so, after a new entertainment from Shaddai, 
 with flying colours they set forward to march towards the famous town of 
 Mansoul. Captain Boanerges led the van, Captain Conviction and Captain 
 Judgment made up the main body, and Captain Execution brought up the 
 rear. They then, having a great way to go, (for the town of Mansoul 
 was far off from the court of Shaddai,*) marched through the regions 
 and countries of many people, not hurting or abusing any, but blessing 
 wherever they came. They also lived upon the King's cost, all the way 
 they went. 
 
 Having travelled thus for many days, at last they came within sight of 
 Mansoul j the which when they saw, the captains could not for their hearts 
 do less than for a while bewail the condition of the town ; for they quickly 
 saw that it was prostrate to the will of Diabolus, and to his ways and 
 designs. 
 
 Well, to be short, the captains come up before the town, march up to 
 Ear-gate, and sit down there (for that was the place of hearing). So, when 
 they had pitched their tents, and entrenched themselves, they addressed 
 themselves to make their assault. 
 
 also our own souls, because ye were dear unto us. For ye remember, brethren, our labour and 
 travail ; for, labouring night and day, because we would not be chargeable unto any of you, we 
 preached unto you the gospel of God. Ye are witnesses, and God also, how holily and justly, 
 and unblameable, we behaved ourselves among you that believe : as ye know, how we exhorted, 
 and comforted, and charged every one of you (as a father doth his children.) 1 Thess. ii. 7 11. 
 * But now, in Christ Jesus, ye who sometimes were afar off, are made nigh by the blood of 
 Christ. For he is our peace, who hath made both one, and hath broken down the middle wall 
 of partition between us ; having abolished in his flesh the enmity, even the law of command- 
 ments contained in ordinances ; for to make in himself of twain one new man, so making peace ; 
 and that he might reconcile both unto God in one body by the cross, having slain the enmity 
 thereby ; and came and preached peace to you which were afar off, and to them that are nigh. 
 Eph. ii. 13, 17.
 
 30 THE HOLY WAR. 
 
 The world ar e townsfolk, at first beholding so gallant a company, 
 
 well-ordered lire so bravely accoutred, and so excellently disciplined, having on 
 their glittering armour, and displaying their colours, could not 
 but come out of their houses and gaze. But the cunning fox, Diabolus, 
 fearing that the people, after this sight, should, on a sudden summons, 
 open the gates to the captains, came down with ah 1 haste to the castle, 
 and made them retire into the body of the town ; who, when he had them 
 there, made this lying and deceivable speech unto them : 
 
 Diaboius aiie- " Gentlemen," quoth he, " although you are my trusty and 
 
 nates their minds n -i i i / i T i T i 
 
 from them. well-beloved mends, yet I cannot but a little chide you for your 
 late uncircumspect action, in going out to gaze on that great and mighty 
 force that but yesterday sat down before, and have now entrenched them- 
 selves, in order to the maintaining of the siege against the famous town of 
 Mansoul. Do you know who they are? whence they came ? and what is 
 their purpose in sitting down before the town of Mansoul? They are they 
 That's raise, ^ wnom I nave told you long ago, that they would come to 
 destroy this town, and against whom I have been at the cost to 
 arm you cap-a-pie for your body, besides great fortifications for your mind. 
 Wherefore, then, did you not rather, even at the first appearance of them, 
 cry out, fire the beacons, and give the whole town an alarm concerning 
 them, that we might all have been in a posture of defence, and have been 
 ready to have received them with the highest acts of defiance? 
 s, that they then had you showed yourselves men to my liking : w r hereas, by 
 
 et Mansoul J J J 
 
 what you have done, you have made me half afraid ; I say, half 
 afraid, that when they and we shall come to push a pike, I shall find you 
 want courage to stand it out any longer. Wherefore have I commanded 
 a watch, and that you should double your guards at the gates? Wherefore 
 have I endeavoured to make you as hard as iron, and your hearts as a piece 
 of the nether millstone ? Was it, think you, that you might show your- 
 selves women ; and that you might go up like a company of innocents to 
 
 gaze on your mortal foe ? Fie, fie ! put yourselves into a 
 
 He stirs them D J J 
 
 to !he bi minivers posture of defence, beat up the drum, gather together in 
 warlike manner, that our foes may know, that before they shall 
 conquer this corporation, there are valiant men in Mansoul. 
 
 " I will leave off" now to chide, and win not further rebuke you ; but 
 charge you, that, henceforwards, you let me see no more of such actions. 
 
 nister 
 
 will s
 
 THE HOLY WAR. 37 
 
 Let not, henceforwards, a man of you, without orders first obtained from 
 me, so much as show his head over the wall of the town of Mansoul. 
 You have now heard me ; do as I have commanded, and you shall cause 
 me that I dwell securely with you, and that as I take care for myself, so 
 for your safety and honour also. Farewell." 
 
 Now were the townsfolk strangely altered ; they were as men w^n sinners 
 stricken with a panic fear : they ran to and fro in the streets of they a e re e t a in n a 
 
 rage against god- 
 
 the town of Mansoul, crying out, " Help ! help ! the men that lj 
 turn the world upside down are come hither also." Nor could any of 
 them be quiet after ; but still, as men bereft of wit, they cried out, " The 
 destroyers of our peace and people are come." This went down with 
 Diabolus. " Ah !" quoth he to himself, " this I like well ; now it is as 
 I would have it ; now you show your obedience to your prince. Hold you 
 but here, and then let them take the town if they can." 
 
 Well, before the King's forces had set before Mansoul three days, Captain 
 Boanerges commanded his trumpeter to go down to Ear-gate : and there, 
 in the name of the great Shaddai, to summon Mansoul to give audience to 
 the message that he in his Master's name was commanded to deliver to 
 them. So the trumpeter, whose name was Take-heed-what-you-hear, went 
 up, as he was commanded, to Ear-orate, and there sounded his 
 
 They will not 
 
 trumpet for a hearing ; but there was none that appeared, that 
 gave answer or regard, for so had Diabolus commanded. So the trumpeter 
 returned to his captain, and told him what he had done, and also how he 
 had sped : whereat the captain was grieved, but bid the trumpeter go to his 
 tent. Again Boanerges sendeth his trumpeter to Ear-gate, to sound as 
 before for a hearing ; but they again kept close, came not out, nor would 
 they give him an answer, so observant were they of the command of Dia- 
 bolus, their king. Then the captains and other field-officers called a council 
 of war, to consider what further was to be done for gaining the town of 
 Mansoul : and, after some close and thorough debate upon the contents of 
 their commissions, they concluded yet to give the town, by the hand of the 
 fore-named trumpeter, another summons to hear; but if that shall be 
 refused, say they, and that the town shall stand it out still,* then they 
 determined, and bid the trumpeter tell them so, that they would endeavour 
 
 * And the lord said unto his servant, Go out into the highways and hedges, and compel them 
 to come in, that my house may be filled. Luke xiv. 23.
 
 38 THE HOLY WAR. 
 
 by what means they could to compel them by force to the obedience 
 of their King. 
 
 So Captain Boanerges commanded his trumpeter to go up to Ear-gate 
 again, and, in the name of the great King Shaddai, to give it a very loud 
 summons to come down without delay to Ear-gate, there to give audience 
 to the King's most noble captains. So the trumpeter went, and did as he 
 was commanded : he went up to Ear-gate, and sounded his trumpet, and 
 gave a third summons to Mansoul.* He said, moreover, that if this they 
 should still refuse to do, the captains of his Prince would with might 
 come down upon them, and endeavour to reduce them to their obedience by 
 force. 
 
 Then stood up my Lord Will*be-will, who was the governor of the town, 
 (this Will-be-will was the apostate of whom mention was made before,) 
 and the keeper of the gates of Mansoul. He, therefore, with big and ruffling 
 words, demanded of the trumpeter who he was, whence he came, and what 
 was the cause of his making so hideous a noise at the gate, and speaking 
 such insufferable words against the town of Mansoul ? 
 
 The trumpeter answered, " I am servant to the most noble captain, Captain 
 Boanerges, general of the forces of the great King Shaddai, against whom 
 thyself, and the whole town of Mansoul, have rebelled, and lift up the heel ; 
 and my master, the captain, hath a special message to this town, and to thee 
 as a member thereof : the which if you of Mansoul shall peaceably hear, so ; 
 if not, take what follows." 
 
 Then said the Lord Will-be-will, " I will carry the words to my lord, and 
 will know what he will say." 
 
 But the trumpeter replied, saying, " Our message is not to the giant, 
 Diabolus, but to the miserable town of Mansoul : nor shall we at all regard 
 what answer by him is made, nor yet by any for him ; we are sent to this 
 town to recover it from under his cruel tyranny, and persuade it to submit, 
 as in former times it did, to the most excellent King Shaddai." 
 
 Then said the Lord Will-be-will, " I will do your errand to the town." 
 
 The trumpeter then replied, " Sir, do not deceive us, lest in so doing you 
 deceive yourselves much more." He added, moreover, " For we are resolved, 
 if in peaceable manner you do not submit yourselves, then to make war upon 
 
 * Cry aloud, spare not ; lift up thy voice like a trumpet, and show my people their trans- 
 gression, and the house of Jacob their sin. Isa. IviiL 1.
 
 THE HOLY WAR. 39 
 
 you, and bring you under by force. And of the truth of what I say, this 
 shall be a sign unto you : you shall see the black flag, with its hot, burning 
 thunderbolts, set upon the mount to-inorrow, a token of defiance against 
 your prince, and of our resolution to reduce you to our Lord and rightful 
 King." 
 
 So the said Lord Will-be-will returned from off the wall, and the trumpeter 
 came into the camp. 
 
 When the trumpeter was come into the camp, the captains and officers of 
 the mighty King Shaddai came together to know if he had obtained a hear- 
 ing, and what was the effect of his errand. So the trumpeter told, saying, 
 " When I had sounded my trumpet, and called aloud to the town for a 
 hearing, my Lord Will-be-will, the governor of the town, and that hath 
 charge of the gates, came up, when he heard me sound, and, looking over 
 the wall, he asked me what I was, whence I came, and what was' the cause 
 of this noise ? So I told him my errand, and by whose authority I brought 
 it. ' Then/ said he, ' I will teh 1 it the governor, and to Mansoul :' and then 
 I returned to my lord." 
 
 Then said the brave Boanerges, " Let us yet for a while lie 
 
 Carnal souls 
 make a wrong 
 
 still in our trenches, and see what these rebels will do." Now 
 
 the design of a 
 
 when the time drew nigh that audience by Mansoul must be gospel ministr y- 
 given to the brave Boanerges and his companions, it was commanded that 
 all the men of war throughout the whole camp of Shaddai should, as one 
 man, stand to their arms, and make themselves ready, if the town of Man- 
 soul shall hear, to receive it forthwith to mercy : but if not, to force it to a 
 subjection. So, the day being come, the trumpeters sounded, and that 
 throughout the whole camp, that the men of war might be in readiness for 
 that which then should be the work of the day. But when they that were 
 in the town of Mansoul heard the sound of the trumpet throughout the 
 camp of Shaddai, and thinking no other but that it must be in order to 
 storming the corporation, they at first were put to great consternation of 
 spirit : but, after they were a little settled again, they made what pre- 
 paration they could for a war, if they did storm, else to secure themselves. 
 Well, when the utmost . time was come, Boanerges was resolved to hear 
 their answer; wherefore he sent out his trumpeter again, to summon. 
 Mansoul to a hearing of the message that they had brought from Shaddai ; 
 so he went and sounded, and the townsmen came up, but made Ear-gate
 
 40 THE HOLY WAR. 
 
 as sure as they could.* Now when they were come up to the top of the 
 wall, Captain Boanerges desired to see the Lord Mayor; but my Lord 
 Incredulity was the Lord Mayor, for he came in the room of my Lord 
 Lustings. So Incredulity came up and showed himself over the wall. 
 But when the Captain Boanerges had set his eyes upon him, he cried out 
 aloud, "This is not he; where is my Lord Understanding, the ancient 
 Lord Mayor of the town of Mansoul? for to him I would deliver my 
 message." 
 
 Then said the giant (for Diabolus was also come down) to the captain, 
 " Mr. Captain, you have, by your boldness, given to Mansoul at least four 
 summonses, to subject herself to your King : by whose authority I know- 
 not ; nor will I dispute that now. I ask, therefore, what is the reason of all 
 this ado? or what would you be at, if you knew yourselves?" 
 Boanerges oh- Then Captain Boanerges, whose were the black colours, and 
 whose scutcheon was three burning thunderbolts, (taking no 
 notice of the giant, or of his speech,) thus addressed himself to the town of 
 Mansoul : " Be it known unto you, O unhappy and rebellious Mansoul ! 
 that the most gracious King, the great King Shaddai, my master, hath sent 
 me unto you, with commission " (and so he showed to the town his broad 
 seal,) " to reduce you to his obedience. And he hath commanded me, in 
 case you yield upon my summons, to carry it to you as if you were my 
 friends and brethren ; but he also hath bid, that if, after summons to submit, 
 you still stand out and rebel, we should endeavour to take you by force." 
 
 Then stood forth Captain Conviction, and said, (his were the pale 
 colours, and for a scutcheon he had the book of the law wide open, &c.) 
 " Hear, O Mansoul ! Thou, O Mansoul, wast once famous for innocency, 
 but now thou art degenerated into lies and deceit.f Thou hast heard 
 
 * But they refused to hearken, and pulled away the shoulder, and stopped their ears, that 
 they should hot hear. Zech. vii. 11. 
 
 f As it is written, There is none righteous, no, not one : there is none that understandeth, 
 there is none that seeketh after God. They are all gone out of the way, they are together 
 become unprofitable: there is none that doeth good, no, not one. Their throat is an open 
 sepulchre : with their tongues they have used deceit ; the poison of asps is under their lips : 
 whose mouth is full of cursing and bitterness : their feet are swift to shed blood : destruction 
 and misery are in their ways : and the way of peace have they not known : there is no fear of 
 God before their eyes. Now we know that what things soever the law saith, it saith to them 
 who are under the law ; that every mouth may be stopped, and all the world may become guilty 
 before God. For all have sinned and come short of the glory of God. Rom.iii. 10 19,23. Now, 
 I beseech you, brethren, mark them which cause divisions and offences, contrary to the doctrine
 
 THE HOLY WAR. 41 
 
 what my brother, the Captain Boanerges, hath just now said, and it 
 is your wisdom, and will be your happiness to stoop to, and accept of, 
 conditions of peace and mercy, when offered ; especially when offered by 
 one, against whom thou hast rebelled, and one who is of power to tear thee 
 in pieces, for so is Shaddai our King ; for, when he is angry, can any thing 
 stand before him ? If you say you have not sinned, or acted rebellion against 
 our King, the whole of your doings, since the day that you cast off his 
 service, (and there was the beginning of your sin,) will sufficiently testify 
 against you : what else means your hearkening to the tyrant, and your 
 receiving him for your king ? What means else your rejecting the laws of 
 Shaddai, and your obeying Diabolus ? Yea, what means this your taking up 
 arms against, and the shutting your gates upon us, the faithful servants of 
 your King? Be ruled, then, and accept of my brother's invitation, and 
 overstand not the time of mercy, but agree with thine adversary quickly.* 
 Ah, Mansoul ! suffer not thyself to be kept from mercy, and to run into 
 a thousand miseries, by the nattering wiles of Diabolus : perhaps that piece 
 of deceit may attempt to make you believe that we seek our own profit in 
 this our service : but know, it is obedience to our King, and love to your 
 happiness, that is the cause of this undertaking of ours. 
 
 " Again, I say unto thee, Mansoul, consider if it be not amazing grace, 
 that Shaddai should so humble himself as he doth. Now he, by us, reasons 
 with you, in a way of entreaty and sweet persuasion, f that you would 
 subject yourselves to him. Has he that need of you, that we are sure you 
 
 which ye have learned ; and avoid them. For they that are such serve not our Lord Jesus 
 Christ, but their own belly ; and by good words and fair speeches deceive the hearts of the 
 simple. Rom. xvi. 17, 18. These things hast thou done, and I kept silence; thou thoughtest 
 that I was altogether such an one as thyself: but I will reprove thee, and set them in order 
 before thine eyes. Now consider this, ye that forget God, lest I tear you in pieces, and there 
 be none to deliver. Psalm 1. 21, 22. 
 
 * When thou goest with thine adversary to the magistrate, as thou art in the way give 
 diligence that thou mayest be delivered from him ; lest he hale thee to the judge, and the judge 
 deliver thee to the officer, and the officer cast thee into prison. I tell thee, thou shalt not 
 depart thence, till thou hast paid the very last mite. Luke xii. 58, 59. 
 
 t And all things are of God, who hath reconciled us to himself by Jesus Christ, and hath 
 given to us the ministry of reconciliation : To wit, that God was in Christ, reconciling the 
 world unto himself, not imputing their trespasses unto them ; and hath committed unto us the 
 word of reconciliation. Now, then, we are ambassadors for Christ, as though God did beseech 
 you by us : we pray you, in Christ's stead, be ye reconciled to God. For he hath made him to 
 be sin for us who knew no sin ; that we might be made the righteousness of God in him. 
 2 Cor. v. 1821. 
 
 G
 
 42 THE HOLY WAR. 
 
 have of him ? No, no ; but he is merciful, and will not that Mansoul 
 should die, but turn to him and live." 
 
 Then stood forth Captain Judgment, whose were the red colours, and for a 
 scutcheon had the burning fiery furnace ; and he said, " O ye inhabitants 
 of the town of Mansoul, that have lived so long in rebellion and acts of 
 treason against the King Shaddai ; know, that we come not to-day to tlus 
 place, in this manner, with our message, of our own minds, or to revenge 
 our own quarrel ; it is the King our Master that hath sent us to reduce you 
 to your obedience to him ; the which if you refuse in a peaceable way to 
 yield, we have commission to compel you thereto. And never think of 
 yourselves, nor yet suffer the tyrant Diabolus to persuade you to think, that 
 our King, by his power, is not able to bring you down, and lay you under 
 his feet : for he is the former of all things ; and if he touches the mountains, 
 they smoke. Nor will the gate of the King's clemency stand always open : 
 for the day that shall burn like an oven is before him : yea, it hasteth greatly, 
 and slumbereth not.* O Mansoul, is it little in thine eyes, that our King 
 does offer thee mercy, and that after so many provocations ? Yea, he still 
 holdeth out his golden sceptre to thee, and will not suffer his gate to be 
 shut against thee ; wilt thou provoke him to do it ? Consider of what I say ; 
 to thee it shall be opened no more for ever. If thou sayest thou shalt not 
 see him, yet judgment is before him ; therefore trust thou in him. Yea, 
 because there is wrath, beware lest he take thee away with his stroke ; then 
 a great ransom cannot deliver thee. Will he esteem thy riches ? No, not gold 
 nor all the forces of strength. He hath prepared his throne for judgment : for 
 he will come with fire, and with his chariots, like a whirlwind, to render 
 his anger with fury, and rebukes with flames of fire, f Therefore, O Man- 
 
 * For, behold, the day cometh that shall burn as an oven ; and all the proud, yea, and all that 
 do wickedly, shall be stubble : and the day that cometh shall burn them up, saith the Lord of 
 hosts, that it shall leave them neither root nor branch. Mai. iv. 1. And through covetous- 
 ness shall they with feigned words make merchandise of you : whose judgment now of a long 
 time lingereth not, and their damnation slumbereth not. 2 Peter ii. 3. 
 
 f They die in youth, and their life is among the unclean. He delivereth the poor in his 
 affliction, and openeth their ears in oppression : even so would he have removed thee out of the 
 strait into a broad place, where there is no straitness ; and that which should be set on thy 
 table should be full of fatness. But thou hast fulfilled the judgment of the wicked : judgment 
 and justice take hold on thee. Because there is wrath, beware lest he take thee away with his 
 stroke: then a great ransom cannot deliver thee. Job xxxvi. 14 18. But the Lord shall 
 endure for ever : he hath prepared his throne for judgment. Psalm ix. 7. For, behold the 
 Lord will come with fire, and with his chariots like a whirlwind, to render his anger with fury, 
 and his rebukes with flames of fire. Isa. Ixvi. 15.
 
 THE HOLY WAR. 43 
 
 soul, take heed, lest after thou hast fulfilled the judgment of the wicked, 
 justice and judgment should take hold of thee." 
 
 Now while Captain Judgment was making this oration to the town of 
 Mansoul, it was observed by some that Diabolus trembled. But he pro- 
 ceeded in his speech, and said, " O thou woful town of Mansoul ! wilt thou 
 not yet set open the gate to receive us, the deputies of the King, and those 
 that would rejoice to see thee live ? Can thine heart endure, or 
 can thine hands be strong, in the day that he shall deal in judg- 
 ment with thee ? I say, canst thou endure to be forced to drink, as one 
 would drink sweet wine, the sea of wrath that our King has prepared for 
 Diabolus and his angels ? Consider betimes, consider." 
 
 Then stood forth the fourth captain, the noble Captain Execution, and 
 said : " O town of Mansoul, once famous, but now like the fruitless bough, 
 once the delight of the high ones, but now a den for Diabolus'; hearken 
 also to me, and to the words that I shall speak to thee in the name of the 
 great king Shaddai. Behold, ' the axe is laid to the root of the tree, every 
 tree, therefore, that bringeth not forth good fruit, is hewn down and cast 
 into the fire.'* 
 
 " Thou, O town of Mansoul, hast hitherto been this fruitless tree ; thou 
 bearest nought but thorns and briers. Thy evil fruit forespeaks thee not 
 to be a good tree ; thy grapes are grapes of gall, thy clusters are bitter, f 
 Thou hast rebelled against thy King ; and lo, we, the power and force of 
 Shaddai, are the axe that is laid to thy roots. What sayest thou ? Wilt 
 thou return ? I say, again, tell me, before the first blow is given, wilt thou 
 turn ? Our axe must first be laid to thy root, before it be laid at thy root ; 
 it must first be laid to thy root in a way of threatening, before it is laid to 
 thy root by way of execution : and between these two is required thy 
 repentance, and this is all the time thou hast. What wilt thou do ? wilt 
 thou turn, or shall I smite ? If I fetch my blow, Mansoul, down you go : 
 
 * But when he saw many of the Pharisees and Sadducees come to his baptism, he said unto 
 them, O generation of vipers! who hath warned you to flee from the wrath to come 1 Bring 
 forth, therefore, fruits meet for repentance : and think not to say within yourselves, We have 
 Abraham to our father : for I say unto you, That God is able of these stones to raise up 
 children unto Abraham. And now also the axe is laid unto the root of the trees : therefore 
 every tree which bringeth not forth good fruit, is hewn down and cast into the fire. Matt. iii. 
 710. 
 
 t For their vine is of the vine of Sodom, and of the fields of Gomorrah ; their grapes are 
 grapes of gall, their clusters are bitter. Deut. xxxii. 32.
 
 44 THE HOLT WAR. 
 
 for I have commission to lay my axe at, as well as to, thy root ; nor will 
 anything, but yielding to our King, prevent doing of execution. What 
 art thou fit for, O Mansoul, if Mercy preventeth not, but to be hewn down 
 and cast into the fire and burnt ? 
 
 " O Mansoul ! patience and forbearance do not act for ever ; a year or 
 two, or three, they may, but, if thou provoke by a three years' rebellion, 
 (and thou hast already done more than this,) then what follows, ' but cut it 
 down ? ' nay, after that, ' thou shalt cut it down ?'* And dost thou think 
 that these are but threatenings, or that our King has not power to execute 
 his words ? Mansoul, thou wilt find in the words of our King, when 
 they are by sinners made little or light of, there is not only threatening, 
 but burning coals of fire. 
 
 " Thou hast been a cumber-ground long already, and wilt thou continue 
 so still ? Thy sin has brought his army to thy walls, and shall it bring in 
 judgment to do execution to thy town ? Thou hast heard what the captains 
 have said, but as yet thou shuttest thy gates ; speak out, Mansoul, wilt 
 thou do so still, or wilt thou accept of conditions of peace ?" 
 
 These brave speeches of these four noble captains, the town of Mansoul 
 refused to hear ; yet a sound thereof did beat against Ear-gate, though the 
 force thereof could not break it open. In fine, the town desired a time to 
 prepare their answer to these demands. The captains then told them, 
 " that if they would throw out to them one Ill-pause, that was in the town, 
 that they might reward him according to his works, then they would give 
 them time to consider ; but if they would not cast him to them over the 
 wall of Mansoul, then they would give them none ; for," said they, " we 
 know, that so long as Ill-pause draws breath in Mansoul, all good con- 
 siderations will be confounded, and nothing but mischief will come 
 thereon." 
 
 Then Diabolus, who was there present, being loth to lose Ill-pause, 
 because he was his orator, (and yet be sure he had, could the captains have 
 laid their fingers on him,) was resolved at this instant to give them answer 
 by himself; but then, changing his mind, he commanded the then Lord 
 Mayor, the Lord Incredulity, to do it, saying, " My Lord, do you give these 
 renegades an answer, and speak out, that Mansoul may hear and under- 
 stand you." 
 
 And if it bear fruit, well ; and if not, then after that cut it down. Luke xiii. 9.
 
 THE HOLT WAR. 45 
 
 So Incredulity, at Diabolus's command, began, and said, " Gentlemen, 
 you have here, as we do behold, to the disturbance of our prince, and 
 molestation of the town of Mansoul, encamped against it ; but from 
 whence you come we will not know ; and what you are we will not believe. 
 Indeed, you tell us in your terrible speech, that you have this authority 
 from Shaddai ; but by what right he commands you to do it, of that we 
 shall be ignorant. 
 
 " You have, also, by the authority aforesaid, summoned this town to 
 desert her lord, and, for protection, to yield up herself to the great Shaddai, 
 your King ; flatteringly telling her, that if she will do it, he will pass by, 
 and not charge her with, past offences. 
 
 " Further, you have also, to the terror of the town of Mansoul, threatened 
 with great and sore destruction to punish this corporation, if she consents 
 not to do as your wills would have her. 
 
 "Now, captains, from whencesoever you come, and though 
 
 The true picture 
 
 your designs be ever so right, yet know ye, that neither my o^^nef. 
 Lord Diabolus, nor I, his servant, Incredulity, nor yet our brave Mansoul, 
 doth regard either your persons, message, or the King that you say hath 
 sent you : his power, his greatness, his vengeance we fear not ; nor will we 
 yield at all to your summons. 
 
 " As for the war that you threaten to make upon us, we must therein 
 defend ourselves as well as we can : and, know ye, that we are not without 
 wherewithal to bid defiance to you. And, in short, (for I will not be tedious,) 
 I tell you that we take you to be some vagabond runagate crew, who, 
 having shaken off all obedience to your king, have gotten together in a 
 tumultuous manner, and are ranging from place to place, to see if, through 
 those flatteries you are skilled to make on the one side, and threats where- 
 with you think to fright on the other, you can make some silly town, city, 
 or country, to desert their place, and leave it to you : but Mansoul is none 
 of them. 
 
 " To conclude : We dread you not, we fear you not, nor will we obey 
 your summons : our gates we will keep shut against you, our place we will 
 keep you out of; nor will we long thus suffer you to sit down before us, 
 Our people must live in quiet : your appearance doth disturb them ; where- 
 fore, arise, with bag and baggage, and begone, or we will let fly Fiesh. 
 from the walls against you."
 
 THE HOLY WAR. 
 
 This oration made by old Incredulity, was seconded by desperate Will- 
 bc-will, in words to this effect.* 
 
 " Gentlemen, we have heard your demand, and the noise of your threats, 
 
 and heard the sound of 
 your summons ; but we 
 fear not your force, we 
 regard not your threats, 
 but we will abide as you 
 found us. And we com- 
 mand you, that in three 
 days' time you cease to 
 appear in these parts, or 
 you shall know what it is 
 once to dare to offer to 
 rouse the lion, Diabolus, 
 when asleep in the town 
 of Mansoul." 
 
 The Recorder, whose name was Forget- Good, he also 
 added as followeth : 
 
 " Gentlemen, my lords, as you see, have with mild and 
 gentle words answered your rough and angry speeches ; 
 they have, moreover, in my hearing, given you leave 
 quietly to depart as you came : wherefore take their kind- 
 : ness and begone. We might have come out with force 
 Pupon you, and have caused you to feel the dint of our 
 swords : but as we love ease and quiet ourselves, so we 
 love not to hurt or molest others." 
 Then did the town of Mansoul shout for joy ; as if by Diabolus and his 
 crew some great advantage had been obtained over the captains. They 
 also rang the bells, and made merry, and danced upon the walls. 
 
 Diabolus also returned to the castle, and the Lord Mayor and Recorder 
 to their places : but the Lord Will-be-will took special care that the gates 
 should be secured with double guards, double bolts, and double locks and 
 bars. And that Ear-gate especially might be the better looked to, (for 
 that was the gate in at which the King's forces sought most to enter,) the 
 
 * When a strong man armed keepeth bis palace, his goods are in peace. Luke xi. 21. 
 
 WILL-BE-WItL's 
 ORATION.
 
 THE HOLY WAR. 47 
 
 * % 
 
 Lord Will-be-will made one old Mr. Prejudice, an angry and ill-conditioned 
 fellow, captain of the ward at that gate ; and put under Ins power sixty men, 
 called deaf men ; men advantageous for that service, forasmuch as they 
 mattered no words of the captains or of the soldiers. 
 
 Now when the captains heard the answer of the great ones, and they 
 could not get a hearing from the old natives of the town, and that Mansoul 
 was resolved to give the King's army battle ; they prepared themselves to 
 receive them, and to try it out by the power of the arm. And, first, they 
 made their force more formidable against Ear-gate; for they knew that 
 unless they could penetrate that, no good could be done upon the town. 
 This done, they put the rest of their men in their places. After which they 
 gave out the word, which was, Ye must be born again. Then they sounded 
 the trumpet : then they in the town made answer, with shout against shout, 
 charge against charge, and so the battle began. Now they in the town 
 had planted -upon Mansoul, over Ear-gate, two great guns, the one called 
 High-mind, and the other Heady. Unto these two guns they trusted much; 
 they were cast in the castle by Diabolus's founder, whose name was 
 Mr. Puff-up : and mischievous pieces they were. But so vigilant and 
 watchful were the captains when they saw them, that though sometimes 
 their shot would go by their ears with a whiz, yet they did them no harm. 
 By these two guns, the townsfolk made no question but greatly to annoy 
 the camp of Shaddai, and well enough to secure the gate ; but they had not 
 much cause to boast of what execution they did, as from what follows will 
 be gathered. 
 
 The famous town of Mansoul had also some other small pieces in it, of 
 the which they made use against the camp of Shaddai. 
 
 They from the camp also did as stoutly, and with as much of that as may 
 in truth be called valour, let fly as fast at the town, and at Ear-gate ; for 
 they saw, that unless they could break open Ear-gate, it would be but in 
 vain to batter the wall. Now the King's captains had brought with them 
 several slings, and two or three battering-rams : with their slings, 
 therefore, they battered the houses and people of the town, and and power of 
 
 J the word. 
 
 with their rams they sought to break Ear-gate open. 
 
 The camp and town had several skirmishes and brisk encounters ; while 
 the captains, with their engines, made many brave attempts to break open 
 and beat down the tower that was over Ear-gate, and at the said gate to
 
 THE HOLY WAR. 49 
 
 make their entrance : but Mansoul stood it out so lustily, through the rage 
 of Diabolus, the valour of the Lord Will-be-will, and the conduct of old 
 Incredulity, the Mayor, and Mr. Forget-good, the Recorder, that the charge 
 and expense of that summer's wars (on the King's side) seemed to be almost 
 entirely lost, and the advantage to return to Mansoul : but when the captains 
 saw how it was, they made a fair retreat, and entrenched themselves in their 
 winter quarters. Now in this war you must needs think there was much 
 loss on both sides, of which be pleased to take this brief account following: 
 
 The King's captains, when they marched from the court to come against 
 Mansoul to war, as they came crossing over the country, they happened to 
 light upon three young men that had a mind to go for soldiers ; proper men 
 they were, and men of courage (and skill) to appearance. Their names 
 were Mr. Tradition, Mr. Human-wisdom, and Mr. Man's-invention. So 
 they came up to the captains, and proffered their service to Shaddai. The 
 captains then told them of their design, and bid them not to be rash in 
 their offers; but the young men told them that they had considered the 
 thing before, and that hearing they were upon their march for such a design, 
 came hither on purpose to meet them, that they might be listed under their 
 excellencies. Then Captain Boanerges, for that they were men of courage, 
 listed them into his company, and so away they went to the war. 
 
 Now, when the war was begun, in one of the briskest skirmishes, so it 
 was that a company of the Lord Will-be-wilTs men sallied out of the sally- 
 ports, or posterns of the town, and fell in upon the rear of Captain 
 Boanerges' men where these three fellows happened to be ; so he took them 
 prisoners, and away they carried them into the town, where they had not 
 lain long in durance, but it began to be noised about the streets of the 
 town, what three notable prisoners the Lord Will-be-will's men had taken, 
 and brought in prisoners out of the camp of Shaddai. At length, tidings 
 thereof were carried to Diabolus to the castle, to wit, what my Lord Will- 
 be-will's men had done, and whom they had taken prisoners. 
 
 Then Diabolus called for Will-be-will, to know the certainty of this 
 matter. So he asked him, and he told him. Then did the giant send for 
 the prisoners, and when they were come, he demanded of them who they 
 were, whence they came, and what they did in the camp of Shaddai ? and 
 they told him. Then he sent them into ward again. Not many days after 
 he sent for them to him again, and then asked them, if they would be 
 
 H
 
 50 THE HOLY WAR. 
 
 willing to serve him against their former captains. They then told him that 
 they did not so much live by religion, as by the fates of fortune ; and that, 
 since his lordship was willing to entertain them, they should be willing to 
 serve him. Now while these things were thus in hand, there was one 
 Captain Anything, a great doer, in the town of Mansoul, and to this 
 Captain Anything did Diabolus send these three men, with a note under 
 his hand to receive them into his company ; the contents of which letter 
 were these : 
 
 " Anything, my darling, The three men that are the bearers of this 
 letter have a desire to serve me in the war : nor know I better to whose 
 conduct to commit them, than to thine : receive them therefore in my name, 
 and as need shall require make use of them against Shaddai and his 
 men. Farewell." 
 
 So they came, and he received them, and he made two of them Serjeants ; 
 but he made Mr. Man's-invention his armour-bearer. But thus much for 
 this, and now to return to the camp. 
 
 They of the camp did also some execution upon the town ; for they did 
 
 The roof of beat down the roof of the new Lord Mayor's house, and so laid 
 
 old Incredulity's 
 
 housebeatdown. jjjjjj more O p en fa^ fa was b e f ore> They had almost (with a 
 sling,) slain my Lord Will-be-will outright, but he made shift to recover 
 again. But they made a notable slaughter among the aldermen, for with 
 only one shot they cut off six of them : to wit, Mr. Swearing, Mr. Whoring, 
 Mr. Fury, Mr. Stand-to-lies, Mr. Drunkenness, and Mr. Cheating. 
 
 They also dismounted the two great guns that stood upon the tower over 
 Eargate, and laid them flat in the dirt. I told you before, that the King's 
 noble captains had drawn off to their winter quarters, and had there 
 entrenched themselves and their carriages, so as, with the best advantage to 
 their King, and the greatest annoyance to the enemy, they might give the 
 seasonable and warm alarms to the town of Mansoul. And this design of 
 them did so hit, that I may say they did almost what they would to the 
 molestation of the corporation. 
 
 For now could not Mansoul sleep securely as before, nor could they now 
 go to their debaucheries with that quietness as in times past ; 
 
 The effects of con- ' 
 
 common, ifS for they had from the camp of Shaddai such frequent warm 
 
 alarms yea, alarms upon alarms, first at one gate, and then at 
 
 another, and again at all the gates at once, that they were broken as to
 
 THE HOLY WAR. 51 
 
 former peace : yea, they had their alarms so frequently, and that when the 
 nights were at the longest, the weather coldest, and so, consequently, the 
 season most unseasonable, that that winter was to Mansoul a winter by 
 itself; sometimes the trumpets would sound, and sometimes the slings 
 would whirl the stones into the town. Sometimes ten thousand of the 
 King's soldiers would be running round the walls of Mansoul at midnight, 
 shouting, and lifting up their voice for the battle. Sometimes, again, some 
 of them in the town would be wounded, and their cry and lamentable voice 
 would be heard, to the great molestation of the now languishing town of 
 Mansoul. Yea, so distressed were they with those that laid siege against 
 them, that I dare say Diabolus, their king, had in these days his rest much 
 broken. 
 
 In those days, as I was informed, new thoughts, and thoughts that 
 began to run counter one to another, by degrees possessed the .minds of the 
 men of the town of Mansoul. Some would say, " There is no living thus." 
 Others would then reply, " This will be over shortly." Then would a third 
 stand up and answer, " Let us turn to King Shaddai, and so put an end to 
 all these troubles." And a fourth would come in with a fair speech, 
 saying, " I doubt he will not receive us." 
 
 The old gentleman, too, the Recorder, that was so before Diabolus took 
 Mansoul, he also began to talk aloud, and his words were now to the town 
 of Mansoul as if they were great claps of thunder. No noise Co S p| C ak" ce 
 now so terrible in Mansoul as was his, with the noise of the soldiers, 
 and shoutings of the captains. 
 
 Also things began to grow scarce in Maiisoul ; now the things A famine in 
 that her soul lusted after departed from her.* Upon all her 
 pleasant things there was a blast, and burning instead of beauty. Wrinkles 
 now, and some shows of the shadow of death, were upon the inhabitants of 
 Mansoul. And now, O how glad would Mansoul have been to have 
 enjoyed quietness and satisfaction of mind, though joined with the meanest 
 condition in the world ! 
 
 The captains, also, in the deep of winter, did send, by the mouth of 
 Boanerges' trumpeter, a summons to Mansoul, to yield up herself to the 
 King, the great King Shaddai. They sent it once, and twice, and thrice; 
 
 * And, when he had spent all, there arose a mighty famine in that land ; and he began to be 
 in want. Luke xv. 14.
 
 52 
 
 THE HOLY WAR. 
 
 not knowing but that at some time there might be in Mansoul some willing- 
 ness to surrender up themselves unto them, might they but have the colour 
 of an invitation to do it under. Yea, so far as I could gather, the town 
 had been surrendered up to them before now, had it not been for the 
 opposition of old Incredulity, and the fickleness of the thoughts of my Lord 
 Will-be-will. Diabolus also began to rave ; wherefore Mansoul, as to 
 
 yielding, was not as yet all of 
 one mind ; therefore they still 
 lay distressed under these per- 
 plexing fears. 
 
 I told you but now, that 
 they of the King's army had 
 this winter sent three times to 
 Mansoul, to submit herself. 
 
 The first time the trumpeter 
 went, he went with the words 
 of peace, telling them, that 
 the captains, the noble captains 
 of Shaddai, pitied and be- 
 wailed the misery of the now 
 perishing town of Mansoul, 
 and were troubled to see them stand so much in the way of their own 
 deliverance. He said, moreover, that the captains bid him tell them, that 
 if now poor Mansoul would humble herself, and turn, her former rebellions 
 and most notorious treasons should, by their most merciful King, be 
 forgiven them, yea, and forgotten too. And having bid them beware that 
 they stood not in their own way, that they opposed not themselves, nor 
 made themselves their own losers, he returned again into the camp. 
 
 The second time the trumpeter went, he treated them a little more 
 roughly ; for, after sound of trumpet, he told them, that their continuing in 
 their rebellion did but chafe and heat the spirit of the captains, and that 
 they were resolved to make a conquest of Mansoul, or lay their bones 
 before the town walls. 
 
 He went again the third time, and dealt with them yet more roughly ; 
 telling them, that now, since they had been so horribly profane, he did not 
 know, not certainly know, whether the captains were inclined to mercy or
 
 THE HOLY WAR. 53 
 
 judgment. '* Only," said he, " they commanded me to give you a summons 
 to open the gates unto them." So he returned, and went into the camp. 
 
 These three summonses, and especially the two last, so distressed the 
 town, that they presently call a consultation, the result of which was this, 
 that my Lord Will-be-will should go up to Ear-gate, and there, with sound 
 of trumpet, call to the captains of the camp for a parley. Well, the Lord 
 Will-be-will sounded upon the wall; so the captains came up in their 
 harness, with their ten thousand at their feet. The townsmen then told 
 the captains that they had heard and considered their summons, and would 
 come to an agreement with them, and with their King Shaddai, upon 
 such certain terms, articles, and propositions, as, with and by the order of 
 their prince, they to them were appointed to propound ; to wit, they would 
 agree upon these grounds to be one people with them : 
 
 1. If that those of their own company, as the now Lord -Mayor, and 
 their Mr. Forget-Good, with their brave Lord Will-be-will, might, under 
 Shaddai, be still the governors of the town, castle, and gates of Mansoul. 
 
 2. Provided that no man that now served under the great giant, Dia- 
 bolus, be by Shaddai cast out of house, harbour, or the freedom that he 
 hath hitherto enjoyed in the famous town of Mansoul. 
 
 3. That it shall be granted them, that they of the town of Mansoul 
 enjoy certain of their rights and privileges ; to wit, such as have formerly 
 been granted them, and that they have long lived in the enjoyment of, 
 under the reign of their king, Diabolus, that now is, and long has been, 
 their only lord and great defender. 
 
 4. That no new law, officer, or executioner of law or office, shall have 
 any power over them, without their own choice and consent. 
 
 " These be our propositions, or conditions of peace : and upon these 
 terms," said they, " we will submit to your King." 
 
 But when the captains had heard this weak and feeble offer of the town 
 of Mansoul, and their high and bold demands, they made to them again, by 
 their noble captain, the Captain Boanerges, this speech following : 
 
 " O, ye inhabitants of the town of Mansoul, when I heard your trumpet 
 sound for a parley with us, I can truly say, I was glad ; but when you said 
 you were willing to submit yourselves to our Lord and King, then I was 
 yet more glad ; but when, by your silly provisos and foolish cavils, you laid 
 the stumbling-block of your iniquity before your faces, then was my glad-
 
 54 THE HOLY WAR. 
 
 ness turned into sorrow, and my hopeful beginnings of your return into 
 languishing and fainting fears. 
 
 " I count, that old Ill-pause, the ancient enemy of Mansoul, drew up 
 these proposals that now you present us with, as terms of agreement ; but 
 they deserve not to be admitted to sound in the ear of any man that 
 pretends to have service for Shaddai. We do, therefore, jointly, and 
 that with the highest disdain, refuse and reject such things, as the greatest 
 of iniquities.* 
 
 " But, O Mansoul, if you will give yourselves into our hands, or rather into 
 the hands of our King, and will trust him to make such terms with you 
 and for you as shall seem good in his eyes, (and I dare say they shall be 
 such as you shah 1 find to be most profitable to you,) then we will receive 
 you, and be at peace with you ; but if you like not to trust yourselves in 
 the arms of Shaddai, our King, then things are but where they were before, 
 and we know also what we have to do." 
 
 Then cried out old Incredulity, the Lord Mayor, and said, " And who, 
 being out of the hands of their enemies, as we see we are now, will be so 
 foolish as to put the staff out of their own hands into the hands of they 
 know not who? I, for my part, will never yield to so unlimited a pro- 
 position. Do you know the manner and temper of their King ? 'Tis said 
 unbelief never by some, that he will be angry with his subjects, if but the 
 taik!"but a ai e way" breadth of an hair they chance to step out of the way : and by 
 
 speaks nmchie- * 
 
 the others, that he requireth of them much more than they 
 can perform. Wherefore, it seems, O Mansoul, to be thy wisdom to take 
 good heed what thou doest in this matter ; for if you once yield, you give up 
 yourselves to another, and so you are no more your own. Wherefore, to 
 give up yourselves to an unlimited power, is the greatest folly in the world ; 
 for now indeed you may repent, but can never justly complain. But do 
 you indeed know, when you are his, which of you he will kill, and which 
 of you he will save alive : or whether he will not cut off every one of us, 
 and send out of his country another new people, and cause them to inhabit 
 this town?" 
 
 This speech of the Lord Mayor undid all, and threw flat to the ground 
 
 * Nevertheless the foundation of God standeth sure, having this seal, The Lord knoweth 
 them that are his. And, Let every one that nameth the name of Christ depart from iniquity. 
 2 Tim. ii. 9.
 
 THE HOLY WAR. 55 
 
 their hopes of an accord : wherefore, the captains returned to their 
 trenches, to their tents, and to their men, as they were ; and the mayor to 
 his castle, and to his king. 
 
 Now Diabolus had waited for his return, for he had heard that they had 
 been at their points. So, when he was come into the chamber of state, 
 Diabolus saluted him with, " Welcome, my lord ; how went matters 
 betwixt you to-day?" Then the Lord Incredulity, (with a low congee,) 
 told him the whole of the matter, saying : Thus said the captain of Shaddai, 
 and thus and thus said I. The which, as it was told to Diabolus, he was 
 very glad to hear ; and said, " My Lord Mayor, my faithful Incredulity, 
 I have proved thy fidelity above ten times already, but never found thee 
 false. I do promise thee, if we rub over this brunt, to prefer thee to a 
 place of honour, a place far better than to be Lord Mayor of Mansoul ; 
 I will make thee my universal deputy, and thou shalt, next to me, have all 
 nations under thy hand ; yea, thou shalt lay hands upon them, that they 
 may not resist th^e ; nor shall any of our vassals walk more at liberty, but 
 those that shall be content to walk in thy fetters." 
 
 Now came the Lord Mayor out from Diabolus, as if he had obtained a 
 favour indeed: wherefore, to his habitation he goes in great state, and 
 thinks to feed himself well enough with hopes, until the time came that his 
 greatness should be enlarged. 
 
 But now, though the Lord Mayor and Diabolus did thus well agree, yet 
 this repulse to the brave captains put Mansoul into a mutiny ; for while 
 old Incredulity went into the castle to congratulate with his lord on what 
 had passed, the old Lord Mayor, that was so before Diabolus T^ under- 
 came to the town, to wit, my Lord Understanding, and the old scienee g b a e n ginto 
 
 * receive convic- 
 
 Recorder, Mr. Conscience, getting intelligence of what had !he"'soui th in se l 
 passed at Ear-gate, (for you must know that they might not be 
 suffered to be at that debate lest they should then have mutinied for the 
 captains ;) but, I say, they got intelligence of what had passed there, 
 and were much concerned therewith : wherefore, they, getting some of the 
 town together, began to possess them with the reasonableness of the noble 
 captains' demands, and with the bad consequences that would follow upon 
 the speech of old Incredulity, the Lord Mayor ; to wit, how little reverence 
 he showed therein, either to the captains, or their King; also how he 
 implicitly charged them with unfaithfulness and treachery ; " for what less,"
 
 5C THE HOLY WAR. 
 
 quoth he, " could be made of his words, when he said he would not yield 
 to their proposition ! and added moreover a supposition, that he would 
 destroy us, when before he had sent us word, that he would show us 
 mercy?" The multitude, being now possessed with the conviction of the 
 . . evil old Incredulity had done, began to run together in com- 
 
 A mutiny in 
 
 Mansoui. p an j es m a j] pi aceSj an d m every corner of the streets of Man- 
 soul ; and first they began to mutter, then to talk openly ; and after that 
 they ran to and fro, and cried as they ran, "O the brave captains of 
 Shaddai ! would we were under the government of the captains, and of 
 Shaddai their King ! " When the Lord Mayor had intelligence that 
 Mansoui was in an uproar, down he comes to appease the people, and 
 thought to have quashed their heat with the bigness and the show of his 
 countenance. But when they saw him, they came running upon him, and 
 had doubtless done him mischief had he not betaken himself to his house. 
 However, they strongly assaulted the house where he was, to have pulled it 
 about his ears ; but the place was too strong, so they failed of that. Then 
 he, taking some courage, addressed himself out of a window to the people 
 in this manner : 
 
 " Gentlemen, what is the reason that there is such an uproar here 
 to-day?" 
 
 Then answered my Lord Understanding, "It is because thou and thy 
 master have carried it not rightly, and as you should, to the captains of 
 Shaddai ; for in three things thou art faulty. First, in that you would not 
 let Mr. Conscience and myself be at the hearing of your discourse. 
 Secondly, in that you propounded such terms of peace to the captains, 
 which could by no means be granted, unless they had intended that their 
 Shaddai should have been only a titular prince ; and that Mansoui should 
 still have had power, by law, to have lived in ah 1 vanity and lewdness before 
 him, and so, by consequence, Diabolus should still here be king in power, 
 and the other only king in name. Thirdly, for that thou didst thyself, 
 after the captains had showed us upon what conditions they would have 
 received us to mercy, even undo all again with thy unsavoury, unseasonable, 
 and ungodly speech." 
 
 sin and the soui When old Incredulity had heard this speech, he cried out, 
 " Treason ! treason ! To your arms ! ye, the trusty friends of 
 Diabolus in Mansoui !"
 
 THE HOLY WAR. 57 
 
 Under. " Sir, you may put upon my words what construction you 
 please ; but I am sure that the captains of such an high lord as theirs, are 
 deserving a better treatment at your hands." 
 
 Then said old Incredulity, " This is but little better. But, Sir," quoth 
 he, " what I spake, I spake for my prince, for his government, and the 
 quieting of the people, w r hom, by your unlawful actions, you have this day 
 set to mutiny against us." 
 
 Then replied the old Recorder, whose name was Mr. Conscience, and 
 said, " Sir, you ought not thus to retort upon what my Lord Understand- 
 ing hath said : it is evident enough that he hath spoken the truth, and that 
 you are an enemy to Mansoul. Be convinced, then, of the evil of your saucy 
 and malapert language, and of the grief that you have put the captains to ; 
 yea, and of the damages that you have done to Mansoul thereby. Had 
 you accepted of the conditions, the sound of the trumpet and, the alarm of 
 war had now ceased about the town of Mansoul ; but that dreadful sound 
 abides, and your want of wisdom in your speech has been the cause of it." 
 
 Then said old Incredulity, " Sir, if I live, I will do your errand to Dia- 
 bolus, and then you shall have an answer to your words. Meanwhile we 
 will seek the good of the town, and not ask counsel of you." 
 
 Under. " Sir, your prince and you are foreigners to Mansoul, and not 
 the natives thereof. And who can tell but that, when you have brought us 
 into greater straits, (when you also shall see that yourselves can be safe by 
 no other means than by flight,) you may leave us, and shift for yourselves, 
 or set us on fire, and go away in the smoke, or by the light of our burning, 
 and so leave us in our ruins." 
 
 Incred. " Sir, you forget that you are under a governor, and that you 
 ought to demean yourself like a subject ; and know ye, when my lord the 
 king shall hear of this day's work he will give you but little thanks for your 
 labour?" 
 
 Now while these gentlemen were thus in their chiding words, down come 
 from the walls and gates of the town the Lord Will-be-will, Mr. Prejudice, 
 old Ill-pause, and several of the new-made aldermen and burgesses ; and 
 they asked the reason of the hubbub and tumult. And with that every 
 man began to tell his own tale, so that nothing could be heard distinctly. 
 Then was silence commanded, and the old fox, Incredulity, began to speak : 
 " My lord," quoth he, " here are a couple of peevish gentlemen that have, 
 
 i
 
 58 
 
 THE HOLY WAR. 
 
 as a fruit of their bad dispositions, and, as I fear, through the advice of one 
 Mr. Discontent, tuniultuously gathered this company against me this day : and 
 also attempted to run the town into acts of rebellion against our prince." 
 
 Then stood up all the Diabolonians that were present, and affirmed these 
 things to be true. 
 
 Now, when they that took part with my Lord Understanding, and with 
 Mr. Conscience, perceived that they were like to come by the worst, 
 for that force and power was on the other side, they came in for their 
 help and relief; so a great company was on both sides. Then they on 
 Incredulity's side would have had the two old gentlemen presently away to 
 prison ; but they on the other side said they should not. Then they began 
 to cry up parties again ; the Diabolonians cried up old Incredulity, Forget- 
 Good, the new aldermen, and their great one, Diabolus : and the other 
 party as fast cried up Shaddai, the captains, his laws, their mercifulness, 
 and applauded their conditions and ways. Thus the bickerment went a 
 
 COMMOTION IN THE TOWN'. 
 
 while ; at last they passed from words to blows, and now there were knocks 
 on both sides. The good old gentleman, Mr. Conscience, was knocked 
 down twice, by one of the Diabolonians, whose name was Mr. Benumbing. 
 And my Lord Understanding had like to have been slain with an harquebus,
 
 THE HOLY WAR. 59 
 
 but that he that had shot failed to take his aim aright. Nor did the 
 other side wholly escape : for there was one Mr. Rashhead, a Diabolonian, 
 that had his brains beaten out by one Mr. Mind, the Lord Will-be-will's 
 servant : and it made me laugh to see how old Mr. Prejudice was kicked 
 and tumbled about in the dirt : for though a while since he was made a 
 captain of the Diabolonians, to the hurt and damage of the town, yet now 
 they had got him under their feet ; and I'll assure you he had, by some of 
 the Lord Understanding's party, his crown cracked to boot. Mr. Any- 
 thing also became a brisk man in the broil ; but both sides were against 
 him, because he was true to none. Yet he had for his malapertness one of 
 his legs broken ; and he that did it, wished it had been his neck. Much 
 more harm was done on both sides ; but this must not be forgotten : it 
 was now a wonder to see my Lord Will-be-will so indifferent as he was : 
 he did not seem to take one side more than another, only it was perceived 
 that he smiled to see how old Prejudice was tumbled up and down in the 
 dirt : also when Captain Anything came halting up before him, he seemed 
 to take but little notice of him. 
 
 Now, when the uproar was over, Diabolus sends for my Lord Under- 
 standing and Mr. Conscience, and claps them both up in prison, as the 
 ringleaders and managers of this most heavy riotous rout in Mansoul. So 
 now the town began to be quiet again, and the prisoners were used hardly ; 
 yea, he thought to have made them away, but that the present juncture did 
 not serve for that purpose, for that war was in all their gates. 
 
 But let us return to our story : the captains, when they were gone back 
 from the gate, and were come into the camp again, called a council of war, 
 to consult what was further for them to do. Now some said, " Let us go 
 presently, and fall upon the town :" but the greater part thought, rather 
 better it would be to give them another summons to yield ; and the reason 
 why they thought this to be the best was, because that, so far as could be 
 perceived, the town of Mansoul now was more inclinable than heretofore. 
 " And if," said they, " while some of them are in a way of inclination, we 
 should by ruggedness give them distaste, we may set them further from 
 closing with our summons than we would be willing they should. 
 
 Wherefore, to this advice they agreed, called a trumpeter, put words into 
 his mouth, set him his time, and bid him God speed. Well, many hours 
 were not expired before the trumpeter addressed himself to his journey.
 
 ('}{) TIIK HOLY AVAR. 
 
 Wherefore, coming up to the wall of the town, he steered his course to 
 Ear-gate, and there sounded, as he was commanded. They then that 
 were within, came out to see what was the matter, and the trumpeter 
 made them this speech following : 
 
 " O hard-hearted and deplorable town of Mansoul ! how long wilt thou 
 love thy simplicity ? and, ye fools, delight in your scorning ? As yet despise 
 you the offers of grace and deliverance ? As yet will ye refuse the golden 
 offers of Shaddai, and trust to the lies and falsehood of Diabolus ? Think 
 you, when Shaddai shall have conquered you, that the remembrance of 
 these your carriages towards him will yield you peace and comfort ; or that 
 by ruffling language you can make him afraid as a grasshopper ? Doth he 
 entreat you for fear of you ? Do you think that you are stronger than he ? 
 Look to the heavens, and behold and consider the stars, how high are they ! 
 Can you stop the sun from running his course, and hinder the moon from 
 giving her light ? Can you count the number of the stars, or stop the bottles 
 of heaven? Can you call for the waters of the sea, and cause them to 
 cover the face of the ground? Can you behold every one that is proud, 
 and abase him ; and bend their faces in secret ? Yet these are some of the 
 works of our King, in whose name, this day, we come up unto you, that 
 you may be brought under his authority. In his name, therefore, I summon 
 you again to yield up yourselves to his captains." 
 
 At this summons the Mansoulians seemed to be at a stand, and knew 
 not what answer to make : wherefore, Diabolus forthwith appeared, and took 
 upon him to do it himself; and thus he begins, but turns his speech to 
 them of Mansoul. 
 
 " Gentlemen," quoth he, " and my faithful subjects, if it is true what 
 this summoner hath said concerning the greatness of their King, by his 
 terror you will always be kept in bondage, and so be made to sneak. 
 Yea, how can you now, though he is at such a distance, endure to think of 
 such a mighty one ? And if not to think of him while at a distance, how 
 can you endure to be in his presence ? I, your prince, am familiar with you, 
 and you may play with me as you would with a grasshopper. Consider, 
 therefore, what is for your profit, and remember the immunities that I have 
 granted you. 
 
 ' Farther, if all be true that this man hath said, how comes it to 
 pass that the subjects of Shaddai are so enslaved in all places where
 
 THE HOLY WAR. 61 
 
 they come ? None in the universe so unhappy as they, none so trampled 
 upon as they. 
 
 " Consider, my Mansoul ; would thou wert as loth to leave me as I am 
 loth to leave thee ! But consider, I say, the ball is yet at my foot : liberty 
 you have, if you know how to use it : yea, a king you have, too, if you can 
 tell how to love and obey him." 
 
 Upon this speech the town of Mansoul again hardened their hearts yet 
 more against the captains of Shaddai. The thoughts of his holiness 
 sunk them in despair. Wherefore, after a short consultation, they (of the 
 Diabolonian party they were) sent back this word by the trumpeter : That, 
 for their parts, they were resolved to stick to their king, but never to yield 
 to Shaddai ; so it was but in vain to give them any further summons, for 
 they had rather die upon the place than to yield. And now things seemed 
 to be gone quite back, and Mansoul to be out of reach or call : yet the 
 captains, who knew what their Lord could do, would not be beat out of 
 heart : they, therefore, sent them another summons, more sharp and severe 
 than the last ; but the oftener they were sent to reconcile to Shaddai, the 
 farther off they were. " As they called them, so they went from 
 
 J J f j Hos. ri. 2. 7. 
 
 them, yea, though they called them to the Most High." 
 
 So they ceased to deal any more with them in that way, and inclined to 
 think of another way. The captains, therefore, gathered themselves 
 together, to have free conference among themselves, to know what was yet 
 to be done to gain the town, and to deliver it from the tyranny of Diabolus. 
 And one said after this manner, another after that. Then stood up the 
 right noble Captain Conviction, and said, " My brethren, my opinion is this : 
 
 " First, That we continually play our slings into the town and keep 
 it day and night : by thus doing, we shall stop the growth of their rampant 
 spirits ; for a lion may be tamed by continual molestation. 
 
 " Secondly, This done, I advise, that, in the next place, we, with one 
 consent, draw up a petition to our Lord Shaddai, by which, after we have 
 showed our King the condition of Mansoul, and of affairs here, and have 
 begged his pardon for our no better success, we will earnestly implore his 
 Majesty's help : and that he will please to send us more force and power, 
 and some gallant and well-spoken commander to head them, that so his 
 Majesty may not lose the benefit of these his good beginnings, but may 
 complete his conquest upon the town of Mansoul."
 
 02 THE HOLY WAR. 
 
 To this speech of the noble Captain Conviction they as one man consented, 
 and agreed that a petition should forthwith be drawn up, and sent by a fit 
 man away to Shaddai with speed. The contents of the petition were thus : 
 
 " Most gracious and glorious King, the Lord of the best world, and the 
 builder of the town of Mansoul ; we have, dread Sovereign, at thy com- 
 mand, put our lives in jeopardy, and at thy bidding made war upon the 
 famous town of Mansoul. When we went up against it, we did according 
 to our commission, first offered conditions of peace unto it ; but they, great 
 King, set light by our counsel, and would none of our reproof.* 
 
 Proverbs I. * 
 
 They were for shutting their gates, and so keeping us out of the 
 town : they also mounted their guns, they sallied out upon us, and have 
 done us what damage they could; but -we pursued them with alarm upon 
 alarm, requiting them with such retribution as was meet, and have done 
 some execution upon the town. 
 
 " Diabolus, Incredulity, and Will-be-will, are the great doers against us : 
 now we are in our winter-quarters, but so as that we do yet with an high 
 hand molest and distress the town. 
 
 " Once, as we think, had we had but one substantial friend in the town, 
 such as would have seconded the sound of our summons as they ought, the 
 people might have yielded themselves ; but there were none but enemies 
 there, nor any to speak in behalf of our Lord to the town : wherefore, though 
 we have done as we could, yet Mansoul abides in a state of rebellion 
 against thee. 
 
 " Now, King of kings, let it please thee to pardon the unsuccessfulness 
 of thy servants, who have been no more advantageous in so desirable a 
 work as the conquering of Mansoul is. And send, Lord, as we now desire, 
 more forces to Mansoul, that it may be subdued ; and a man to head them, 
 that the town may both love and fear. 
 
 " We do not thus speak because we are willing to relinquish the war, 
 (for we are for laying our bones against the place,) but that the town 
 of Mansoul may be won for thy Majesty. We also pray thy Majesty, for 
 expedition in this matter, that, after conquest, we may be at liberty to 
 be sent about other thy gracious designs. Amen." 
 
 * But they made light of it, and went their ways, one to his farm, another to his merchandize* 
 Matt. xxii. 5. But they refused to hearken, and pulled away the shoulder, and stopped their 
 ears that they should not hear. Zech. vii. 11.
 
 THE HOLY WAR. 
 
 The petition, thus drawn up, was sent away with haste to the King by 
 the hand of that good man, Mr. Love-to-Mansoul. 
 
 THE PETITION GIVEN TO MR. LOVE-TO-MANSOUL. 
 
 When this petition was come to the palace of the King, who should it be 
 delivered to but the King's Son ? So, he took it, and read it ; and because 
 the contents of it pleased him well, he mended it, and also in some things 
 added to the petition himself. So, after he had made such amendments 
 and additions as he thought convenient, with his own hand he carried it 
 unto the King : to whom when he had with obeisance delivered it, he put 
 on authority, and spake to it himself. 
 
 Now the King, at the sight of the petition, was glad; but how much 
 more, think you, when it was seconded by his Son ! It pleased him also 
 to hear that his servants, who encamped against Mansoul, were so hearty 
 in the work, and so stedfast in their resolves, and that they had already 
 got some ground upon the famous town of Mansoul. 
 
 Wherefore, the King called to him Emanuel his Son, who said, " Here 
 am I, my Father." Then said the King, " Thou knowest, as I do myself, 
 the condition of Mansoul, and what thou hast done to redeem it. Come, 
 now, therefore, my Son, and prepare thyself for the war, for thou shalt go
 
 64 THE HOLY \VAR. 
 
 to my camp at Mansoul; thou shalt also there prosper and prevail, and 
 conquer the town of Mansoul." 
 
 Then said the King's Son, " Thy law is within my heart : I delight to do 
 neb. x. thy will. This is the day that I have longed for, and the work that 
 I have waited for all this while. Grant me, therefore, what force thou shalt 
 in thy wisdom think meet ; and I will go, and will deliver from Diabolus, and 
 from his power, thy perishing town of Mansoul. My heart has been often 
 pained within me, for the miserable town of Mansoul : but now it is rejoiced, 
 but now it is glad." And with that he leaped over the mountains for joy, 
 saying, " I have not in my heart thought anything too dear for Mansoul : 
 the day of vengeance is in mine heart for thee, my Mansoul : and glad am 
 I that thou, my Father, hast made me the captain of their salvation.* And 
 I will now begin to plague all that have been a plague to my town of Man- 
 soul, and I will deliver it from their hands." 
 
 When the King's Son had said thus to his Father, it presently flew like 
 lightning round about at court : yea, it there became the only talk, what 
 Emanuel was to go to do for the famous town of Mansoul. But you 
 cannot think how the courtiers, too, were taken with this design of the 
 Prince : yea, so affected were they with this work, and with the justness of 
 the war, that the highest lord and greatest peer of the kingdom coveted 
 to have commissions under Emanuel, to go and help to recover again to 
 Shaddai the miserable town of Mansoul. 
 
 Then was it concluded that some should go and cariy tidings to the 
 camp, that Emanuel was to come to recover Mansoul ; and that he would 
 bring along with him so mighty, so impregnable a force, that he could not 
 be resisted. But, oh ! how ready were the high ones at court to run like 
 lacqueys to carry these tidings to the camp that was at Mansoul. 
 
 Now when the captains perceived that the King would send Emanuel 
 his Son, and that it also delighted the Son to be sent on this errand by the 
 great Shaddai his Father ; they, also, to show how they were pleased at the 
 thoughts of his coming, gave a shout that made the earth rend at the sound 
 thereof ; yea, the mountains answered the echo, and Diabolus himself 
 tottered and shook. 
 - Now you must know, that though the town of Mansoul itself was not 
 
 * For it became Mm, for whom are all things, and by whom are all things, in bringing many 
 sons unto glory, to make the Captain of their salvation perfect through sufferings. Heb. ii. 10.
 
 THE HOLY WAR. 
 
 65 
 
 much, if at all, concerned with the project, (for, alas for them ! they were 
 woefully besotted, for they chiefly regarded their pleasure and lusts,) yet 
 Diabolus their governor was, for he had his spies continually abroad, who 
 brought him intelligence of all things : and they told him what was doing 
 at court against him, and that Emanuel would certainly come shortly with 
 a power to invade him. Nor was there any man in court, nor peer of the 
 kingdom, that Diabolus so feared, as he feared this Prince : for, if you 
 remember, I showed you before, that Diabolus had felt the weight of his 
 hand already; so that since it was he that was to come, this made him 
 sore afraid. 
 
 Well, you see how I have told you that the King's Son was engaged to 
 come from the court to save Mansoul, and that his Father had made him 
 captain of the forces. The time, therefore, of his setting forth being now 
 expired, he addressed himself for the march ; and taketh with him, for his 
 power, five noble captains and their forces. 
 
 1. The first was that famous captain, the noble Captain Credence. His 
 
 were the red colours, and Mr. Promise 
 bare them, and for a scutcheon he had 
 the holy Lamb and golden shield ; * and 
 he had ten thousand men at his feet. 
 
 2. The second was that famous captain, 
 ~; the Captain Good-Hope. His were the 
 
 blue colours : his standard-bearer was Mr. 
 . Expectation, and for a scutcheon he had 
 - the three golden anchors ;f and he had 
 
 ten thousand men at his feet. 
 
 3. The third was that valiant captain > 
 the Captain Charity, j His standard- 
 bearer was Mr. Pitiful ; his were the green 
 
 CAPTAIN CREDENCE. 
 
 * Behold the Lamb of God, which taketh away the sins of the world. John i. 19. Above 
 all, taking the shield of faith, wherewith ye shall be able to quench all the fiery darts of the 
 wicked. Eph. vi. 16. 
 
 f Which hope we have as an anchor of the soul, both sure and stedfast, and which entereth 
 into that within the veil. Heb. vi. 19. 
 
 t Charity suifereth long, and is kind ; charity vaunteth not itself, and is not puffed up, doth 
 not behave itself unseemly, seeketh not her own, is not easily provoked, thinketh no evil ; 
 rejoiceth not in iniquity, but rejoiceth in the truth; beareth all things, believeth all things, 
 hopeth all things, endureth all things. Charity never faileth. 1 Cor. xiii. 4 8. 
 
 K
 
 66 THE HOLY WAR. 
 
 colours, and for his scutcheon he had three naked orphans embraced in the 
 bosom ; and he had ten thousand at his feet. 
 
 4. The fourth was that gallant commander, the Captain Innocent. His 
 standard-bearer was Mr. Harmless ;* his were the white colours, and for 
 his scutcheon had the three golden doves. 
 
 5. The fifth was the truly loyal and well-beloved captain, the Captain 
 Patience. His standard-bearer was Mr. Suffer-Long : his were the black 
 colours, and for a scutcheon he had three arrows through a golden heart. 
 
 These were Emanuel's captains, these their standard-bearers, their colours, 
 
 and their scutcheons, and these the men under their command. So, as was 
 
 said, the brave Prince took his march to go to the town of Man soul. 
 
 Captain Credence led the van, and Captain Patience brought up 
 
 Faith and 
 
 work" 06 do the the rear. So, the other three with their men made up 
 the main body. The prince himself rode in his chariot at 
 the head of them. 
 
 But, when they set out for their march, oh, how the trumpets sounded, 
 their armour glittered, and how the colours waved in the wind ! The Prince's 
 armour was all gold, and it shone like the sun in the firmament. The 
 captains' armour was of proof, and was in appearance like the glittering 
 stars. There were also some from the court that rode reformades, for the 
 love that they had to the King Shaddai, and for the happy deliverance of 
 the town of Mansoul. 
 
 Emanuel also, when he had thus set forwards to go to recover the town 
 
 The hoi y Bible, of Mansoul, took with him, at the command of his Father, fifty- 
 containing sixty- . . -i i 
 
 six book*. f our battering-rams, and twelve slings to whirl stones withal. 
 Every one of these was made of pure gold : and these they carried with 
 them in the heart and body of their army, all along as they went to 
 Mansoul. 
 
 So they marched till they came within less than a league of the town ; 
 and there they lay till the first four captains came thither, to acquaint them 
 with matters. Then they took their journey to go to the town of Mansoul, 
 and unto Mansoul they came ; but when the old soldiers, that were in the 
 camp, saw that they had new forces to join with, they again gave such a 
 shout before the walls of Mansoul, that it put Diabolus into another fright. 
 
 * Behold, I send you forth as sheep in the midst of wolves : be ye, therefore, wise as serpents, 
 and harmless as doves. Matt. x. 16.
 
 THE HOLY WAR. C7 
 
 So they sat down before the town, not now as the other four captains did, 
 to wit, against the gates of Mansoul only, but they environed it round on 
 every side, and beset it behind and before ; so that now, let Mansoul look 
 which way it would, it saw force and power lie in siege against it. Besides, 
 there were mounts casts up against it ; the mount Gracious was on the one 
 side, and mount Justice on the other. Farther, there were several banks 
 and advance grounds, as Plain-Truth hill, and No-Sin banks, where many 
 of the slings were placed against the town. Upon mount Gracious were 
 planted four, and upon mount Justice were placed as many : and the rest 
 were conveniently placed in several parts round about the town. Five of 
 the best battering-rams, that is, of the biggest of them, were placed upon 
 mount Hearken, a mount cast up hard by Ear-gate, with intent to break 
 that open. 
 
 Now when the town of Mansoul saw the multitude, and the soldiers that 
 were come up against the place, and the rams and slings, ancl the mounts 
 on which they were planted; together with the glittering of the armour, 
 and the waving of their colours ; they were forced to shift and shift, and 
 again to shift their thoughts ; but they hardly changed for thoughts more 
 stout, but rather for thoughts more faint ; for though before they thought 
 themselves sufficiently guarded, yet now they began to think that no man 
 knew what would be their hap or lot. 
 
 When the good Prince Emanuel had thus beleaguered Mansoul, in the 
 first place he hangs out the white flag, which he caused to be set up among 
 the golden slings that were planted upon mount Gracious. And this he 
 did for two reasons : 1 . To give notice to Mansoul, that he could and would 
 yet be gracious, if they turned to him. 2. And that he might leave them 
 the more without excuse, should he destroy them, they continuing in their 
 rebellion. 
 
 So the white flag, with the three golden doves on it, was hung out for 
 two days together, to give them time and space to consider. But they, as 
 was hinted before, as if they were unconcerned, made no reply to the 
 favourable signal of the Prince. 
 
 Then he commanded, and they set the red flag upon that mount called 
 Justice. It was the red flag of Captain Judgment, whose scutcheon was 
 the burning fiery furnace ; also this stood waving before them in the wind 
 for several days together. But look how they carried it under the white
 
 08 
 
 THE HOLY WAR. 
 
 flag, when that was hung out, so did they also when the red one was : and 
 yet he took no advantage of them. 
 
 Then he again commanded that his servants should hang out the black 
 
 r ^~" ? 
 SETTING CP OF THE BLACK FLAG. 
 
 flag of defiance against them, whose scutcheon was the three burning 
 thunder-bolts. But as unconcerned was Mansoul at this, as at those that 
 went before. But when the Prince saw that neither mercy nor judgment, 
 nor execution of judgment, would or could come near the heart of Mansoul, 
 he was touched with much compunction, and said, " Surely this strange 
 carriage of the town of Mansoul doth rather arise from ignorance of the
 
 THE HOLY WAR. 69 
 
 manner and feats of war, than from a secret defiance of us, and abhorrence 
 of their own lives ; or, if they know the manner of the war of chmt makes 
 
 not war as the 
 
 their own, yet not the rites and ceremonies of the war in world does - 
 which we are concerned, when I make wars upon mine enemy, Diabolus." 
 
 Therefore he sent to the town of Mausoul, to let them know what he 
 meant by those signs and ceremonies of the flag ; and also to know of them 
 which of the things they will choose, whether grace and mercy, or judgment, 
 and the execution of judgment. All this while they kept the gates shut as 
 fast as they could. Their guards were also doubled, and their watch made 
 as strong as they could. Diabolus also plucked up what heart he could, 
 to encourage the town to make resistance. 
 
 The townsmen also made answer to the Prince's messenger, in substance, 
 according to that which follows : 
 
 " Great Sir, As to what, by your messenger, you have signified to us, 
 whether we will accept your mercy, or fall by your justice ; we are bound 
 by the law and custom of this place, and can give you no positive answer : 
 for it is against the law, government, and prerogative royal of our king, to 
 make either peace or war without him. But this we will do, we will 
 petition that our prince will come down to the wall, and there give you 
 such treatment as he shall think fit and profitable for us." 
 
 When the good Prince Emanuel heard this answer, and saw the slavery 
 and bondage of the people, and how contented they were to abide in the 
 chains of the tyrant, Diabolus, it grieved him at the heart. And, indeed, 
 when at any time he perceived that any were contented with the slavery of 
 the giant, he would be affected with it. 
 
 But to return again to our purpose. After the town had carried this 
 news to Diabolus, and had told him, moreover, that the Prince, that lay in 
 the leaguer without the wall, waited upon them for an answer ; he refused, 
 and huffed as well as he could ; but in heart he was afraid. 
 
 Then said he, "I will go down to the gates myself, and give him such 
 an answer as I think fit." So he went down to Mouth-gate, and there 
 addressed himself to speak to Emanuel, (but in such language as the town 
 understood not,) the contents whereof were as follows : 
 
 " O thou great Emanuel, Lord of the world, I know thee, that thou art 
 the Son of the great Shaddai ! Wherefore art thou come to torment me, 
 and to cast me out of my possession? This town of Mansoul, as thou
 
 70 THE HOLY WAK. 
 
 very well knowest, is mine : 1 . By right of conquest ; I won it in the open 
 
 field : and ' shall the prey be taken from the mighty, or the lawful captive 
 
 be delivered?' 2. This town of Mansoul is mine also by their subjection. 
 
 They have opened the gates of their town unto me, they have sworn fidelity 
 
 to me, and have openly chosen me to be their king. They have 
 
 also given their castle into my hands; yea, they have also put 
 
 the whole strength of Mansoul under me. 
 
 " Moreover, this town of Mansoul hath disavowed thee : yea, they have 
 cast thy law, thy name, thy image, and all that is thine, behind their back ; 
 and have accepted and set up in their room, my law, my name, my image, 
 and all that ever is mine. Ask also thy captains, and they will tell thee that 
 Mansoul hath, in answer to all their summons, shown love and loyalty to 
 me ; but always disdain, despite, contempt, and scorn to thee and thine. 
 Now, thou who art the Just One and the Holy, (and shouldst do no iniquity,) 
 depart, then, I pray thee, from me, and leave me to my just inheritance 
 peaceably." 
 
 This oration was made in the language of Diabolus himself; for although 
 he can to every man speak in their own language, (else he could not tempt 
 them as he does,) yet he has a language peculiar to himself, and it is a 
 language of the infernal cave, or black pit. 
 
 Wherefore the town of Mansoul (poor hearts !) understood him not : nor 
 did they see how he crouched and cringed while he stood before Emanuel 
 their Prince. Yea, they all this while took him to be one of that power 
 and force that by no means could be resisted. Wherefore, while he was 
 thus entreating that he might have yet his residence there, and that 
 Emanuel would not take it from him by force, the inhabitants boasted even 
 of his valour, saying, " Who is able to make war with him?" 
 
 Well, when this pretended king had made an end of what he would say, 
 Emanuel, the golden Prince, stood up and spake, the contents of whose 
 words follow : 
 
 " Thou deceiving one," said he, " I have, in my Father's name, in my 
 own name, and on the behalf and for the good of his wretched town of 
 Mansoul, somewhat to say unto thee. Thou pre|;endest a right, a lawful 
 right, to the deplorable town of Mansoul, when it is most apparent to all my 
 Father's court, that the entrance which thou hast obtained in at the gates of 
 Mansoul was through thy lies and falsehood : thou beliedst my Father, thou
 
 THE HOLY WAR. 
 
 71 
 
 THE SPEECH OF THE PRINCE. 
 
 beliedst his law, and so deceivedst the people of Mansoul. Thou pretendest 
 that the people have accepted thee for their king, their captain, and right 
 
 liege lord ; but that also was by the 
 exercise of deceit and guile. Now, 
 if lying, wiliness, sinful craft, and all 
 manner of horrible hypocrisy, will 
 go in my Father's court (in which 
 court thou must be tried,) for equity 
 and right : then will I confess unto 
 thee, that thou hast made a lawful 
 conquest. But, alas ! what thief, what 
 tyrant, what devil is there that may 
 not conquer after this sort ? But I 
 can make it appear, Diabolus, that 
 thou, in all thy pretences to a conquest 
 of Mansoul, hast nothing of truth to 
 say. Thinkest thou this to be right, 
 that thou didst put the lie upon my Father, and madest him (to Mansoul) the 
 greatest deluder in the world ? And what sayest thou to thy perverting, 
 knowingly, the right purport and intent of the law? Was it good also 
 that thou madest a prey of the innocency and simplicity of the now miser- 
 able town of Mansoul ? Yea, thou didst overcome Mansoul, by promising 
 to them happiness in their transgressions against my Father's law, when 
 thou knowest, and couldst not but know, hadst thou consulted nothing but 
 thy own experience, that that was the way to undo them. Thou hadst, 
 also, (O thou master of enmity !) of spite defaced my Father's image in 
 Mansoul, and set up thy own in its place ; to the great contempt of my 
 Father, the heightening of thy sin, and to the intolerable damage of the 
 perishing town of Mansoul. 
 
 " Thou hast moreover (as if all these were but little things with thee,) 
 not only deluded and undone this place ; but, by thy lies, and fraudulent 
 carriage, hast set them against their own deliverance. How hast thou 
 stirred them up against my Father's captains, and made them to fight 
 against those that were sent of him to deliver them from their bondage ! 
 All these things, and very many more, thou hast done against thy light, 
 and in contempt of my Father, and his law : yea, and with design to bring
 
 72 THE HOLY WAR. 
 
 under his displeasure for ever the miserable town of Mansoul. I am there- 
 fore come to revenge the wrong that thou hast done to my Father, and to 
 deal with thee for the blasphemies wherewith thou hast made poor 
 Mansoul blaspheme his name; yea, upon thy head, thou prince of the 
 infernal cave, will I requite it. 
 
 " As for myself, O Diabolus, I am come against thee by lawful power ; 
 and to take, by strength of hand, this town of Mansoul out of thy burning 
 fingers ; for this town of Mansoul is mine, O Diabolus, and that by un- 
 doubted right, as ah 1 shall see that will diligently search the most ancient 
 and most authentic records, and I will plead my title to it to the confusion 
 of thy face. 
 
 " First, for the town of Mansoul, my Father built and fashioned it with 
 his hand. The palace also that is in the midst of the town he built for 
 his own delight. This town of Mansoul, therefore, is my Father's, and that 
 by the best of titles \ and he that gainsays the truth of this, must he against 
 his soul. 
 
 " Secondly, thou master of the he, this town of Mansoul is mine, 
 
 "1. For that I am my Father's heir, his first-born, and the 
 only delight of his heart.* I am therefore come up against thee 
 in mine own right, even to recover mine own inheritance out of thine hands. 
 
 "2. But further, as I have a right and title to Mansoul by being my 
 Father's heir, so I have also by my Father's donation. His it was, and he 
 gave it me;f nor have I at any time offended my Father, that he should 
 take it from me, and give it to thee. Nor have I been forced, by playing 
 the bankrupt, to sell, or set to sale to thee my beloved town of Mansoul. j 
 Mansoul is my desire, my delight, and the joy of my heart. But, 
 
 "3. Mansoul is mine by right of purchase. I have bought it, O Dia- 
 bolus, I have bought it for myself. Now since it was my Father's and 
 mine, as I was his heir, and since also I have made it mine by virtue of a 
 great purchase, it followeth, that by all lawful right the town of Mansoul 
 
 * God hath in these last days spoken unto us by his Son, whom he hath appointed heir of 
 all things, by whom also he made the worlds. Heb. i. 2. 
 
 t I have manifested thy name unto the men which thou gavest me out of the world : thine 
 they were, and thou gavest them me. John xvii. 6. 
 
 J Thus saith the Lord, Where is the bill of your mother's divorcement, whom I have put 
 away, or which of my creditors to whom I have sold you ? Behold, for your iniquities have ye 
 sold yourselves, and for your transgressions is your mother put away. Isa. 1. ] . 
 
 John xvi. 15.
 
 THE HOLY WAR. 73 
 
 is mine ; and that thou art an usurper, tyrant, and traitor, in thy holding 
 possession thereof. Now, the cause of my purchasing it was this : Mansoul 
 had trespassed against my Father. Now my Father had said, that in the 
 day that they broke his law, they should die. Now, it is more possible 
 for heaven and earth to pass away, than for my Father to break his word.* 
 Wherefore, when Mansoul had sinned indeed by hearkening to thy lie, I put 
 in and became a surety to my Father, body for body, and soul for soul, that 
 I would make amends for Mansoul's transgressions, and my 
 
 J O sweet Prince 
 
 Father accepted thereof. So, when the time appointed was 
 
 come, I gave body for body, soul for soul, life for life, blood for blood, and 
 
 so redeemed my beloved Mansoul. 
 
 " 4. Nor did I this by halves ; my Father's love and justice, that were 
 both concerned in the threatening upon transgression, are both now satisfied, 
 and very well content that Mansoul should be delivered. 
 
 "5. Nor am I come out this day against thee, but by commandment 
 from my Father : 'twas he that said unto me, ' Go down and deliver 
 Mansoul.' 
 
 " Wherefore be it known unto thee, O thou fountain of deceit, and be it 
 also known to the foolish town of Mansoul, that I am not come against 
 thee this day without my Father. 
 
 " And now," said the golden-headed Prince, " I have a word to the town 
 of Mansoul." But so soon as mention was made that he had a word to 
 speak to the besotted town of Mansoul, the gates were double-guarded, 
 and all men commanded not to give him audience. So he proceeded, and 
 said, " O unhappy town of Mansoul, I cannot but be touched with pity 
 and compassion for thee. Thou hast accepted of Diabolus for thy king, 
 and art become a nurse and minister of Diabolonians against thy sovereign 
 Lord. Thy gates thou hast opened to him, but hast shut them fast against 
 me ; thou hast given him a hearing, but hast stopped thy ears to my cry : 
 he brought to thee thy destruction, and thou didst receive both him and it : 
 I am come to thee bringing salvation, but thou regardest me not. Besides, 
 thou hast with sacrilegious hands taken thyself, with all that was mine in 
 thee, and hast given all to my foe, and to the greatest enemy my Father 
 has. You have bowed and subjected yourselves to him, you have vowed 
 
 * For verily I say unto you, Till heaven and earth pass, one jot or one tittle shall in no wise 
 pass from the law, till all be fulfilled. Matt. v. 18. 
 
 L
 
 74 ''''IK HOLY WAR. 
 
 and sworn yourselves to be his. Poor Mansoul ! what shall I do unto thee ? 
 Shall I save thee ? Shall I destroy thee ? What shall I do unto thee ? 
 Shall I fall upon thee, and grind thee to powder ; or make thee a monument 
 of the richest grace? What shall I do unto thee? Hearken, therefore, 
 thou town of Mansoul, hearken to my word, and thou shalt live. I am 
 merciful, Mansoul, and thou shalt find me so : shut me not out of thy 
 gates.* 
 
 " O Mansoul, neither is my commission or inclination at all to do thee 
 John xii 47. mu 't- Why flyest thou so fast from thy friend, and stickest so 
 close to thine enemy ? Indeed, I would have thee, as it becomes 
 thee, to be sorry for thy sin ; but not to despair of life : this great force is 
 not to hurt thee, but to deliver thee from thy bondage, and to reduce thee 
 to thy obedience. 
 
 " My commission, indeed, is to make war upon Diabolus thy king, and 
 upon all Diabolonians with him ; for he is the strong man armed that keeps 
 the house ; but I will have him out ; his spoils I must divide, his armour 
 I must take from him, his hold I must cast him out of, and must make it 
 an habitation for myself. And this, O Mansoul, shall Diabolus know, when 
 he shall be made to follow me in chains, and when Mansoul shall rejoice to 
 see it too. 
 
 " I could, would I now put forth my might, cause that forthwith he 
 should leave you, and depart ; but I have it in my heart so to deal with 
 him, as that the justness of the war that I shall make upon him may be 
 seen and acknowledged by all. He hath taken Mansoul by fraud, and 
 keeps it by violence and deceit ; and I will make him bare and naked in the 
 eyes of ah 1 observers. All my words are true : I am mighty to save, and 
 will deliver my Mansoul out of his hand." 
 
 This speech was intended chiefly for Mansoul, but Mansoul would not 
 have the hearing of it. They shut up Ear-gate, they barricaded it up, they 
 kept it locked and bolted, they set a guard thereat, and commanded that 
 no Mansoulian should go out to him, nor that any from the camp should 
 be admitted into the town. All this they did, so horribly had Diabolus 
 enchanted them to do, and to do for him, against their rightful Lord and 
 
 * I sleep, but my heart waketh : it is the voice of my beloved that knocketh, saying, Open 
 to me, my sister, my love, my dove, my undefiled : for my head is filled with dew, and my locks 
 with the drops of the night. Solomon's Song v. 2.
 
 THE HOLY WAR. 
 
 75 
 
 Prince ; wherefore no man, nor voice, nor sound of man that belonged to 
 
 the glorious host, was to come into the town. 
 
 So when Emanuel saw that Mansoul was thus involved in sin, he called 
 
 his army together, (since now all his 
 words were despised,) and gave out a 
 commandment throughout all his hosts, 
 to be ready against the time appointed. 
 Now, forasmuch as there was no way 
 lawfully to take the town of Mansoul 
 but to get in by the gates, and at Ear- 
 gate as the chief, therefore he com- 
 manded his captains and commanders to 
 bring their rams, their slings, and their 
 men, and place them at Eye-gate and 
 Ear-gate, in order to his taking the town. 
 When Emanuel had put all things 
 in readiness to bid Diabolus battle, he 
 sent again to know of Mansoul, if in 
 peaceable manner they would yield 
 
 THE PBINCE GIVING THE WOBD Of COMMAND. 
 
 , 01' 
 
 WQTQ 
 
 resolved to put him to try the utmost extremity? They then, together 
 with Diabolus the king, called a council of war, and resolved upon certain 
 propositions that should be offered Emanuel, if he will accept thereof: so 
 they agreed; and then the next was who should be sent on this errand. 
 Now, there was in the town of Mansoul an old man, a Diabolonian, and 
 his name was Mr. Loth-to-stoop, a stiff man in his way, and a great doer 
 for Diabolus ; him, therefore, they sent, and put into his mouth what he 
 should say. So he went, and came to the camp of Emanuel ; and when he 
 was come, a time was appointed to give him audience. So at the time he 
 came ; and after a Diabolonian ceremony or two, he thus began, and said, 
 " Great Sir, that it may be known unto all men how good-natured a prince 
 my master is, he hath sent me to tell your Lordship, that he is ^^ th . g t 
 very willing, rather than go to war, to deliver up into your hands 
 one half of the town -of Mansoul.* I am therefore to know if your 
 Mightiness will accept of this proposition." 
 
 * They profess that they know God, but in works they deny him, being abominable and 
 disobedient, and unto every good work reprobate. Titus i. 16
 
 70 THE HOLY WAR. 
 
 Then said Emanuel, " The whole is mine by gift and purchase, where- 
 fore I will never lose one half." 
 
 Mark this' Then said Mr. Loth-to-stoop, " Sir, my master hath said that 
 he will be content that you shall be the nominal and titular Lord 
 of all, if he may possess but a part." 
 
 Then Emanuel answered, " The whole is mine really, not in name and 
 word only ; wherefore I will be the sole lord and possessor of all, or of none 
 at all, in Mansoul." 
 
 Mark this- Then Mr. Loth-to-stoop said again, "Sir, behold the con- 
 descension of my master ! He says he will be content if he may 
 have asssigned to him some place in Mansoul, as a place to live privately 
 in, and you shall be Lord of all the rest." 
 
 Then said the golden Prince, " All that the Father giveth me shall come 
 to me ; and of all that he hath given me I will lose nothing, no not a hoof 
 nor a hair ; I will not therefore grant him, no riot the least corner in Man- 
 soul to dwell in, I will have all to myself." 
 
 Then Loth-to-stoop said again, " But, Sir, suppose that my 
 lord should resign the whole town to you, only with this proviso, 
 that he sometimes, when he comes into this country, may, for old acquaint- 
 ance sake, be entertained as a wayfaring man for two days, or ten days, 
 or a month, or so. May not this small matter be granted?" 
 
 Then said Emanuel, " No. He came as a wayfaring man to David, nor 
 did he stay long with him, and yet it had like to have cost David his soul.* 
 I will not consent that he ever should have any harbour more there." 
 sins and carnal Then said Mr. Loth-to-stoop, " Sir, you seem to be very hard. 
 Suppose my master should yield to all that your Lordship hath 
 said, provided that his friends and 'kindred in Mansoul may have liberty 
 to trade in the town, and to enjoy their present dwellings, may not that be 
 granted, Sir?" 
 
 Then said Emanuel, " No ; that is contrary to my Father's will.f For 
 
 * And there came a traveller unto the rich man : and he spared to take of his own flock, and 
 of his own herd, to dress for the wayfaring man that was come unto him ; but took the poor 
 man's lamb, and dressed it for the man that was come to him. 2 Sam. xii. 4. 
 
 f Neither yield ye your members as instruments of unrighteousness unto sin : but yield 
 yourselves unto God as those that are alive from the dead, and your members as instruments 
 of righteousness unto God. Rom. vi. 13. Mortify, therefore, your members which are upon the 
 earth ; fornication, uncleanness, inordinate affection, evil concupiscence, and covetousness, which 
 is idolatry. Col. iii. 5. And they that are Christ's have crucified the flesh, with the affections 
 and lusts. Gal. v. 24.
 
 THE HOLY WAR. 77 
 
 all, and all manner of Diabolonians that now are, or that at any time shall 
 be found in Mansoul, shall not only lose their lands and liberties, but also 
 their lives." 
 
 Then said Mr. Loth-to-stoop again, "But, Sir, may not my Markthis! 
 master and great lord, by letters, by passengers, by accidental 
 opportunities, and the like, maintain, if he shall deliver up all unto thee, 
 some kind of old friendship with Mansoul?" 
 
 Emanuel answered, " No, by no means ; forasmuch as any fellowship, 
 friendship, intimacy, or acquaintance, in what way, sort, or mode soever 
 maintained, will tend to the corrupting of Mansoul, the alienating of their 
 affections from me, and the endangering their peace with my Father." 
 
 Mr. Loth-to-stoop yet added further, saying, " But, great Sir, 
 since my master hath many friends, and those that are dear to 
 him in Mansoul, may he not," if he depart from them, even of his bounty 
 and good nature, bestow upon them, as he sees fit, some token of his love 
 and kindness that he had for them, to the end that Mansoul, when he is 
 gone, may look upon such tokens of kindness once received from their old 
 friend, and remember him who was once their king, and the merry times 
 that they sometimes enjoyed one with another, while he and they lived in 
 peace together ? " * 
 
 Then said Emanuel, " No ; for if Mansoul come to be mine, I shall not 
 admit of nor consent that there should be the least scrap, shred, or dust of 
 Diabolus left behind, as tokens or gifts bestowed upon any in Mansoul, 
 thereby to call to remembrance the horrible communion that was betwixt 
 them and him." 
 
 " Well, Sir," said Mr. Loth-to-stoop, " I have one thing more 
 
 lllx - , .. Mark this ! 
 
 to propound, and then 1 am got to the end ot my commission. 
 Suppose that, when my master is gone from Mansoul, any that yet shall live 
 in the town shall have such business of high concerns to do, that if they 
 be neglected, the party shall be undone : and suppose, Sir, that nobody can 
 help in that case so well as my master and lord ; may not now my master 
 be sent for upon so urgent an occasion as thisPf Or if he may not be 
 
 Let not sin therefore reign in your mortal body, that ye should obey it in the lusts thereof. 
 Rom. vi. 12. 
 
 t But the angel of the Lord said unto Elijah the Tishbite, Arise, go up to meet the messengers 
 of the king of Samaria, and say unto them, Is it not because there is not a God in Israel, that 
 ye go to inquire of Baalzebub the god of Ekron ? 2 Kings i. 3.
 
 78 THE HOLY WAR. 
 
 admitted into the town, may not he and the person concerned meet in 
 some of the villages near Mansoul, and there lay their heads together, and 
 there consult together?" 
 
 MR. LOTH-TO-STOOP BEFORE 1HE PRINCE. 
 
 This was the last of those ensnaring propositions that Mr. Loth-to-stoop 
 had to propound to Emanuel on behalf of his master Diabolus; but 
 Emanuel would not grant it ; for he said, " There can be no case, or thing, 
 or matter fall out in Mansoul, when thy master shall be gone, that may not 
 be solved by my Father.* Besides, it will be a great disparagement to my 
 Father's wisdom and skill, to admit any from Mansoul to go out to Dia- 
 bolus for advice, when they are bid before, in every thing, by prayer and 
 supplication, to let their request be made known to my Father. Further, 
 this, should it be granted, would be to grant that a door should be open 
 for Diabolonians in Mansoul, to hatch and plot and bring to pass treason- 
 able designs, to the grief of my Father and me, and to the utter destruction 
 of Mansoul." 
 
 When Mr. Loth-to-stoop had heard this answer, he took his leave of 
 
 * And Samuel said to Saul, Why hast thou disquieted me to bring me up I And Saul 
 answered, I am sore distressed ; for the Philistines make war against me, and God is departed 
 from me, and answereth me no more, neither by prophets, nor by dreams : therefore I have 
 called thee, that thou mayest make known unto me what I shall do. 1 Sam. xxviii. 15. 
 
 And Ahaziah fell down through a lattice in his upper chamber that was in Samaria, and was 
 sick : and he sent messengers, and said unto them, Go, inquire of Baalzebub the god of Ekron 
 whether I shall recover of this disease. 2 Kings i. 2.
 
 THE HOLY WAR. 79 
 
 Emanuel, and departed, saying that he would carry word to his master 
 concerning this whole affair. So he departed, and came to Diabolus in 
 Mansoul, and told him the whole of the matter ; and how Emanuel 
 would not admit, no not by any means, that he, when he was once gone 
 out, should ever have any thing more to do either in or with any that are 
 of the town of Mansoul. When Mansoul and Diabolus had heard this 
 relation of things, they with one consent concluded to use their best 
 endeavours to keep Emanuel out of Mansoul; and sent old Ill-pause, of 
 whom you have heard before, to tell the Prince and his captains so. So 
 the old gentleman came up to the top of Ear-gate, and called to the camp 
 for a hearing ; who when they gave audience, he said, " I have in command- 
 ment from my high lord to bid you tell it to your Prince Emanuel, that 
 Mansoul and then- king are resolved to stand and fall together, and that it 
 is in vain for your Prince to think of ever having Mansoul in his hand, 
 unless he can take it by force." So some went and told Emanuel what 
 old Ill-pause, a Diabolonian in Mansoul, had said. Then said the Prince, 
 " I must try the power of my sword,* for I will not (for all the rebellions 
 and repulses that Mansoul has made against me) raise my siege and depart, 
 but will assuredly take my Mansoul, and deliver it from her enemy." And 
 with that he gave out a commandment, that Captain Boanerges, Captain 
 Conviction, Captain Judgment, and Captain Execution should march forth- 
 with up to Ear-gate, with trumpets sounding, colours flying, and with 
 shouting for the battle. Also he would that Captain Credence should join 
 himself in with them. Emanuel, moreover, gave orders that Captain Good- 
 Hope and Captain Charity should draw themselves up before Eye-gate. 
 He bid also that the rest of his captains and their men should place them- 
 selves to the best of their advantage against the enemy, round about the town, 
 and all was done as he commanded. Then he bid that the word should be 
 given forth, and the word was at that time, " EMANUEL." Then was an 
 alarm sounded, and the battering-rams were played, and the slings whirled 
 stones into the town amain; and thus the battle began. Now Diabolus 
 himself managed the townsmen in the war, and that at every gate ; where- 
 fore their resistance was the more forcible, hellish, and offensive to Emanuel. 
 Thus was the good Prince engaged and entertained by Diabolus and 
 
 * And take the helmet of salvation, and the sword of the Spirit, which is the word of God. 
 Eph. vi. 17.
 
 80 
 
 THE HOLY WAH. 
 
 Mansoul for several days together; and a sight worth seeing it was, to 
 behold how the captains of Shaddai behaved themselves in the war. 
 
 And first for Captain Boanerges, (not to undervalue the rest,) he made 
 three most fierce assaults, one after another, upon Ear-gate, to the shaking 
 
 THE ADVANCE TO OPEN' THK TOW V . 
 
 Angels. 
 
 of the posts thereof. Captain Conviction also made up as fast with 
 Boanerges as possibly he could ; and both discerning that the gate began to 
 yield, they commanded that the rams should still be played against it. 
 Now, Captain Conviction going up very near to the gate, was with great 
 force driven back, and received three wounds in his mouth. And 
 those that rode reformades, went about to encourage the captains. 
 For the valour of the two captains, made mention of before, the Prince 
 sent for them to his pavilion ; and commanded that awhile they should rest 
 themselves, and that with somewhat they should be refreshed. Care was 
 also taken for Captain Conviction, that he should be healed of his wounds. 
 The Prince also gave them a chain of gold, and bid them yet be of good 
 courage.
 
 THE HOLY WAR. 
 
 81 
 
 Nor did Captain Good-hope nor Captain Charity come behind in this 
 most desperate fight, for they too so behaved themselves at Eye-gate, that 
 they had almost broken it quite open. These had also a reward from their 
 Prince, as also had the rest of the captains, because they did valiantly round 
 about the town. 
 
 In this engagement, several of the officers of Diabolus were slain, and 
 some of the townsmen wounded, for among the officers there was one 
 Captain Boasting slain. This Boasting thought that nobody could have 
 shaken the post of Ear-gate, nor have shaken the heart of Diabolus. Next 
 to him there was one Captain Secure slain ; this Secure used to say, that 
 the blind and lame in Mansoul were able to keep the gates of the town 
 
 CAPTAIK SECURE SLAIN. 
 
 against Emanuel's army.* This Captain Secure did Captain Conviction 
 cleave down the head with a two-handed sword, when he himself received 
 three wounds in the mouth. 
 
 Besides, there was one Captain Bragman, a very desperate fellow, and he 
 
 * And the king and his men went to Jerusalem unto the Jebusites, the inhabitants of the 
 land : which spake unto David, saying, Except thou take away the blind and the lame thou 
 shalt not come in hither : thinking, David cannot come in hither. 2 Sam. v. 6. 
 
 M
 
 82 THE HOLY WAR. 
 
 was captain over a band of those that threw firebrands, arrows, and death : 
 he also received by the hand of Captain Good-hope at Eye-gate, a mortal 
 wound in the breast. 
 
 There was also one Mr. Feeling, but he was no captain, but a great 
 stickler to encourage Mansoul to rebellion ; he received a wound in the eye 
 by the hand of one of Boanerges' s soldiers, and had by the captain himself 
 been slain, but that he made a sudden retreat. 
 
 But I never saw Will-be-will so daunted in all my life ; he was riot able 
 to do as he was wont ; and some say, he also received a wound in the leg, 
 and that some of the men in the Prince's army had certainly seen him limp 
 as he afterwards walked on the wall. 
 
 I shall not give you a particular account of the names of the soldiers that 
 were maimed, wounded, and slain ; for when they saw the posts of Ear- 
 gate shook, and Eye-gate was well nigh broken quite open ; and also their 
 captains were slain ; this took away the hearts of many of the Diabolonians, 
 so that they fell also by the force of the shot that were sent by the golden 
 slings into the midst of the town of Mansoul. 
 
 Of the townsmen, there was one Love-no-good ; he was a townsman but 
 a Diabolonian ; he also received his mortal wound in Mansoul, but he died 
 not very soon. 
 
 Mr. Ill-pause also, who came along with Diabolus when at first he 
 attempted the taking of Mansoul, received a grievous wound in the head : 
 some say that his brain-pan was cracked. This I have taken notice of, that 
 he was never after this able to do that mischief to Mansoul as he had done 
 in times past. Also old Prejudice and Mr. Anything fled. 
 
 Now, when the battle was over, the Prince commanded that yet once 
 more the white flag should be set upon mount Gracious, in sight of the 
 town of Mansoul ; to show that yet Emanuel had grace for the wretched 
 town of Mansoul. 
 
 When Diabolus saw the white flag hung out dgain, and knowing that it 
 was not for him, but Mansoul, he cast in his mind to play another prank, 
 to wit, to see if Emanuel would raise his siege and be gone, upon promise 
 of reformation. So he went down to the gate one evening, a good while 
 after the sun was gone down, and called to speak with Emanuel, who 
 presently came down to the gate, and Diabolus saith unto him : 
 
 " Forasmuch as thou makest it appear by the white flag, that thou art
 
 THE HOLY WAR. 83 
 
 wholly given to peace and quiet, I thought meet to acquaint thee, that we 
 are ready to accept thereof upon terms which thou mayest admit. 
 
 " I know that thou art given to devotion, and that holiness pleases thee ; 
 yea, that thy great end in making war upon Mansoul is, that it may be an 
 holy habitation. Well, draw off thy forces from the town, and I will bend 
 Mansoul to thy bow. 
 
 " First, I will lay down all acts of hostility against thee, and will be 
 willing to become thy deputy ; and will, as I have formerly been against 
 thee, now serve thee in the town of Mansoul. And more particularly, 
 
 " 1. I will persuade Mansoul to receive thee for their lord; and I know 
 that they will do it sooner, when they shall understand that I am thy deputy. 
 
 "2. I will show them wherein they have erred, and that transgression 
 stands in the way to life. 
 
 "3. I will show them the holy law unto which they must conform, even 
 that which they have broken. 
 
 "4. I will press upon them the necessity of a reformation, according 
 to law. 
 
 "5. And moreover, that none of these things may fail, I myself, at my 
 own proper cost and charge, will set up and maintain a sufficient ministry, 
 besides lectures, in Mansoul. 
 
 "6. Thou shalt receive, as a token of our subjection to thee, continually 
 year by year, what thou shalt think fit to lay and levy upon us in token of 
 such subjection." 
 
 Then said Emanuel to him, " O full of deceit, how movable are thy 
 ways ! How often hast thou changed and re-changed, if so be thou 
 mightest still keep possession of my Mansoul ! though, as has been plainly 
 declared before, I am the right heir thereof. Often hast thou made thy 
 proposals already, nor is this last a whit better than they. And failing to 
 deceive when thou showedst thyself in thy black, thou hast now transformed 
 thy sen into an angel of light,* and wouldst, to deceive, be now as a minister 
 of righteousness. 
 
 " But know thou, O Diabolus, that nothing must be regarded that thou 
 canst propound, for nothing is done by thee but to deceive ; thou neither 
 hast conscience to God, nor love to the town of Mansoul; whence then 
 
 * And no marvel : for Satan himself was transformed into an angel of light. 2 Cor. xi. 14.
 
 V| THE HOLY WAR. 
 
 should these thy sayings arise, but from sinful craft and deceit ? He that 
 can list and will propound what he pleases, and that therewith he may 
 destroy them that believe him, is to be abandoned with all that he shall 
 say. But if righteousness be such a beauty-spot in thine eyes now, how is 
 it that wickedness was so closely stuck to by thee before ? But this by- 
 the-bye. 
 
 " Thou talkest now of a reformation in Mansoul, and that thou thyself, 
 if I please, will be at the head of that reformation ; aU the while knowing, 
 that the greatest proficiency man can make in the law, and the righteous- 
 ness thereof, will amount to no more, for the taking away the curse from 
 Mansoul, than just nothing at all ; for one law being broken by Mansoul, 
 that had before, upon a supposition of the breach thereof, a curse pro- 
 nounced against him for it of God, can never, by his obeying the law, 
 deliver himself therefrom ; (to say nothing of what a reformation is like to 
 be set up in Mansoul, when the devil is become the corrector of vice.) 
 Thou knowest that all that thou hast now said in this matter is nothing but 
 guile and deceit ; and as it was the first, so is it the last card thou hast to 
 play. Many there be that discern thee, when thou showest them, thy 
 cloven foot ; but in thy white, in thy light, and in thy transformation, thou 
 art seen but of a few. But thou shalt not do thus with my Mansoul, 
 
 Diabolus, for I do still love my Mansoul. 
 
 " Besides, I am not come to put Mansoul upon works, to live thereby ; 
 should I do so, I should be like unto thee ; but I am come, that by me, 
 and by what I have and shall do for Mansoul, they may be reconciled to 
 my Father, though by their sin they have provoked him to anger, and 
 though by the law they cannot obtain mercy. 
 
 " Thou talkest of subjecting this town to good when none desireth it at 
 thy hands. I am sent by my Father to possess it myself, and to guide it, 
 by the skilfulness of my hands, into such a conformity to him as shall be 
 pleasing in his sight. I will therefore possess it myself : I will dispossess 
 and cast thee out : I will set up mine own standard in the midst of them ; 
 
 1 will also govern them by new laws, new officers, new motives, and new 
 ways ; yea, I will pull down this town, and build it again ; arid it shall be as 
 though it had not been, and it shall be the glory of the whole universe." 
 
 When Diabolus heard this, and perceived that he was discovered in all 
 his deceits, he was confounded, and utterly put to a nonplus ; but having
 
 THE HOLY WAR. 85 
 
 in himself the' fountain of iniquity, rage, and malice against both Shaddai 
 and his Son, and the beloved town of Mansoul, what doth he but strengthen 
 himself what he could to give fresh battle to the noble Prince Emanuel. 
 So, then, now he must have another fight before the town of Mansoul is 
 taken. Come up, then, to the mountains, you that love to see military 
 actions, and behold by both sides how the fatal blow is given ; while one 
 seeks to hold, and the other seeks to make himself master of, the famous 
 town of Mansoul. 
 
 Diabolus therefore withdrew himself from the walls to his fort that was 
 in the heart of the town of Mansoul ; Emanuel also returned to the camp ; 
 and both of them, after their divers ways, put themselves into a posture fit 
 to give battle one to another. 
 
 Diabolus, as filled with despair of retaining in his hands the famous town 
 of Mansoul, resolved to do what mischief he could (if, indeed, he could do any) 
 to the army of the Prince, and to the famous town of Mansoul ; for alas ! it 
 was not the happiness of the silly town of Mansoul that was designed by 
 Diabolus, but the utter ruin and overthrow thereof, as now is enough in view. 
 Wherefore he commands his officers that they should then, when they saw that 
 they could hold the town no longer, do it what harm and mischief 
 they could, rending and tearing men, women, and children; 
 " for," said he, " we had better quite demolish the place, and leave it a 
 ruinous heap, than that it should be an habitation for Emanuel." 
 
 Emanuel again, knowing that the next battle would issue in his being 
 made master of the place, gave out a royal commandment to all his officers, 
 high captains, and men of war, to be sure to show themselves men of war 
 against Diabolus, and all Diabolonians ; but favourable, merciful, and meek 
 to the old inhabitants of Mansoul. " Bend, therefore," said the noble Prince, 
 " the hottest front of the battle against Diabolus and his men." 
 
 So the day being come, the command was given, and the Prince's men 
 stood bravely to their arms ; nor did, as before, bend their forces against 
 Ear-gate and Eye-gate. The word was then, " Mansoul is won :" so they 
 made their assault upon the town. Diabolus also, as fast as he could, with 
 the main of his power, made resistance from within, and his high lords and 
 chief captains for a time fought very cruelly against the Prince's army. 
 
 But after three or four notable charges by the Prince and his noble 
 captains, Ear-gate was broke open, and the bars and bolts, wherewith it
 
 sc 
 
 THE HOLY WAR. 
 
 used to be fast shut up against the Prince, were broken into a thousand pieces. 
 Then did the Prince's trumpets sound, the captains shout, the town shake, 
 and Diabolus retreat to his hold. Well, when the Prince's forces had 
 broke open the gate, himself came up, and did set up his throne in it ; also 
 
 EAR-GATE BROKEN OPtN. 
 
 he set his standard near it, upon a mount that his men had before cast up 
 to place the mighty slings thereon. The mount was called mount Hear- 
 well. There, therefore, the Prince abode, to wit, hard by the going in at 
 the gate. He commanded also that the golden slings should yet be played 
 upon the town, especially against the castle, because for shelter thither 
 was Diabolus retreated. Now from Ear-gate the street was straight, even 
 to the house of him who was the Recorder before Diabolus took the town ; 
 and hard by his house stood the castle, which Diabolus for a long time had 
 made his irksome den. The captains, therefore, quickly cleared the street 
 by the use of their slings, so that way was made up to the heart of the 
 town. Then did the Prince command that Captain Boanerges, Captain 
 Conviction, and Captain Judgment, should forthwith march up to 
 the town to the old gentleman's gate. Then did the captains in 
 most warlike manner enter into the town of Mansoul, and marching in with 
 
 Conscience.
 
 THE HOLT WAR. 
 
 87 
 
 flying colours, they came up to the Recorder's house, and that was almost 
 as strong as the castle. Battering-rams they took also with them, to 
 plant against the castle-gates. When they were come to the house of 
 Mr. Conscience, they knocked, and demanded entrance. Now, the old 
 gentleman, not knowing as yet fully their design, kept his gates shut ah 1 
 the time of this fight. Wherefore Boanerges demanded entrance at his 
 
 ;. .-S^iS, . 
 
 
 CLE OF DTAB-LUS. 
 
 gates ; and no man making answer, he gave it one stroke with the head of 
 a ram, and this made the old gentleman shake, and his house tremble and 
 totter. Then came Mr. Recorder down to the gate, and as weh 1 as he 
 could, with quivering lips, he asked who was there ? Boanerges answered^ 
 " We are the captains and commanders of the great Shaddai, and of the 
 blessed Emanuel his Son, and we demand possession of your house for the
 
 88 THE HOLY WAR. 
 
 use of our noble Prince." And with that the battering-ram gave the gate 
 another shake. This made the old gentleman tremble the more, yet durst he 
 not but open the gate : then the King's forces marched in, namely, the 
 three brave captains mentioned before. Now, the Recorder's house was a 
 place of much convenience for Emanuel, not only because it was near and 
 fronted the castle, the den where now Diabolus was ; for he was now afraid 
 to come out of his hold. As for Mr. Recorder, the captains carried it very 
 reservedly to him ; as yet he knew nothing of the great designs of Emanuel : 
 so that he did not know what judgment to make, nor what would be the 
 end of such thundering beginnings. It was noised in the town, how the 
 Recorder's house was possessed, his rooms taken up, and his palace made 
 the seat of war ; and no sooner was it noised abroad, but they took the 
 alarm as warmly and gave it out to others of his friends ; and as you know, 
 a snow-ball loses nothing by rolling, so in a little time the whole town was 
 possessed that they must expect nothing from the Prince but destruction ; 
 and the ground of the business was this, the Recorder trembled, and the 
 captains carried it strangely to him. So many came to see ; but when they 
 with their own eyes beheld the captains in the palace, and their battering- 
 rams ever played at the castle-gates to beat them down, they were riveted 
 in their fears, and it made them as in amaze, And, as I said, the man of 
 The office of the house would increase all this ; for whoever came to him, or 
 
 Conscience when 
 
 he is awakened, discoursed with him, nothing would he talk of, tell them, or 
 hear, but that death and destruction now attended Mansoul. 
 
 "For," quoth the old gentleman, "you are all of you sensible that we 
 have all been traitors to that once despised, but now famously victorious 
 and glorious Prince Emanuel ; for he now, as you see, doth not only lie in 
 close siege about us, but hath forced his entrance in at our gates ; moreover 
 Diabolus flies before him ; and he hath, as you behold, made of my house 
 a garrison against the castle, where he is. I, for my part, have transgressed 
 greatly; and he that is clean, it is well for him. But I say, I have 
 transgressed greatly, in keeping silence, when I should have spoken ; and 
 in perverting justice, when I should have executed the same. True, I have 
 suffered something at the hands of Diabolus, for taking part with the laws 
 of King Shaddai ; but that, alas ! what will that do ? will that make com- 
 pensation for the rebellions and treasons that I have done, and have suffered 
 without gainsaying, to be committed in the town of Mansoul ? Oh !
 
 THE HOLY WAR. 
 
 89 
 
 I tremble to think what will be the end of this so dreadful and so ireful a 
 beginning!" 
 
 Now, while these brave captains were thus busy in the house of the old 
 Recorder, Captain Execution was as busy in other parts of the town, in 
 securing the back streets and the walls. He also hunted the Lord Will- 
 be-will sorely, and suffered him not to rest in any corner. .He pursued so 
 hard that he drove his men from him, and made him glad to thrust his 
 head into a hole. Also this mighty warrior cut three of Lord Will-be-will's 
 officers down to the ground ; one was old Mr. Prejudice, he that had his 
 crown cracked in the mutiny. This man was made, by my Lord Will-be- 
 will, keeper of Ear-gate, and fell by the hand of Captain Execution. There 
 was also one Mr. Backward-to-all-but-naught, and he also was one of the 
 Lord Will-be-will's officers, and was the captain of the two guns that once 
 
 MR. BACKWARD-TO-ALL-EUT-NAUGIJT IYING L'EAD AT EAR-GATE. 
 
 were mounted on the top of Ear-gate ; he also was cut down to the ground 
 by the hands of Captain Execution. Besides these two, there was another, 
 a third, and his name was Captain Treacherous, a vile man this was, but one 
 that Will-be-will put a great deal of confidence in ; but him also did this 
 Captain Execution cut down to the ground with the rest. He also made 
 a very great slaughter among my Lord Will-be-will's soldiers, killing many 
 that were stout and sturdy, and wounding many that for Diabolus were
 
 90 THE HOLY WAR. 
 
 nimble and active. But all these were Diabolonians ; there was not a man 
 a native of Mansoul hurt. 
 
 Other feats of war were likewise performed by other of the captains, as at 
 Eye-gate, where Captain Good-hope and Captain Charity had a charge, was 
 great execution done; for Captain Good-hope, with his own hands, slew 
 one Captain Blindfold, the keeper of this gate. This Blindfold was captain 
 of a thousand men, and they were they that fought with mauls ; he also 
 pursued his men, slew many, and wounded many more, and made the rest 
 hide their heads in corners. 
 
 CAPTAIN GOOD-HOPE KILLING BLINDFOLD. 
 
 There was also at that gate Mr. Ill-pause, of whom you have heard 
 before; he was an old man, and had a beard that reached down to his 
 girdle : the same was he that was orator to Diabolus : he did much 
 mischief in the town of Mansoul, and fell by the hands of Captain Good- 
 hope. 
 
 What shah 1 I say ? The Diabolonians in these days lay dead in every 
 corner, though too many yet were alive in Mansoul. 
 
 Now, the old Recorder and my Lord Understanding, with some others of 
 the chief of the town, to wit, such as knew they must stand or fall with the 
 famous town of Mansoul, came together upon a day, and, after consultation 
 had, jointly agreed to draw up a petition and send it to Emanuel, now 
 while he sat in the gate of Mansoul. So they drew up their petition to 
 Emanuel, the contents whereof were these : " That they, the old inhabitants
 
 THE HOLY WAR. 91 
 
 of the deplorable town of Mansoul, confessed their sin, and were sorry that 
 they had offended his princely majesty, and prayed that he would spare 
 their lives." 
 
 Unto this petition he gave no answer at all, and that troubled them yet so 
 much the more. Now, all this while the captains that were in the Recorder's 
 house were playing with the battering-rams at the gates of the castle, to 
 beat them down. So, after some time, labour, and travail, the gate of the 
 castle, which was called Impregnable, was beaten open, and broken into 
 several splinters, and so a way was made to go into the hold in which 
 Diabolus had hid himself. Then were tidings sent down to Ear-gate, for 
 Emanuel still abode there, to let him know that a way was made in at the 
 gates of the castle of Mansoul. But, oh ! how the trumpets at the tidings 
 sounded throughout the Prince's camp, for that now the war was so near 
 an end, and Mansoul itself of being set free ! 
 
 Then the Prince arose from the place where he was, and took with him 
 such of his men of war as were fittest for the expedition, and marched up 
 the streets of Mansoul to the old Recorder's house. 
 
 Now, the Prince himself was clad all in armour of gold, and so he 
 marched up the town with his standard borne before him ; but he kept his 
 countenance much reserved all the way as he went, so that the people could 
 not tell how to gather to themselves love or hatred by his looks. Now, as 
 he marched up the street, the townsfolk came out at every door to see, and 
 could not but be taken with his person, and the glory thereof, but won- 
 dered at the reservedness of his countenance ; for as yet he spake more to 
 them by his actions and works than he did by words and smiles. But also 
 poor Mansoul, (as in such cases all are apt to do) interpreted the carriage of 
 Emanuel to them, as did Joseph's brethren his to them, even all the quite 
 contrary way. " For," thought they, " if Emanuel loved us, he would show 
 it to us by word or carriage ; but none of these he does, therefore Emanuel 
 hates us. Now, if Emanuel hates us, Mansoul shall be slain, then Mansoul 
 shall become a dunghill." They knew that they had transgressed his law, 
 and that against him they had been in league with Diabolus his enemy. 
 They also knew that Prince Emanuel knew all this ; for they were convinced 
 that he was an angel of God, to know all things that are done in the earth. 
 And this made them think that their condition was miserable, and that the 
 good Prince would make them desolate.
 
 92 
 
 THE HOLY WAR. 
 
 " And," thought they, " what time so fit to do it in as now, when he 
 hath the bridle of Mansoul in his hand?"- And this I took special notice 
 of, that the inhabitants, notwithstanding all this, could not no, they could 
 not, when they saw him march through the town, but cringe, bow, bend, 
 and were ready to lick the dust off his feet ; they also wished a thousand 
 times over, that he would become their prince and captain, and would 
 become their protector. They would also talk one to another of the come- 
 liness of his person, and how much for glory and valour he outstript the 
 great ones of the world. But, poor hearts, as to themselves, their thoughts 
 would change and go upon all manner of extremes. Yea, through the 
 working of them backward and forward, Mansoul became as a ball tossed, 
 and as a rolling thing before a whirlwind. 
 
 DIABOLUS BTllJPl'ED OF HIS ARMOUR. 
 
 Now, when he was come to the castle gates, he commanded Diabolus to 
 appear, and to surrender himself into his hands. But, oh ! how loth was 
 the beast to appear ! How he stuck to it ! how he shrunk ! how he cringed !
 
 THE HOLY WAR. 93 
 
 Yet now he came to the Prince. Then Emanuel commanded, and they 
 took Diabolus, and bound him fast in chains, the better to reserve him to 
 the judgment that he had appointed for him. But Diabolus stood up to 
 entreat for himself, that Emanuel would not send him into the deep, but 
 suffer him to depart out of Mansoul in peace. 
 
 When Emanuel had taken him and bound him in chains, he led him 
 into the market-place, and there, before Mansoul, stripped him of his armour, 
 which he boasted so much of before. This now was one of the acts of 
 triumph of Emanuel over his enemy; and all the while the giant was 
 stripping, the trumpets of the golden Prince sounded amain ; the captains 
 also shouted, and the soldiers sang for joy. Then was Mansoul called upon 
 to behold Emanuel's triumph over him in whom they had so much trusted, 
 and of whom they had so much boasted in the days when he nattered them. 
 
 Thus having made Diabolus naked in the eyes of Mansoul, and before 
 the commanders of the Prince, in the next place, he commands that Dia- 
 bolus should be bound with chains to his chariot wheels. Then 
 leaving some of his forces, to wit, Captain Boanerges and Captain 
 Conviction, a guard for the castle-gates, that resistance might be made on 
 his behalf, (if any that heretofore followed Diabolus should make an 
 attempt to possess it,) he rode in triumph over him quite through the town 
 of Mansoul, and so out at and before the gate called Eye-gate, to the plain 
 where his camp lay. 
 
 But you cannot think, unless you had been there, (as I was,) what a 
 shout there was in Emanuel's camp, when they saw the tyrant bound by 
 the hand of their noble Prince, and tied to his chariot wheels ! And they 
 said, " He hath led captivity captive, and hath spoiled principalities and 
 powers : Diabolus is subjected to the power of the sword, and made the 
 object of all derision." 
 
 Those also that rode reformades, and that came down to see 
 
 The angels.) 
 
 the battle, shouted with that greatness of voice, and sung with 
 such melodious notes, that they caused them that dwelt in the highest orbs 
 to open their windows, put out their heads, and look down to see the cause 
 of that glory.* 
 
 * I say unto you, that likewise joy shall be in heaven over one sinner that repenteth, more 
 than over ninety and nine just persons, which need no repentance. Likewise, I say unto you, 
 there is joy in the presence of the angels of God over one sinner that repenteth. Luke xv. 7, 10.
 
 04 THE HOLY WAR. 
 
 The townsmen also, so many of them as beheld this sight, were, as it 
 The men of were, astonished, while they looked betwixt the earth and the 
 . heavens. True, they could not tell what would be the issue of 
 
 things as to them ; all things being done in such excellent methods ; and 
 I cannot tell how, but the things in the management of them seemed to 
 cast a smile towards the town ; so that their eyes, their heads, their hearts, 
 and their minds, and all that they had, were taken and held while they 
 observed Emanuel's order. 
 
 So, when the brave Prince had finished this part of his triumph 
 over Diabolus his foe, he turned him up in the midst of his contempt 
 and shame, having given him a charge never more to be a possessor of 
 Mansoul. Then went he from Emanuel, and out of the midst of his 
 camp, to inherit the parched places in a salt land, seeking rest, but finding 
 none.* 
 
 Now, Captain Boanerges and Captain Conviction were both of them men 
 of very great majesty ; their faces were like the faces of lions, and their 
 words like the roaring of the seas ; and they still quartered in Mr. 
 Conscience's house, of whom mention was made before. When, therefore, 
 the high and mighty Prince had thus far finished his triumph over Diabolus, 
 the townsmen had more leisure to view and behold the actions of the noble 
 captains. But the captains carried it with that terror and dread in all they 
 did, (and you may be sure they had private instructions so to do,) that they 
 kept the town under continual heart-aching, and caused, in their apprehen- 
 sion, the well-being of Mansoul for the future to stand in doubt before 
 them, so that for some considerable time they neither knew what rest, or 
 ease, or peace, or hope meant. 
 
 Nor did the Prince himself as yet abide in the town of Mansoul, but in 
 his royal pavilion in the camp, and in the midst of his Father's forces. So, 
 at a time convenient, he sent special orders to Captain Boanerges to summon 
 Mansoul, the whole of the townsmen, into the castle-yard, and then and 
 there, before their faces, to take my Lord Understanding, Mr. Conscience, 
 and that notable one the Lord Will-be-will, and put them all three in ward, 
 and that they should set a strong guard upon them there, until his pleasure 
 concerning them was further known. Which orders, when the captains 
 
 When the unclean spirit is gone out of a man, he walketh through dry places, seeking rest 
 and findeth none. Matt. xii. 43.
 
 THE HOLT WAR. 95 
 
 had put them in execution, made no small addition to the fears of the town 
 of Mansoul ; for now, to their thinking, were their former fears of the ruin 
 of Mansoul confirmed. Now, what death they should die, and how long 
 they should be in dying, was that which most perplexed their heads and 
 hearts ; yea, they were afraid that Emanuel would command them all into 
 the deep, the place that the prince Diabolus was afraid of; for they had 
 deserved it. Also to die by the sword in the face of the town, and in the 
 open way of disgrace, from the hand of so good and holy a prince, that, 
 too, troubled them sore. The town was also greatly troubled for the men 
 committed to ward, for that they were their stay and their guide ; and, for 
 that they believed that, if those men were cut off, their execution would be 
 but the beginning of the ruin of the town of Mansoul. Wherefore, what 
 do they, but, together with the men in prison, draw up a petition to the 
 Prince, and sent it to Emanuel by the hand of Mr. Would-live. So he 
 went, and came to the Prince's quarters, and presented the petition, the 
 sum of which was this : 
 
 " Great and wonderful Potentate, victor over Diabolus, and conqueror of the 
 town of Mansoul, we, the miserable inhabitants of that most woful corpora- 
 tion, humbly beg that we may find favour in thy sight, and remember not 
 against us our former transgressions, nor yet the sins of the chief of our 
 town ; but spare us according to the greatness of thy mercy, and let us not 
 die but live in thy sight ; so shall we be willing to be thy servants, and, if 
 thou shalt think fit, to gather our meat under thy table. Amen." 
 
 So the petitioner went, as was said, with his petition to the Prince, and 
 the Prince took it at his hand, but sent him away with silence. This still 
 afflicted the town of Mansoul ; but yet, considering that now they must 
 either petition or die, (for now they could not do anything else,) therefore 
 they consulted again, and sent another petition ; which was much after the 
 form and method of the former. 
 
 When the petition was drawn up, by whom should they send it was 
 the next question ; for they would not send it by him by whom they sent 
 the first, (for they thought that the Prince had taken some offence at the 
 manner of his deportment before them,) so they attempted to make Captain 
 Conviction their messenger with it ; but he said, that he neither durst nor 
 would petition Emanuel for traitors, nor be to the Prince an advocate for 
 rebels. " Yet withal," said he, " our Prince is good, and you may adven-
 
 THE HOLY WAR. 
 
 ture to send it by the hand of one of your town ; provided he went with a 
 rope about his head, and pleaded nothing but mercy." 
 
 Well, they made, through fear, their delays as long as they could, and 
 longer than delays were good ; but fearing at last the danger of them, they 
 thought, but with many a fainting in their minds, to send their petition by 
 Mr. Desires-awake ; so they sent for Mr. Desires-awake. Now he dwelt in 
 
 THE PEOPLE OF MANSOUL COME TO MR. DESIRES-AWAKE. 
 
 a very mean cottage in Mansoul ; and he came at his neighbours' request. 
 So they told him what they had done, and what they would do concerning 
 petitioning, and that they desired of him that he would go therewith to the 
 Prince. Then said Mr. Desires-awake, " Why should I not do the best 
 I can to save so famous a town as Mansoul from destruction?" They 
 therefore delivered the petition to him, and told him how he must address 
 himself to the Prince, and wished him ten thousand good speeds. So he 
 came to the Prince's pavilion, as the first, and asked to speak with his 
 Majesty. So word was carried to Emanuel, and the Prince came out to 
 the man. When Mr. Desires-awake saw the Prince, he fell flat with his 
 face to the ground, and cried out, " Oh that Mansoul might live before
 
 THE HOLY WAR. 
 
 97 
 
 thee ! " and with that he presented the petition. The which when the Prince 
 had read, he turned away for a while and wept ; but refraining himself, he 
 turned again to the man, who all this while lay crying at his feet, as at first, 
 and said to him, "Go thy way to thy place, and I will consider of thy requests." 
 Now, you may think that they of Mansoul that had sent him, what with 
 guilt, and what with fear, lest their petition should be rejected, could not 
 but look with many a longing look, and that, too, with strange workings of 
 heart, to see what would become of their petition. At last they saw their 
 messenger coming back. So, when he was come they asked him how he 
 fared ? what Euianuel said ? and what was become of the petition ? But 
 he told them that he would be silent till he came to the prison to my Lord 
 Mayor, my Lord Will-be-will, and Mr. Recorder. So he went forwards 
 towards the prison-house, where the men of Mansoul lay bound. But, oh ! 
 what a multitude flocked after to hear what the messenger said. So, when 
 he was come, and had showed himself at the gate of the prison, my Lord 
 Mayor himself looked as white as a clout ; the Recorder also quaked. 
 But they asked and said, " Come, good sir, what did the great Prince say 
 
 DESIRES-AWAKE BEFORE THE PRINCE. 
 
 to you?" Then said Mr Desires-awake, "When I came to my Lord's 
 pavilion, I called, and he came forth ; so I fell prostrate at his feet, and 
 delivered to him my petition ; (for the greatness of his person, and the glory 
 of his countenance, would not suffer me to stand upon my legs.) Now, as 
 he received the petition, I cried, ' Oh that Mansoul might live before thee ! '
 
 THE HOLY AVAR. 
 
 So, when for a while he had looked thereon, he turned about, and said to 
 his servant, ' Go thy way to thy place again, and I will consider of thy 
 requests." 1 The messenger added, moreover, and said, "The Prince to 
 whom you sent me, is such a one for beauty and glory, that whoso sees 
 him, must love and fear him : I for my part can do no less ; but I know not 
 what will be the end of these things." 
 
 At this answer,' they were all at a stand, both they in prison, and they 
 that followed the messenger to hear the news ; nor knew they what, or 
 what manner of interpretation to put on what the Prince had said. Now, 
 when the prison was cleared of the throng, the prisoners began to comment 
 among themselves upon Emanuel's words. My Lord Mayor said, that the 
 answer did not look with a rugged face ; but Will-be-will said it betokened 
 evil ; and the Recorder, that it was a messenger of death. Now, they that 
 were left, and that stood behind, and so could not so well hear what the 
 prisoners said, some of them catched hold of one piece of a sentence, and 
 some on a bit of another ; some took hold of what the messenger said, and 
 some of the prisoners' judgment thereon ; so none had a right understand- 
 ing of things. But you cannot imagine what work these people made, and 
 what confusion there was in Mansoul now. 
 
 For presently they that had heard what was said, flew about the town, 
 one crying one thing and another quite the contrary, and both were sure 
 enough they told true, for they heard, they said, with their ears what was 
 said, and therefore could not be deceived. One would say, " We must all 
 be killed ;" another would say, " We must all be saved ; " and a third would 
 say, "That the Prince would not be concerned with Mansoul;" and a 
 fourth, " That the prisoners must be suddenly put to death." And, as 
 I said, every one stood to it, that he told his tale the rightest, and that all 
 others but he were out. Wherefore now Mansoul had molestation upon 
 molestation, nor could any man know on what to rest the sole of his foot ; 
 for one would go by now, and as he went, if he heard his neighbour tell 
 his tale, to be sure he would tell the quite contrary, and both would stand 
 in it that he told the truth. Nay, some of them had got this stoiy by the 
 end, "That the Prince intended to put Mansoul to the sword." And now 
 it began to be dark, wherefore poor Mansoul was in sad perplexity all that 
 night, until the next morning. 
 
 But, so far as I could gather by the best information I could get, all this
 
 THE HOLY WAR. 99 
 
 hubbub came through the words that the Recorder had said, when he told 
 
 them, that in his judgment the Prince's answer was a messenger 
 
 of death. It was this that fired the town, and that began the 
 
 fright in Mansoul ; for Mansoul in former tunes used to count that Mr. 
 
 Recorder was a seer, that his sentence was equal to the best of oracles ; and 
 
 thus was Mansoul a terror to itself. 
 
 And now they began to feel the effects of stubborn rebellion and un- 
 lawful resistance against then* Prince. I say, they now began to feel the 
 effects thereof by guilt and fear, that now had swallowed them up j and who 
 more involved in the one, but they that were most in the other, to wit, the 
 chief of the town of Mansoul ? 
 
 To be brief : when the fame of the fright was out of the town, and the 
 prisoners had a little recovered themselves, they take to themselves some 
 heart, and think to petition the Prince again for life. So they drew up a 
 third petition, the contents whereof were these : 
 
 " Prince Emanuel the Great, Lord of all worlds, and Master of mercy a 
 we, thy poor, wretched, miserable, dying town of Mansoul, do confess unto 
 thy great and glorious Majesty, that we have sinned against thy Father and 
 Thee ; and are no more worthy to be called thy Mansoul, but rather to be 
 cast into the pit. If thou wilt slay us, we have deserved it. If thou wilt 
 condemn us to the deep, we cannot but say thou art righteous. We cannot 
 complain, whatever thou dost, or however thou carriest it towards us. But, 
 oh ! let mercy reign, and let it be extended to us ! Oh ! let mercy take 
 hold upon us, and free us from our transgressions, and we will sing of thy 
 mercy and of thy judgments ! Amen." 
 
 This petition, when drawn up, was designed to be sent to the Prince as 
 the first ; but who should carry it ? that was the question. 
 
 Prayer attended 
 
 Some said, "Let him do it that went with the first;" but withdil 
 others thought good not to do that, and that because he sped no better. 
 Now, there was an old man in the town, and his name was Mr. Good-deed ; 
 a man that bare only the name, but had nothing of the nature of the thing. 
 Some were for sending him ; but the Recorder was by no means for that : 
 " For," said he, " we now stand in need of, and are pleading for mercy : 
 wherefore, to send our petition by a man of this name, will seem to cross 
 the petition itself. Should we make Mr. Good-deed our messenger, when 
 our petition cries for mercy ?
 
 100 
 
 THE HOLY WAR. 
 
 " Besides," quoth the old gentleman, " should the Prince now, as he receives 
 the petition, ask him, and say, 'What is thy name?' (and nobody knows 
 but he will,) and he should say, ' Old Good-deed,' what, think you, would 
 Emanuel say but this ? ' Ay ! is old Good-deed yet alive in Mansoul ? then 
 let old Good-deed save you from your distresses.' And if he say so, I am 
 sure we are lost ; nor can a thousand of old Good-deeds save Mansoul." 
 
 THE PEOPLE CONSULTING ABOUT THE PETITION. 
 
 After the Recorder had given in his reasons why old Good-deed should 
 not go with his petition to Emanuel, the rest of the prisoners and chiefs of 
 Mansoul opposed it also ; and so old Good-deed was laid aside, and they 
 agreed to send Mr. Desires-awake again. Accordingly they sent for him, 
 and desired that he would a second time go with their petition to the 
 Prince, and he readily told them he would. But they bid him, that in any 
 wise he should take heed that in no word or carriage he gave offence to the 
 Prince; "for by doing so, for aught we can tell," say they, "you may 
 bring Mansoul into utter destruction." 
 
 Now Mr. Desires-awake, when he saw that he must go on this errand, 
 besought that they would grant that Mr. Wet-eyes might go with him. 
 Now this Wet-eyes was a near neighbour of Mr. Desires, a poor man of 
 broken spirit, yet one that could speak well to a petition ; so they granted 
 that he should go with him. Wherefore they addressed themselves to 
 their business : Mr. Desires put a rope upon his head, and Mr. Wet-eyes
 
 102 THE HOLY WAR, 
 
 went with his hands wringing together. Thus they went to the Prince's 
 pavilion. 
 
 Now, when they went to petition this third time, they were not without 
 thoughts that by often coming they might be a burden to the Prince. 
 Wherefore, when they were come to the door of his pavilion, they first made 
 their apology for themselves, and for their coming to trouble Emanuel so 
 often ; and they said, that they came not hither to-day for that they delight 
 to hear themselves talk, but for that necessity caused them to come to his 
 Majesty. They could, they said, have no rest day nor night, because of 
 their transgressions against Shaddai and Emanuel his Son. They also 
 thought that some misbehaviour of Mr. Desires-awake, the last time, might 
 give some disgust to his Highness, and so cause that he returned from so 
 merciful a Prince empty, and without countenance. So, when they had 
 made this apology, Mr. Desires-awake cast himself prostrate upon the 
 ground, as at the first, at the feet of the mighty Prince, saying, " Oh ! that 
 Mausoul might live before thee !" so he delivered his petition. The Prince, 
 when he had read the petition, turned aside awhile as before ; and coming 
 again to the place where the petitioner lay on the ground, he demanded what 
 his name was, and of what esteem in the account of Mansoul, for that he, above 
 all the multitude in Mansoul, should be sent to him on such an errand. 
 Then said the man to the Prince, " O let not my Lord be angry : and why 
 inquirest thou after such a dead dog as I am ? Pass by, I pray thee, and 
 take no notice of whom I am, because there is, as thou very well knowest, 
 so great a disproportion between me and thee. Why the townsmen chose 
 to send me on this errand to my Lord, is best known to themselves ; but 
 it could not be for that they had thought I had favour with my Lord. For 
 my part, I am out of charity with myself : who, then, should be in love with 
 me ? Yet live I would, and so would I that my townsmen should ; and 
 because both they and myself are guilty of great transgressions, therefore 
 they have sent me, and I am come in their names to beg of my Lord for 
 mercy. Let it please thee, therefore, to incline to mercy : but ask not 
 what thy servants are." 
 
 Then said the Prince, " And what is he that is become thy companion 
 in this so weighty a matter?" So Mr. Desires told Emanuel, that he 
 was a poor neighbour of his, and one of his most intimate associates. 
 " And his name," said he, " may it please your most excellent Majesty, is
 
 THE HOLY WAR. 103 
 
 Wet-eyes, of the town of Mansoul. I know that there are many of that 
 name that are naught ; but I hope it will be no offence to my Lord, that 
 I have brought my poor neighbour with me." 
 
 Then Mr. Wet-eyes fell on his face to the ground, and made his apology 
 for coming with his neighbour to his Lord : 
 
 " O, my Lord," quoth he, " what I am I know not myself, nor whether 
 my name be feigned or true, especially when I begin to think what some 
 have said, namely, that this name was given me, because Mr. Repentance 
 was my father. Good men have bad children, and the sincere do often- 
 times beget hypocrites. My mother also called me by this name from my 
 cradle ; whether because of the moistness of my brain, or the softness of my 
 heart, I cannot tell. I see dirt in mine own tears, and filthiness in the 
 bottom of my prayers. But I pray thee, (and all this while the gentleman 
 wept,) that thou wouldst not remember against us our transgressions, nor 
 take offence at the unqualifiedness of thy servants, but mercifully pass by 
 the sin of Mansoul, and refrain from the glorifying of thy grace no longer." 
 
 So at his bidding they arose, and both stood trembling before him, and 
 he spake to them to this purpose : 
 
 " The town of Mansoul hath grievously rebelled against my Father, in 
 that they have rejected him from being their King, and chose for themselves, 
 for their captain, a liar, a murderer, and a runagate slave. For this Dia- 
 bolus, your pretended prince, though once so highly accounted of by you, 
 made rebellion against my Father and me, even in our palace and highest 
 court there, thinking to become a prince and a king. But being timely 
 discovered and apprehended, and for his wickedness bound in chains, and 
 separated to the pit with those of his companions, he offered himself to you, 
 and you have received him. 
 
 " Now this is, and for a long time hath been a high affront to my 
 Father ; wherefore my Father sent to you a powerful army to reduce you to 
 your obedience. But you know how these men, their captains, and their 
 counsels, were esteemed of you, and what they received at your hand. 
 You rebelled against them, you shut your gates upon them, you bid them 
 battle, you fought them, and fought for Diabolus against them. So they 
 went to my Father for more power ; I, with my men, am come to subdue 
 you. But as you treated the servants, so you treated their Lord. You 
 stood up in hostile manner against me, you shut up your gates against me,
 
 104 
 
 THE HOLT WAR. 
 
 you turned a deaf ear to me, and resisted as long as you could ; but now 
 I have made a conquest of you. Did you cry to me for mercy so long as you 
 had hopes that you might prevail against me ? But now I have taken the 
 town, you cry : but why did you not cry before, when the white flag of my 
 mercy, the red flag of justice, and the black flag that threatened execution, 
 were set up to cite you to it ? Now I have conquered your Diabolus, you 
 come to me for favour ; but why did you not help me against the mighty ? 
 Yet I will consider your petition, and will answer it so as will be for my glory. 
 
 " Go, bid Captain Boanerges and Captain Conviction bring the prisoners 
 out to me into the camp to-morrow ; and say you to Captain Judgment and 
 Captain Execution, ' Stay in the castle, and take good heed to yourselves 
 that you keep ah 1 quiet in Mansoul, until you shall hear further from me." J 
 And with that he turned himself from them, and went into his royal 
 pavilion. 
 
 So the petitioners, having received this answer from the Prince, returned 
 
 MR. DESIRES-AWAKE AND MR. WET-EYES RETURN TO THE IOWN. 
 
 as at the first, to go to their companions again. But they had not gone far, 
 but thoughts began to work in their minds, that no mercy as yet was 
 intended by the Prince to Mansoul. So they went to the place where the 
 prisoners lay bound ; but these workings of mind about what would become
 
 THE HOLY WAR. 105 
 
 of Mansoul, had such a strong power over them, that by that they were come 
 unto them that sent them, they were scarce able to deliver their message. 
 
 But they came at length to the gates of the town, (now the townsmen 
 were waiting with eagerness for their return,) where many met them, to 
 know what answer was given to the petition. Then they cried out to those 
 that were sent, " What news from the Prince ? and what hath Emanuel 
 said?" But they said that they must, as afore, go up to the prison, and 
 there deliver their message. So away they went to the prison, with a 
 multitude at their heels. Now, when they were come to the gates of in ulsitive 
 of the prison, they told the first part of Emanuel's speech to the 
 prisoners, to wit, how he reflected upon their disloyalty to his Father and 
 himself, and how they had chosen and closed with Diabolus, and fought for 
 him, hearkened to him, and been ruled by him ; but had despised Him and 
 his men. This made the prisoners look pale ; but the messengers proceeded, 
 and said, " He, the Prince, said, moreover, that yet he would consider your 
 petition, and give such answer thereto as will stand with his glory." And 
 as these words were spoken, Mr. Wet-eyes gave a sigh. At this they were 
 all of them struck into the dumps, and could not tell what to say : fear also 
 possessed them in marvellous manner, and death seemed to sit upon some 
 of their eye-brows. Now, there was in the company a notable sharp-witted 
 fellow, a mean man of estate, and his name was old Inquisitive. This man 
 asked the petitioners if they had told out every whit of what Emanuel said, 
 and they answered, " Verily, no." Then said Inquisitive, " I thought so, 
 indeed. Pray, what was it more that he said unto you?" Then they 
 paused awhile, but at last they brought out all, saying, " The Prince ordered 
 us to bid Captain Boanerges and Captain Conviction bring the prisoners 
 down to him to-morrow ; and that Captain Judgment and Captain Execution 
 should take charge of the castle and town till they should hear further from 
 him." They said also, that when the Prince had commanded them so to do, 
 he immediately turned his back upon them, and went into his royal pavilion. 
 
 But oh ! how this return, and especially this last clause of it, that the 
 prisoners must go out to the Prince into the camp, brake all their loins in 
 pieces ! Wherefore, with one voice they set up a cry that reached up to 
 the heavens. This done, each of the three prepared himself to die, (and 
 the Recorder said unto them, " This was the thing that I feared ;") 
 for they concluded, that to-morrow, by that the sun went down, 
 
 p
 
 106 
 
 THE HOLY WAR. 
 
 they should be tumbled out of the world. The whole town also counted of 
 no other, but that in their time and order they must all drink of the same 
 cup. Wherefore the town of Mansoul spent that night in mourning, and 
 sackcloth, and ashes. The prisoners also, when the time was come to go 
 
 THK PRISONERS PREPARING FOR DEATH. 
 
 Vain thoughts. 
 
 down before the Prince, dressed themselves in mourning attire, with ropes 
 upon their heads. The whole town of Mansoul also showed themselves 
 upon the wall, and clad in mourning weeds, if, perhaps, the Prince, with 
 
 the sight thereof, might be moved with compassion. But, oh ! 
 
 how the busy-bodies that were in the town of Mansoul now 
 concerned themselves ! They ran here and there through the streets of the 
 town by companies, crying out as they ran in tumultuous wise, one after 
 one manner, and another the quite contrary, to the almost utter distraction 
 of Mansoul. 
 
 Well, the time is come that the prisoners must go down to the camp, 
 and appear before the Prince. And thus was the manner of their going 
 down : Captain Boanerges went with a guard before them, and Captain 
 Conviction came behind, and the prisoners went bound in chains in the
 
 THE HOLY WAR. 
 
 107 
 
 midst. So, I say, the prisoners went in the midst, and the guaid went with 
 flying colours behind and before, but the prisoners went with drooping spirits. 
 Or more particularly, thus : The prisoners went down all in mourning ; 
 
 THK PP.lSt'NEHS GOING TO 1HE CAMP. 
 
 they put ropes upon themselves, they went on smiting themselves on their 
 breasts, but durst not lift up their eyes to heaven. Thus they went out at 
 the gate of Mansoul till they came into the midst of the Prince's army, the 
 sight and glory of which greatly heightened their affliction. Nor could 
 they now longer forbear, but cry out aloud, " O unhappy men ! O wretched 
 Mansoul!" Their chains still mixing their dolorous notes with the cries 
 of the prisoners, made the noise more lamentable. 
 
 So, when they were come to the door of the Prince's pavilion, they cast 
 themselves prostrate upon the place : then one went in and told the Lord 
 that the prisoners were come down. The Prince then ascended a throne of 
 state, and sent for the prisoners in ; who, when they came, trembled before 
 him, also they covered their faces with shame. Now, as they drew near the 
 place where he sat, they threw themselves down before him. Then said 
 the Prince to the Captain Boanerges, " Bid the prisoners stand upon their, 
 feet." Then they stood trembling before him ; and he said, " Are you the 
 men that heretofore were the servants of Shaddai?" And they said, " Yes 
 Lord, yes." Then said the Prince again, " Are you the men 
 
 ' J O J They are upon 
 
 that suffered yourselves to be corrupted and defiled by that 
 
 their trial.
 
 108 THE HOLY WAR. 
 
 abominable one Diabolus?" And they said, " We did more than suffer it, 
 Lord; for we chose it of our mind." The Prince asked further saying, 
 " Could you have been content that your slavery should have continued 
 under his tyranny as long as you had lived?" Then said the prisoners, 
 " Yes, Lord, yes ; for his ways were pleasing to our flesh, and we 
 were grown aliens to a better state." " And did you," said he, " when 
 I came against this town of Mansoul, heartily wish that I might not have 
 the victory over you?" "Yes, Lord, yes," said they. Then said the 
 Prince, "And what punishment is it, think you, that you deserve at my 
 hands, for these and other your high and mighty sins?" And they said, 
 " Both death and the deep, Lord ; for we have deserved no less." He asked 
 again, if they had aught to say for themselves why the sentence, which they 
 confessed they had deserved, should not be passed upon them? And 
 They condemn * ne J sa ^ " We can sav nothing, Lord : thou art just, for we 
 have sinned." Then said the Prince, " And for what are these 
 ropes on your heads?" The prisoners answered, " The ropes are to lead 
 sin*. us withal to the place of execution, if mercy be not pleasing in 
 thy sight."* So he further asked, if all the men in the town of Mansoul 
 Power, of the were in this confession, as they ? And they answered, " All the 
 natives, Lord : but for the Diabolonians, they came into our town 
 
 Corruptions 
 
 when the tyrant got possession of us, we can say nothing 
 for them." 
 
 Then the Prince commanded that an herald should be called ; and that 
 he should in the midst and throughout the camp of Emanuel proclaim, and 
 that with sound of trumpet, that the Prince, the Son of Shaddai, had, in 
 his Father's name, and for his Father's glory, gotten a perfect conquest and 
 victory over Mansoul ; and that the prisoners should follow him, and say, 
 Amen. So this was done as he had commanded. 
 
 And presently the music that was in the upper region sounded melodi- 
 ously. The captains that were in the camp shouted, and the soldiers sung 
 songs of triumph to the Prince, the colours waved in the wind, and great 
 joy was everywhere, only it was wanting as yet in the hearts of the men 
 of Mansoul. 
 
 Then the Prince called to the prisoners to come and stand again before 
 
 * His own iniquities shall take the wicked himself, and he shall be holden with the cords of 
 his sins. Prov. v. 22.
 
 THE HOLY WAR. 109 
 
 him ; and they came and stood trembling. And he said unto them, " The 
 sins, trespasses, and iniquities, that you, with the whole town of Mansoul, 
 have from time to time committed against my Father and me, I have power 
 and commandment from my Father to forgive to the town of Mansoul, and 
 do forgive you accordingly." And having so said, he gave them written 
 in parchment, and sealed with seven seals, a large and general pardon, 
 commanding my Lord Mayor, Lord Will-be- will and Mr. Recorder, to pro- 
 claim, and cause it to be proclaimed to-morrow, by that the sun is up, 
 throughout the whole town of Mansoul. 
 
 Moreover, the Prince stripped the prisoners of their mourning Their rags 
 weeds, and gave them beauty for ashes, the oil of joy for mourn- ^em. en 
 ing, and the garment of praise for the spirit of heaviness."* 
 
 Then he gave to each of the three, jewels of gold and precious stones, 
 and took away their ropes, and put chains of gold about their 
 necks, and ear-rings in their ears. Now, the prisoners, when alteration - 
 they had heard the gracious words of Prince Emanuel, and had beheld all 
 that was done unto them, fainted almost quite away; for the grace, the 
 benefit, the pardon, was sudden, glorious, and so big, that they were not 
 able, without staggering, to stand up under it. Yea, my Lord Will-be- will 
 swooned out-right; but the Prince stept up to him, put his everlasting 
 arms under him, embraced him, kissed him, and bid him be of good cheer, 
 for all should be performed according to his word. He also kissed, em- 
 braced, and smiled upon the other two that were Will-be-wiU's companions, 
 saying, " Take these as further tokens of my love, favour, and compassion 
 to you ; and I charge you, that you, Mr. Recorder, tell the town of Mansoul 
 what you have heard and seen." 
 
 Then were their fetters broken to pieces before their faces, and cast into 
 the air, and their steps were enlarged under them. Then they fell at the 
 feet of the Prince, kissed them, and wetted them with tears ; they 
 
 J Their guilt. 
 
 also cried out with a mighty strong voice, saying, " Blessed be 
 the glory of the Lord from this place !" So they were bid rise up, and go 
 to the town and tell Mansoul what the Prince had done. He commanded 
 also, that one with pipe and tabor should go and play before them all the 
 
 * To appoint unto them that mourn in Zion, to give unto them beauty for ashes, the oil of 
 joy for mourning, the garment of praise for the spirit of heaviness : that they might be called 
 trees of righteousness, the planting of the Lord, that he might be glorified. Isaiah xli. 3.
 
 110 
 
 THE HOLY WAR. 
 
 way into the town of Mansoul. Then was fulfilled what they never looked 
 for, and they were made to possess what they never dreamt of. The 
 Prince also called for the noble Captain Credence, and commanded that he 
 and some of his officers should march before the noblemen of Mansoul, 
 with flying colours into the town. He gave also unto Captain Credence a 
 charge, that about the time that the Recorder read the general pardon in 
 the town of Mansoul^ that at that very time he should with flying colours 
 march in at Eye-gate, with his ten thousand at his feet; and that he 
 
 THE TROOPS ENTERING THE CASTLE. 
 
 should so go until he came by the high street of the town, up to the castle- 
 
 gates; and that himself should take possession thereof, against his Lord 
 
 when faith came thither. He commanded, moreover, that he should bid 
 
 and pardon meet 
 
 minted eiecu" Captain Judgment and Captain Execution leave the stronghold 
 . ' Q to him, and withdraw from Mansoul, and return into the camp 
 
 with speed unto the Prince. 
 
 And now was the town of Mansoul also delivered from the terror of the 
 first four captains and their men. 
 
 Well, I told you before how the prisoners were entertained by the noble
 
 % THE HOLY WAR. Ill 
 
 Prince Emanuel, and how they behaved themselves before him, and how he 
 sent them away to their home with pipe and tabor going before them. 
 And now you must think that those of the town, that had ah 1 this while 
 waited to hear of their death, could not but be exercised with sadness of 
 mind, and with thoughts that pricked like thorns. Nor could their 
 thoughts be kept to any one point ; the wind blew them aU this while at 
 great uncertainties, yea, their hearts were like a balance that had been dis- 
 quieted by a shaking hand. But at last, as they with many a longing look 
 looked over the wall of Mansoul, they thought they saw some return to the 
 town ; and thought again, Who should they be too ? Who should they be ? 
 At last they discerned that they were the prisoners ; but can you imagine 
 how their hearts were surprised with wonder, especially when they per- 
 ceived also in what equipage and with what honour they were sent home ! 
 They went down to the camp in black, but they came back to A 8trange 
 the town in white ; they went down to the camp in ropes, they 
 came back in chains of gold ; they went down to the camp with feet in 
 fetters, but came back with their steps enlarged under them ; they went to 
 the camp looking for death, but came back from thence with assurance of 
 life ; they went down to the camp with heavy hearts, but came back again 
 with pipe and tabor playing before them. As soon as they came to Eye- 
 gate, the poor and tottering town of Mansoul adventured to give a shout ; 
 and they gave such a shout as made the captains in the Prince's army leap 
 at the sound thereof. Alas for them, poor hearts ! who could blame them ? 
 since their dead friends were come to life again ; for it was to them as life 
 from the dead, to see the ancients of the town of Mansoul shine in such 
 splendour. They looked for nothing but the axe and the block; but 
 behold joy and gladness, comfort and consolajbion, and such melodious 
 notes attending them, that were sufficient to make a sick man well.* So 
 when they came up, they saluted each other : " Welcome, welcome ! and 
 blessed be he that spared you !" They added also, " We see it is weh 1 with 
 you ; but how must it go with the town of Mansoul ? And will it go well 
 with the town of Mansoul?" said they. Then answered them conscience. 
 the Recorder and the Lord Mayor : " Oh ! tidings ! glad tidings ! *>********* 
 good tidings of good, and of great joy to poor Mansoul !" Then they gave 
 
 * And the inhabitant shall not say, I am sick : the people that dwell therein shall be forgiven 
 then* iniquity. Isa. xxxiii. 24.
 
 112 THE HOLY WAR. 
 
 another shout that made the earth ring again. After this, they inquired 
 yet more particularly how things went in the camp, and what message 
 they had from Emanuel to the town. So they told them all passages that 
 had happened to them in the camp, and everything that the Prince did to 
 them. This made Mansoul wonder at the wisdom and grace of the Prince 
 Emanuel ; then they told them what they had received at his hands for the 
 oh i the joy or wn l e town of Mansoul, and the Recorder delivered it in these 
 words : " Pardon, pardon for Mansoul ; and this shall Mansoul 
 know to-morrow." Then he commanded, and they went and summoned 
 Mansoul to meet together in the market-place to-morrow, there to hear 
 their general pardon read. 
 
 But who can think what a turn, what a change, what an alteration this 
 hint of things made in the countenance of the town of Mansoul ! No man 
 of Mansoul could sleep that night for joy ; in every house there was joy 
 and music, singing and making merry : telling and hearing of Emanuel's 
 happiness, was all that Mansoul had to do : and this was the burden of all 
 their song, " Oh ! more of this at the rising of the sun ! more of this 
 to-morrow!" "Who thought yesterday," one would say, "that this day 
 would have been such a day to us ? And who thought, that saw our 
 prisoners go down in irons, that they should have returned in chains of 
 gold ? Yea, they that judged themselves as they went to be judged of 
 their Judge, were by his mouth acquitted ; not for that they were innocent, 
 but of the Prince's mercy, and sent home with pipe and tabor. But is this 
 the common custom of princes ? Do they use to show such kind of favour 
 to traitors ? No ; this is only peculiar to Shaddai, ' and unto Emanuel 
 his Son." 
 
 Now morning drew on apace ; wherefore the Lord Mayor, the Lord 
 Will-be-will, and Mr. Recorder came down to the market-place at the time 
 that the Prince had appointed, where the townsfolk were waiting for them : 
 and when they came, they came in that attire and in that glory which the 
 Prince had put them into the day before, and the street was lightened with 
 their glory. So the Mayor, Recorder, and my Lord Will-be-will drew down 
 to Mouth-gate, which was at the lower end of the market-place, because that 
 of old time was the place where they used to read public matters. Thither, 
 therefore, they came in their robes, and their tabor went before them. Now, 
 the eagerness of the people to know the full matter was great.
 
 THE HOLY WAR. 113 
 
 - 
 
 Then the Recorder stood up upon his feet, and first beckoning with his 
 hand for silence, he read out with a loud voice the pardon. But when he 
 canie to these words, " The Lord, the Lord God is merciful and t 
 
 Lxod . xxxi v. 
 
 gracious, pardoning iniquity, transgressions, and sins ; and to * 
 them all manner of sin and blasphemy shall be forgiven," &c., they could 
 not forbear leaping for joy. For this you must know, that there was con- 
 joined therewith every man's name in Mansoul, also the seals of the pardon 
 made a brave show. 
 
 When the Recorder had made an end of reading the pardon, the towns- 
 men ran upon the walls of the town, leaped thereon for joy; Nowthey tread 
 and bowing themselves seven times with their faces towards upon 
 Emanuel's pavilion, shouted aloud for joy, and said, " Let Emanuel live 
 for ever." 
 
 Then order was given to the young men in Mansoul, that they Lively and warm 
 should ring the beUs for joy. So the bells rung, the people 
 sung, and the music played in every house in Mansoul. 
 
 When the Prince had sent home the three prisoners of Mansoul with joy 
 and pipe and tabor, he commanded his captains, with all the field officers 
 and soldiers throughout his army, to be ready in the morning that the 
 Recorder should read the pardon in Mansoul, to do his further pleasure. 
 So the morning, as I have showed, being come, just as the Recorder had 
 made an end of reading the pardon, Emanuel commanded that all the 
 trumpets in the camp should sound, that the colours should be displayed, 
 half of them upon Mount Gracious, and half of them upon Mount Justice. 
 He commanded also, that all the captains should show themselves in their 
 complete harness, and that the soldiers should shout for joy. F aith will not be 
 Nor was Captain Credence, though in the castle, silent on such souiVsaved. ai 
 a day ; but he from the top of the hold showed himself with the sound of 
 trumpet to Mansoul, and to the Prince's camp. 
 
 Thus have I shown you the manner and way that Emanuel took to 
 recover the town of Mansoul from under the hand and power of the tyrant 
 Diabolus. 
 
 Now, when the Prince had completed these outward ceremonies of his 
 joy, he again commanded that his captains and soldiers should Tbe Princ e dis- 
 show unto Mansoul some feats of war. So they presently ad- before Mansoui. 
 dressed themselves to this work. But, oh ! with what agility, nimbleness, 
 
 Q
 
 114 
 
 THE HOLY WAR. 
 
 dexterity, and bravery, did these military men discover their skill in feats 
 of war to the now gazing town of Mansoul ! 
 
 They marched, they countermarched, they opened to the right and left, 
 
 
 - 
 
 THE ARMY REV1EWKD. 
 
 they divided and subdivided, they closed, they wheeled, made good their 
 front and rear with their right and left wings, and twenty things more, 
 with that aptness, and then were all as they were again, that they took,
 
 s THE HOLY WAR. 115 
 
 yea, ravished the hearts that were in Mansoul to behold it. But add to 
 this, the handling of their arms, the managing of their weapons of war, 
 were marvellous taking to Mansoul and me. 
 
 When this action was over, the whole town of Mansoul came out as one 
 man to the Prince in the camp, to praise him, and thank him for his abun- 
 dant favour, and to beg that it would please his grace to come unto Man- 
 soul with his men, and there to take up his quarters for ever. And this 
 they did in the most humble manner, bowing themselves seven times to the 
 ground before him. Then said he, " All peace be to you." So the town 
 came nigh, and touched with the hand the top of his golden sceptre ; and 
 they said, " Oh ! that the Prince Emanuel, with his captains and men of 
 war, would dwell in Mansoul for ever; and that his battering-rams and 
 slings might be lodged in her, for the use and service of the Prince, and 
 the help and strength of Mansoul. For," said they, " we have room for 
 thee, we have room for thy men, we have also room for thy SayandhoMto 
 weapons of war, and a place to make a magazine for thy 
 carriages. Do it, Emanuel, and thou shalt be King and Captain in Man- 
 soul for ever. Yea, govern thou also according to all the desire of thy soul, 
 and make thou governors and princes under thee of thy captains and men 
 of war, and we will become thy servants, and thy laws shall be our 
 direction." 
 
 They added, moreover, and prayed his Majesty to consider thereof; 
 "for," said they, "if now, after all this grace bestowed upon us, thy 
 miserable town of Mansoul, thou shouldst withdraw, thou and thy captains, 
 from us, the town of Mansoul will die. Yea," said they, "our blessed 
 Emanuel, if thou shouldst depart from us now, after thou hast done so 
 much good for us, and showed so much mercy unto us, what will follow, 
 but that our joy will be as if it had not been, and our enemies will a second 
 time come upon us with more rage than at the first ? Wherefore, we 
 beseech thee, O thou the desire of our eyes, and the strength and life of 
 our poor town, accept of this motion that now we have made unto our 
 Lord, and come, come and dwell in the midst of us, and let us be thy 
 people. Besides, Lord, we do not know, but that to this day 
 many Diabolonians may yet be lurking in the town of Mansoul ; 
 and they will betray us, when thou shalt leave us, into the hands of Dia- 
 bolus again ; and who knows what designs, plots, and contrivances, have 
 
 Their fears.
 
 ] 16 THE HOLY WAR. 
 
 passed betwixt them about these things already ? Loth we are to fall again 
 into his horrible hands. Wherefore, let it please thee to accept of our 
 palace for thy place of residence, and of the houses of the best men of our 
 town for the reception of thy soldiers and their furniture." 
 
 Then said the Prince, " If I come to your town, will you suffer me 
 further to prosecute that which is in mine heart against mine enemies and 
 yours ? Yea, will you help me in such undertakings ?" 
 
 They answered, " We know not what we shall do ; we did not think once 
 that we should have been such traitors to Shaddai as we have proved to be. 
 What then shall we say to our Lord ? Let him put no trust in his saints : 
 let the Prince dwell in our castle, and make of our town a garrison ; let 
 him set his noble captains and his warlike soldiers over us ; yea, let him 
 conquer us with his love, and overcome us, and help us, as he was and did 
 that morning our pardon was read unto us, we shall comply with this our 
 Lord and with his ways, and fall in with his word against the mighty. 
 
 " One word more, and thy servants have done, and in this will trouble 
 our Lord no more. We know not the depth of the wisdom of thee our 
 Prince. Who could have thought, that had been ruled by his reason, that 
 so much sweet as we now enjoy should have come out of those bitter trials 
 wherewith we were tried at the first ! But, Lord, let light go before, and 
 let love come after : yea, take us by the hand, and lead us by thy counsels ; 
 and let this always abide upon us, that all things shall be for the best for 
 thy servants, and come to our Mansoul, do as it pleaseth thee. Or, Lord, 
 come to our Mansoul and do what thou wilt, so thou keepest us from 
 sinning, and makest us serviceable to thy Majesty." 
 
 Then said the Prince to the town of Mansoul again, " Go, return to 
 your houses in peace. I will willingly in this comply with your desires ; 
 I will remove my royal pavilion, I will draw up my forces before Eye-gate 
 to-morrow, and so will march forwards into the town of Mansoul ; I will 
 possess myself of your castle of Mansoul, and will set my soldiers over you : 
 yea, I will yet do things in Mansoul that cannot be paralleled in any nation, 
 country, or kingdom under heaven." 
 
 Then did the men of Mansoul give a shout, and return into their houses in 
 peace ; they also told to their kindred and friends, the good that Emanuel 
 had promised to Mansoul. "And to-morrow," said they, " he will march 
 into our town, and take up his dwelling, he and his men, in Mansoul."
 
 THE HOLY WAR. 
 
 117 
 
 Then went out the inhabitants of the town of Mansoul with haste to the 
 green trees, and to the meadows, to gather boughs and flowers, therewith 
 to strew the streets against their Prince the Son of Shaddai should come ; 
 they also made garlands and other fine works, to betoken how joyful they 
 were and should be to receive their Emanuel in Mansoul ; yea, they strewed 
 the street quite from Eye-gate to the castle-gate, the place where the Prince 
 should be. They also prepared for his coming what music the town of 
 Mansoul could afford, that they might play before him to the place of his 
 habitation. 
 
 So at the time appointed he makes his approach to Mansoul, and the 
 gates were set open for him ; there also the ancients and elders of the town of 
 Mansoul met him, to salute him with a thousand welcomes. Then he arose 
 and entered Mansoul, he and all his servants. The elders of Mansoid also 
 went dancing before him till he came to the castle-gates. And this was 
 
 THE PRINCE ENTERING THE TOWN. 
 
 the manner of his going up thither : he was clad in his golden armour, he 
 rode in his royal chariot, the trumpets sounded about him, the colours 
 were displayed, his ten thousands went up at his feet, and the elders of 
 Mansoul danced before him. And now were the walls of the famous town 
 of Mansoul filled with the tramplings of the inhabitants thereof, who went 
 up thither to view the approach of the blessed Prince and his royal army.
 
 118 THE HOLY WAR. 
 
 Also the casements, windows, balconies, and tops of the houses, were all 
 now filled with persons of all sorts, to behold how their town was to be 
 filled with good. 
 
 Now, when he was come so far into the town as to the Recorder's house, 
 he commanded that one should go to Captain Credence, to know whether 
 the castle of Mansoul was prepared to entertain his royal presence, (for the 
 preparation of that was left to that captain,) and word was brought that it 
 was.* Then was Captain Credence commanded also to come forth with 
 his power to meet the Prince ; which was done as he had commanded, and 
 he conducted him into the castle.f This done, the Prince that night 
 lodged in the castle with his mighty captains and men of war, to the joy of 
 the town of Mansoul. 
 
 Now, the next care of the townsfolk was, how the captains and soldiers 
 of the Prince's army should be quartered among them ; and the care was, 
 not how they should shift their hands of them, but how they should fill 
 their houses with them ; for every man in Mansoul now had that esteem of 
 Emanuel and his men, that nothing grieved them more, than because they 
 were not enlarged enough, every one of them, to receive the whole army of 
 the Prince ; yea, they counted it their glory to be waiting upon them, and 
 would in those days run at their bidding like lacqueys. At last they came 
 to this result : 
 
 1. That Captain Innocence should quarter at Mr. Reason's. 
 
 2. That Captain Patience should quarter at Mr. Mind's. This Mr. Mind 
 was formerly the Lord Will-be-will's clerk in the time of the rebellion. 
 
 3. It was ordered that Captain Charity should quarter in Mr. Affec- 
 tion's house. 
 
 4. That Captain Good-hope should quarter at my Lord Mayor's. Now, 
 for the house of the Recorder, himself desired, because his house was next 
 to the castle, and because from him it was ordered by the Prince, that if 
 need be, the alarm should be given to Mansoul ; it was, I say, desired by 
 him, that Captain Boanerges and Captain Conviction should take up their 
 quarters with him, even they and all their men. 
 
 5. As for Captain Judgment and Captain Execution, my Lord Will- 
 be-will took them and their men to him, because he was to rule under 
 
 * And put no difference between us and them, purifying their hearts by faith. Acts xv. 9. 
 t Wherefore be ye not unwise, but understanding what the will of the Lord is. Eph. iii. 17.
 
 < THE HOLY WAR. 119 
 
 the Prince for the good of the town of Mansoul now, as he had Ep i, m. 17 . 
 done before under the tyrant Diabolus for the hurt and damage thereof.* 
 
 6. And throughout the rest of the town were quartered the rest of 
 Emanuel's forces ; but Captain Credence, with his men, abode still in the 
 castle. So the Prince, his captains and his soldiers, were lodged in the 
 town of Mansoul. 
 
 Now, the ancients and elders of the town of Mansoul thought that they 
 never should have enough of the Prince Emanuel ; his person, his actions, 
 his words and behaviour, were so pleasing, so taking, so desirable to them. 
 Wherefore they prayed him, that though the castle of Mansoul was his place 
 of residence, (and they desired that he might dwell there for ever,) yet that 
 he would often visit the streets, houses, and people of Mansoul: "for," 
 said they, " dread sovereign, thy presence, thy looks, thy smiles, thy words, 
 are the life, strength, and sinews of the town of Mansoul." 
 
 Besides this, they craved that they might have, without difficulty or 
 interruption, continual access unto him ; so for that very purpose he com- 
 manded that the gates should stand open, that they might there see the 
 manner of his doings, the fortifications of the place, and the royal mansion- 
 house of the Prince. 
 
 They leam of When he spake, they all stopped their mouths, and gave 
 audience ; and when he walked it was their delight to imitate 
 him in his goings. 
 
 Now, upon a time Emanuel made a feast for the town of Mansoul : and 
 upon the feasting-day, the townsfolk were come to the castle to partake of 
 the banquet. And he feasted them with all manner of outlandish food ; 
 food that grew not in the fields of Mansoul, nor in all the whole kingdom of 
 Promise after Universe. It was food that came from his Father's court, and 
 so there was dish after dish set before them, and they were com- 
 manded freely to eat. But still, when a fresh dish was set before them, 
 Brave enter- tne y would whisperingly say to each other, "What is it?" for 
 they wist not what to call it. f They drank also of the water 
 
 * I speak after the manner of men, because of the infirmity of your flesh : for as ye have 
 yielded your members servants to uncleanness and to iniquity unto iniquity ; even so now yield 
 your members servants to righteousness unto holiness. Rom. vi. 19. 
 
 t And when the children of Israel saw it, they said one to another, It is manna ; for they wist 
 not what it was. And Moses said unto them, This is the bread which the Lord hath given you 
 to eat. Exod. xvi. 15.
 
 120 
 
 THE HOLY WAR. 
 
 that was made wine ; and were very merry with him. There was music 
 also all the while at the table, and men did eat angels' food, and had honey 
 given them out of the rock ; so Mansoul did eat the food that was peculiar 
 to the court ; yea, they had now thereof to the full.* 
 
 
 
 
 !;;;? ' : . 
 
 A FEAST IN THE CASTLE. 
 
 I must not forget to tell you, that as at this table there were musicians, 
 so they were not those of the country, nor yet of the town of Mansoul ; but 
 they were the masters of the songs that were sung at the court of Shaddai. 
 
 Kiddies. Now, after the feast was over, Emanuel was for entertaining 
 the town with some curious riddles of secrets drawn up by his Father's 
 secretary, by the wisdom and skill of Shaddai ; the like to these there are 
 not in any kingdom. 
 
 The riddles were made upon King Shaddai himself, and 
 upon Emanuel his Son, and upon his wars and doings with 
 Mansoul. 
 
 Emanuel also expounded unto them some of these riddles himself; but, 
 oh ! how they were lightened ! They saw what they never saw before ; 
 
 . * And he rained down manna upon them to eat, and had given them of the corn of heaven. 
 Man did eat angels' food, he sent them corn to the full. Psalm Ixxviii. 24, 25. 
 
 The holy Scrip- 
 tures.
 
 THE HOLY WAR. 121 
 
 they could not have thought that such rarities could have been couched in 
 so few and such ordinary words. I told you before, whom these riddles 
 did concern ; and as they were opened the people evidently saw it was so. 
 Yea, they gathered that the things themselves were a kind of portraiture, 
 and that of Enlanuel himself ; for when they read in the scheme where the 
 riddles were writ, and looked in the face of the Prince, things looked so 
 like one to the other, that Mansoul could not forbear but say, " This is the 
 Lamb ! this is the Sacrifice ! this is the Rock ! this is the Red Cow ! this 
 is the Door ! and this is the Way !" and with a great many other things 
 more. 
 
 And thus he dismissed the town of Mansoul. But can you imagine how 
 the people of this corporation were taken with his entertainment ? The end of 
 Oh ! they were transported with joy, they were drowned with 
 wonder, while they saw and understood, and considered what their 
 Emanuel entertained them withal, and what mysteries he opened to 
 them ; and when they were at home in their houses, and in their most 
 retired places, they could not but sing of him and of his actions. Yea, so 
 taken were the townsmen now with the Prince, that they would sing of him 
 in their sleep. 
 
 Now, it was in the heart of the Prince Emanuel to new-model the town 
 of Mansoul, and to put it into such a condition as might be most pleasing 
 to him, and that might best stand with the profit and security of the now 
 flourishing town of Mansoul. He provided also against insurrections at 
 home, and invasions abroad : such love had he for the famous town of 
 Mansoul. 
 
 Wherefore he first of all commanded that the great slings that were 
 brought from his Father's court, when he came to the town of Mansoul, 
 should be mounted, some upon the battlements of the castle, some upon 
 the towers ; for there were towers in the town of Mansoul, towers new-built 
 by Emanuel since he came thither. There was also an instrument invented 
 by Emanuel, that was to throw stones from the castle of Mansoul, out at 
 Mouth-gate ; an instrument that could not be resisted, nor that could miss 
 of execution. Wherefore, for the wonderful exploits that it did when used, 
 it went without a name ; and it was committed to the care of, and managed 
 by, that brave captain, Captain Credence, in case of war. 
 
 This done, Emanuel called the Lord Will-be-will to him, and gave him
 
 122 THE HOLY WAR. 
 
 in commandment to take care of the gates, the wall, and towers in Mansoul ; 
 also the Prince gave him the militia into his hand, and a special charge to 
 withstand all insurrections and tumults that might be made in Mansoul 
 against the peace of our Lord the King, and the peace and tranquillity of 
 the town of Mansoul. He also gave him in commission, that if he found 
 any of the Diabolonians lurking in any corner of the famous town of 
 Mansoul, he should forthwith apprehend them and slay them, or commit 
 them to safe custody, that they may be proceeded against according to law. 
 
 Then he called unto him the Lord Understanding, who was the old 
 Lord Mayor, he that was put out of place when Diabolus took the town, 
 and put him in his former office again, and it became his place for his 
 life-time. He bid him also that he should build him a palace near Eye-gate, 
 and that he should build it in fashion like a tower for a defence. He bid 
 him also read in the Revelations of Mysteries all the days of his life, that he 
 might know how to perform his office aright. 
 
 He also made Mr. Knowledge, the Recorder, not of contempt to old 
 Mr. Conscience, who had been Recorder before ; but for that it was in his 
 princely mind to confer upon Mr. Conscience another employ, of which he 
 told the old gentleman he should know more hereafter. 
 
 Then he commanded that the image of Diabolus should be taken 
 down from the place where it was set up ; and that they should 
 utterly destroy it, beating it into powder, and casting it into the wind, 
 without the town-wall ; and that the image of Shaddai, his Father, 
 should be set up again, with his own, upon the castle-gates ; and that it 
 should be more fairly drawn than ever, forasmuch as both his Father and 
 himself were come to Mansoul in more grace and mercy than heretofore. 
 He would also that his name should be done on the best of gold, for 
 the honour of Mansoul.* 
 
 After this was done, Emanuel gave out a commandment, which was, 
 that those three greatest Diabolonians should be apprehended, namely, the 
 two late Lord Mayors, to wit, Mr. Incredulity, and Mr. Lustings, and Mr. 
 Forget-Good, the Recorder. Besides these, there were some of them that Dia- 
 bolus made burgesses and aldermen in Mansoul, that were committed to ward 
 by the hand of the now valiant and right noble, the brave Lord Will-be-will. 
 
 And these were their names : Alderman Atheism, Alderman Hard-heart, 
 
 * And they shall see his face; and his name shall be in their foreheads. Rev. xxii. 4.
 
 THE HOLY WAR. 123 
 
 and Alderman False-Peace. The burgesses were, Mr. No-Truth, Mr. 
 Pitiless, Mr. Haughty, with the like. These were committed to close 
 custody, and the gaoler's name was Mr. True-Man. This True-Man was 
 one of those that Emanuel brought with him from his Father's court, when 
 at first he made a war upon Diabolus in the town of Mansoul. 
 
 After this, the Prince gave a charge that the three strong holds, which 
 at the command of Diabolus, the Diabolonians built in Mansoul, should 
 be demolished and utterly pulled down ; of which holds, and their names, 
 with their captains and governors, you read a little before. But this was 
 long in doing, because of the largeness of the places, and because the 
 stones, the timber, the iron; and all the rubbish, were to be carried without 
 the town. 
 
 When this was done, the Prince gave order that the Lord Mayor and 
 aldermen of Mansoul should call a court of judicature, for the trial and 
 execution of the Diabolonians in the corporation, now under the care of 
 Mr. True-Man, the gaoler. 
 
 Now, when the time was come, and the court set, commandment was 
 sent to Mr. True-Man, the gaoler, to bring the prisoners down to the bar. 
 Then were the prisoners brought down, pinioned and chained together, as 
 the custom of the town of Mansoul was. So, when they were presented 
 before the Lord Mayor, the Recorder, and the rest of the honourable 
 bench, first, the jury was impanneled, and then the witnesses sworn. The 
 names of the jury were these : Mr. Belief, Mr. True-Heart, Mr. Upright, 
 Mr. Hate-Bad, Mr. Love-Good, Mr. Seek-Truth, Mr. Heavenly-Mind, 
 Mr. Moderate, Mr. Thankful, Mr. Good- Work, Mr. Zeal-for-God, and Mr. 
 Humble. The names of the witnesses were Mr. Know- All, Mr. Tell-True, 
 Mr. Hate-Lies, with my Lord Will-be-will and his man, if need were. 
 
 So the prisoners were set to the bar. Then said Mr. Do-Right, (for he 
 was the Town-Clerk,) " Set Atheism to the bar, gaoler." So he was set 
 to the bar. Then said the clerk, " Atheism, hold up thy hand. Thou art 
 here indicted by the name of Atheism, (an intruder on the town of Mansoul,) 
 for that thou hast perniciously and doubtishly taught and maintained, that 
 there is no God, and so no heed to be taken to religion. This thou hast 
 done against the being, honour, and glory of the King, and against the 
 peace and safety of the town of Mansoul. What sayest thou ? art thou 
 guilty of this indictment or not?"
 
 124 
 
 THE HOLY WAR. 
 
 Atheism. Not guilty. 
 
 Crier. Call Mr. Know-Ail, Mr. Tell-True, and Mr. Hate-Lies, into 
 the court. 
 
 So they were called, and they appeared. 
 
 
 ATHK1SM OX TRIAL. 
 
 Then said the clerk, " You the witnesses for the King, look upon the 
 prisoner at the bar; do you know him?" 
 
 Then said Mr. Know- All, " Yes, my lord, we know him ; his name is 
 Atheism, he has been a very pestilent fellow for many years in the miserable 
 town of Mausoul." 
 
 Clerk. You are sure you know him ? 
 
 Know. Know him! Yes, my lord; I have heretofore too often been 
 in his company to be at this time ignorant of him. He is a Diabolonian, 
 the son of a Diabolonian ; I knew his grandfather and his father. 
 
 Clerk. Well said. He standeth here indicted by the name of Atheism, 
 &c., and is charged that he hath maintained and taught that there is no 
 God, and so no heed to be taken to any religion. What say you, the King's 
 witnesses, to this ? Is he guilty, or not ? 
 
 Know. My lord, I and he were once in Villains' Lane together, and he 
 at that time talked briskly of divers opinions ; and then and there I heard
 
 THE HOLT WAE. 125 
 
 him say, that for his part he believed there was no God. " But," said he, 
 " I can profess one, and be religious too, if the company I am in, and the 
 circumstances of other things, shall put me upon it." 
 
 Clerk. You are sure you have heard him say thus ? 
 
 Know. Upon mine oath, I heard him say thus. 
 
 Then said the clerk, " Mr. Tell-True, what say you to the King's judges, 
 touching the prisoner at the bar?" 
 
 Tell. My lord, I formerly was a great companion of his, (for the which 
 I now repent me,) and I have often heard him say, and that with very 
 great stomachfulness, that he believed there was neither God, angel, 
 nor spirit. 
 
 Clerk. Where did you hear him say so ? 
 
 Tell. In Blackmouth Lane, and in Blasphemers' Row, and in many 
 other places besides. 
 
 Clerk. Have you much knowledge of him ? 
 
 Tell. I know him to be a Diabolonian, the son of a Diabolonian, and an 
 horrible man to deny a Deity. His father's name was Never-be-Good, 
 and he had more children than this Atheism. I have no more to say. 
 
 Clerk. Mr. Hate-Lies, look upon the prisoner at the bar; do you 
 know him ? 
 
 Hate. My lord, this Atheism is one of the vilest wretches that ever 
 I came near, or had to do with in my life. I /have heard him say there is 
 no God; I have heard him say there is no world to come, no sin, nor 
 punishment hereafter ; and, moreover, I have heard him say that it was as 
 good to go to a whore-house, a,s to hear a sermon. 
 
 Clerk. Where did you hear him say these things ? 
 
 Hate. In Drunkards' Row, just at Rascals' Lane end, at the house in 
 which Mr. Impiety lived. 
 
 Clerk. Set him by, gaoler, and set Mr. Lustings to the bar. 
 
 Mr. Lustings, thou art here indicted by the name of Lustings, (an 
 intruder upon the town of Mansoul,) for that thou hast devilishly and 
 traitorously taught, by practice and filthy words, that it is lawful and 
 profitable to man to give way to his carnal desires ; and that thou, for thy 
 part, hast not, nor ever wilt, deny thyself of any sinful delight as long as 
 thy name is Lustings. How sayest thou ? art thou guilty of this indict- 
 ment, or not ?
 
 126 THE HOLY WAR. 
 
 Then said Mr. Lustings, " My lord, I am a man of high-birth, and have 
 been used to pleasures, and pastimes, and greatness. I have not been 
 used to be snubbed for my doings, but have been left to follow my will as 
 if it were law. And it seems strange to me that I should this day be 
 called into question for what not only I, but almost all men, do either 
 secretly or openly 'countenance, love, and approve of." 
 
 Clerk. Sir, we concern not ourselves with your greatness, (though the 
 higher the better you should have been,) but we are concerned, and so are 
 you, about an indictment preferred against you. How say you ? Are you 
 guilty of it, or not ? 
 
 Lust. Not guilty. 
 
 Clerk. Crier, call upon the witnesses to stand forth and give their 
 evidence. 
 
 Crier. Gentlemen, you, the witnesses for the King, come and give in 
 your evidence for our Lord the King, against the prisoner at the bar. 
 
 Clerk. Come, Mr. Know- All, look upon the prisoner at the bar : do you 
 know him ? 
 
 Know. Yes, my lord, I know him. 
 
 Clerk. What is his name ? 
 
 Know. His name is Lustings ; he is the son of one Beastly ; his mother 
 bare him in Mesh Street : she was one Evil-Concupiscence's daughter. 
 I knew all the generation of them. 
 
 Clerk. Well said. You have heard the indictment ; what say you to it ? 
 Is he guilty of the things charged against him, or not ? 
 
 Know. My lord, he has, as he saith, been a great man indeed ; and a 
 greater in wickedness than by pedigree, more than a thousand-fold. 
 
 Clerk. But what do you know of his particular actions, and especially 
 with reference to his indictment ? 
 
 Know. I know him to be a swearer, a liar, a sabbath-breaker ; I know 
 him to be a fornicator and an unclean person ; I know him to be guilty of 
 abundance of evils. He has been to my knowledge a very filthy man. 
 
 Clerk. But where did he use to commit his wickedness ? in some private 
 corners, or more openly and shamelessly ? 
 
 Know. All the town over, my lord. 
 
 Clerk. Come, Mr. Tell-True, what have you to say for our Lord the 
 King, against the prisoner at the bar ?
 
 THE HOLY WAR. 127 
 
 Tell My lord, all that the first witness has said, I know to be true, and 
 a great deal more besides. 
 
 Clerk. Mr. Lustings, do you hear what these gentlemen say ? 
 
 Lust. I was ever of opinion, that the happiest life that a man could live 
 upon earth, was to keep himself from nothing that he desired in the world ; 
 nor have I been false at any time to this opinion of mine, but have lived in 
 the love of my notions all my days ; nor was I ever so churlish, having 
 found such sweetness in them myself, as to keep the commendation of 
 them from others. 
 
 Then said the court, " There hath proceeded enough from his own mouth 
 to lay him open to condemnation ; wherefore set him by, gaoler, and set 
 Mr. Incredulity to the bar." 
 
 Clerk. Mr. Incredulity, thou art here indicted by the name of Incredulity, 
 (an intruder on the town of Mansoul,) for that thou hast feloniously and 
 wickedly, and that when thou wert an officer in the town of Mansoul, made 
 head against the captains of Shaddai when they came and demanded 
 possession of Mansoul ; yea, thou didst bid defiance to the name, forces, 
 and cause of the King, and didst also, as did Diabolus thy captain, stir up 
 and encourage the town of Mansoul to make head against and resist the 
 said force of the King. What sayest thou to this indictment ? Art thou 
 guilty, or not ? 
 
 Then said Incredulity, " I know not Shaddai ; I loved my old prince ; 
 I thought it my duty to be true to my trust, and to do what I could to 
 possess the minds of the men of Mansoul to do their utmost to resist 
 strangers, and foreigners, and with might to fight against them. Nor have 
 I, nor shall I, change my opinion for fear of trouble, though you at present 
 are possessed of place and power." 
 
 Then said the court, " The man, as you see, is incorrigible ; he is for 
 maintaining his villanies by stoutness of words, and his rebellion with 
 impudent confidence. And therefore set him by, gaoler, and set Mr. 
 Forget-Good to the bar." 
 
 Clerk. Mr. Forget-Good, thou art here indicted by the name of Forget- 
 Good, (an intruder upon the town of Mansoul,) for that thou, when the 
 whole affairs of the town of Mansoul were in thy hand, didst utterly forget 
 to serve them in what was good, and didst fall in with the tyrant Diabolus 
 against Shaddai the King, against his captains, and against all his host, to
 
 128 THE HOLY WAR. 
 
 the dishonour of Shaddai, the breach of his law, and the endangering of 
 the destruction of the famous town of Mansoul. What sayest thou to this 
 indictment ? art thou guilty, or not guilty ? 
 
 Then said Forget-Good, " Gentlemen, and at this time my judges, as 
 to the indictment by which I stand accused of several crimes before you, 
 pray attribute my forgetfulness to my age, and not to my wilfulness ; to 
 the craziness of my brain, and not the carelessness of my mind ; and then 
 I hope I may by your charity be excused from great punishment, though 
 I be guilty." 
 
 Then said the court, " Forget- Good, Forget- Good, thy forgetfulness of 
 good was not simply of frailty, but of purpose, and for that thou didst 
 loathe to keep virtuous things in thy mind. What was bad, thou couldst 
 retain ; but what was good thou couldst not abide to think of ; thy age, 
 therefore, and thy pretended craziness, thou makest use of to blind the 
 court withal, and as a cloak to cover thy knavery. But let us hear what 
 the witnesses have to say for the King, against the prisoner at the bar. Is 
 he guilty of this indictment, or not?" 
 
 Hate. My lord, I have heard this Forget- Good say, that he could never 
 abide to think of goodness, no not for a quarter of an hour. 
 
 Clerk. Where didst thou hear him say so ? 
 
 Hate. In All-Base Lane, at a house next door to the sign of the 
 jConscience-seared-with-a-hot-iron. 
 
 Clerk. Mr. Know-All, what can you say for our Lord the King, against 
 the prisoner at the bar ? 
 
 Know. My lord, I know the man well ; he is a Diabolonian, the son of a 
 Diabolonian, his father's name was Love-Naught ; and for him, I have often 
 heard him say, that he counted the very thoughts of goodness the most 
 burthensome thing in the world. 
 
 Clerk. Where have you heard him say these words ? 
 
 Know. In Flesh Lane, right opposite to the church. 
 
 Then said the clerk, " Come, Mr. Tell-True, give in your evidence con- 
 cerning the prisoner at the bar, about that for which he stands here, as 
 you see, indicted before this honourable court." 
 
 Tell. My lord, I have heard him often say, he had rather think of the 
 vilest thing, than of what is contained in the Holy Scriptures. 
 
 Clerk. Where did you hear him say such grievous words ?
 
 THE HOLY WAR. 129 
 
 Tell. Where ? In a great many places ; particularly in Nauseous Street, 
 in the house of one Shameless ; and in Filth Lane, at the sign of the 
 Reprobate, next door to the Descent-into-the-pit. 
 
 Court. Gentlemen, you have heard the indictment, his plea, and the 
 testimony of the witnesses. Gaoler, set Mr. Hard-Heart to the bar. 
 
 He is set to the bar. 
 
 Clerk. Mr. Hard-Heart, thou art here indicted by the name of Hard- 
 Heart, (an intruder upon the town of Mansoul,) for that thou didst most 
 desperately and wickedly possess the town of Mansoul with impenitency 
 and obdurateness ; and didst keep them from remorse and sorrow for their 
 evils all the time of their apostasy from, and rebellion against, the blessed 
 King Shaddai. What sayest thou to this indictment ? Art thou guilty or 
 not guilty? 
 
 Hard. My lord, I never knew what remorse or sorrow meant, in all my 
 life. I am impenetrable, I care for no man ; nor can I be pierced with man's 
 grief ; their groans will not enter into my heart ; whomsoever I mischief, 
 whomsoever I wrong, to me it is music, when to others mourning. 
 
 Court. You see the man is a right Diabolonian, and has convicted 
 himself. Set him by, gaoler, and set Mr. False-Peace to the bar. 
 
 " Mr. False-Peace, thou art here indicted by the name of False-Peace, (an 
 intruder upon the town of Mansoul,) for that thou didst most wickedly and 
 satanically bring, hold, and keep the town of Mansoul, both in her apostasy, 
 and in her hellish rebellion, in a false, groundless, and dangerous peace, 
 and damnable security, to the dishonour of the King, the transgression of 
 his law, and the great damage of the town of Mansoul. What sayest thou ? 
 Art thou guilty of this indictment, or not?" 
 
 Then said Mr. False-Peace, " Gentlemen, and you appointed to be my 
 judges, I acknowledge that my name is Mr. Peace ; but that my name is 
 False-Peace I utterly deny. If your honours should please to send for any 
 that intimately know me, or for the midwife that laid my mother of me, or 
 for the gossips that were at my christening, they will any or all of them 
 prove that my name is not False-Peace, but Peace. Wherefore I cannot 
 plead to this indictment, forasmuch as my name is not inserted therein ; 
 and as is my true name, so also are my conditions. I was always a man 
 that loved to live at quiet, and what I loved myself, that I thought others 
 might love also. Wherefore, when I saw that any of my neighbours 
 
 s
 
 130 THE HOLY WAR, 
 
 laboured under a disquiet mind, I endeavoured to help them what I could ; 
 and I could give many instances of this good temper of mine : as, 
 
 " 1. When at the beginning our town of Mansoul declined the ways of 
 Shaddai, some of them afterwards began to have disquieting reflections on 
 themselves for what they had done ; but I, as one troubled to see them 
 disquieted, presently sought out means to get them quiet again. 
 
 " 2. When the ways of the old world, and of Sodom, were in fashion ; 
 if anything happened to molest those that were for the customs of the 
 present times, I laboured to make them quiet again, and to cause them to 
 act without molestation. 
 
 "3. To come nearer home : When the wars broke out between Shaddai 
 and Diabolus, if at any time I saw any of the town of Mansoul afraid of 
 destruction, I often used, by some way, device, invention or other, to labour 
 to bring them to peace again. Wherefore, since I have been always the 
 man of so virtuous a temper, as some say a peace-maker is, and if a peace- 
 maker be so deserving a man as some have been bold to attest he is : then 
 let me, gentlemen, be accounted by you, who have made a great name for 
 justice and equity in Mansoul, for a man that deserveth not this inhuman 
 way of treatment, but liberty, and also a license to seek damage of those 
 that have been my accusers." 
 
 Then said the clerk, " Crier, make proclamation." 
 
 Crier. O yes ! Forasmuch as the prisoner at the bar hath denied his 
 name to be that which is mentioned in the indictment ; the court requireth, 
 that if there be any in this place who can give information to the court of 
 the original and right name of the prisoner, they would come forth and 
 give in their evidence : for the prisoner stands upon his own innocence. 
 
 Then came two into the court, and desired that they might have leave to 
 speak what they knew concerning the prisoner at the bar ; the name of the 
 one was Search-Truth, and the name of the other Vouch-Truth. So the court 
 demanded of these men, if they knew the prisoner, and what they could say 
 concerning him ? "for he stands," said they, " upon his own vindication." 
 
 Then said Mr. Search-Truth, " My lord" 
 
 Clerk. Hold ! give him his oath. 
 
 Then they swore him. So he proceeded. 
 
 Search. My lord, I know, and have known this man from a child, and 
 can attest that his name is False-Peace. I knew his father ; his name was
 
 THE HOLY WAR. 131 
 
 Mr. Flatterer ; and his mother, before she was married, was called by the 
 name of Mrs. Sooth-up ; and these two, when they came together, lived 
 not long without this son : and when he was born, they called his name 
 False-Peace. I was his playfellow, only I was somewhat older than he; 
 and when his mother used to call him home from his play, she would say 
 to him, " False-Peace, False-Peace, come home quick, or I will fetch you." 
 Yea, I knew him when he sucked ; and though I was then but little, yet 
 I can remember, that when his mother used to sit at the door with him, 
 or played with him in her arms, she would call him, twenty times together, 
 " My little False-Peace ! my pretty False-Peace," and " O my sweet rogue 
 False-Peace," and again, " O my little bird False-Peace," and, " How I do 
 love my child !" The gossips also know it is thus, though he has had the 
 face to deny it in open court. 
 
 Then Mr. Vouch-Truth was called upon to speak what he knew of him. 
 So they sware him. 
 
 Then said Mr. Vouch-Truth, " My lord, all that the former witness hath 
 said is true. His name is False-Peace, the son of Mr. Flatterer and Mrs. 
 Sooth-up his mother : and I have in former times seen him angry with 
 those that called him anything else but False-Peace, for he would say that 
 all such mocked and nicknamed him ; but this was at the time when 
 Mr. False-Peace was a great man, and when the Diabolonians were the 
 brave men in Mansoul." 
 
 Court. Gentlemen, you have heard what these two men have sworn 
 against the prisoner at the bar. And now, Mr. False-Peace, to you ; you 
 have denied your name to be False-Peace ; yet you see that these honest 
 men have sworn that this is your name. As to your plea, in that you are 
 quite besides the matter of your indictment, you are not by it charged for 
 evil-doing, because you are a man of peace, or a peace-maker among your 
 neighbours ; but that you did wickedly and satanically bring, keep, and 
 hold the town of Mansoul, both under its apostasy from, and in its rebellion 
 against, its King, in a false, lying, and damnable peace, contrary to the law 
 of Shaddai, and to the hazard of the destruction of the then miserable town 
 of Mansoul. All that you have pleaded for yourself is, that you have 
 denied your name, &c. ; but here you see, we have witness to prove that 
 you are the man. For the peace that you boast so much of making among 
 your neighbours, know that the peace that is not a companion of truth and
 
 132 THE HOLY WAR. 
 
 holiness, but is without this foundation, is grounded upon a lie, and is 
 both deceitful and damnable, as also the great Shaddai hath said. Thy 
 plea, therefore, hath not delivered thee from what by thy indictment thou 
 art charged with, but rather it doth fasten all upon thee. But thou shalt 
 have very fair play. Let us call the witnesses that are to testify as to 
 matter of fact, and see what they have to say for our Lord the King, 
 against the prisoner at the bar. 
 
 Clerk. Mr. Know-All, what say you for our Lord the King against the 
 prisoner at the bar. 
 
 Know. My lord, this man hath for a long time made it, to my knowledge, 
 his business to keep the town of Mansoul in a sinful quietness, in the 
 midst of all her lewdness, filthiness, and turmoils ; and hath said, and that 
 in my hearing, Come, come, let us fly from all trouble, on what ground 
 soever it comes, and let us be for a quiet and peaceable life, though it 
 wanteth a good foundation. 
 
 Clerk. Come, Mr. Hate-Lies, what have you to say ? 
 
 Hate. My lord, I have heard him say, that peace, though in a way of 
 unrighteousness, is better than trouble with truth. 
 
 Clerk. Where did you hear him say this ? 
 
 Hate. I heard him say it in Tolly-yard, at the house of one Mr. Simple, 
 next door to the sign of the Self-deceiver. Yea, he hath said this to my 
 knowledge twenty times in that place. 
 
 Court. We may spare further witness ; this evidence is plain and full. 
 Set him by, gaoler, and set Mr. No-Truth to the bar. Mr. No-Truth, 
 
 v * O 
 
 thou art here indicted by the name of No-Truth, (an intruder upon the 
 town of Mansoul,) for that thou hast always, to the dishonour of Shaddai, 
 and to the endangering of the utter ruin of the famous town of Mansoul, 
 set thyself to deface and utterly to spoil all the remainders of the law and 
 image of Shaddai, that have been found in Mansoul, after her deep apostasy 
 from her King, to Diabolus, that envious tyrant. What sayest thou ? Art 
 thou guilty of this indictment, or not ? 
 
 No-Truth. Not guilty, my lord. 
 
 Then the witnesses were called; and Mr. Know- All first gave in his 
 evidence against him. 
 
 Know. My lord, this man was at the pulling down of the image of 
 Shaddai ; yea, this is he that did it with his own hands. I myself stood
 
 THE HOLY WAR. 133 
 
 by and saw him do it, and he did it at the commandment of Diabolus. 
 Yea, this Mr. No-Truth did more than this, he did also set up the horned 
 images of the beast Diabolus, in the same place. This is also he that, at 
 the bidding of Diabolus, rent and tore, and caused to be consumed, all that 
 he could of the remainders of the law of the King, even whatever he could 
 lay his hands on in Mansoul. 
 
 Clerk. Who saw him do this besides yourself? 
 
 Hate, I did, my lord, and so did many others beside ; for this was not 
 done by stealth, or in a corner,, but in the open view of all ; yea, he chose 
 himself to do it publicly, for he delighted in doing it. 
 
 Clerk. Mr. No-Truth, how could you have the face to plead not guilty, 
 when you were so manifestly the doer of all this wickedness ? 
 
 No-Truth. Sir, I thought I must say something ; and as my name is, so I 
 speak : I have been advantaged thereby before now, and did not know but, 
 by speaking no truth, I might have reaped the same benefit now. 
 
 Clerk. Set him by, gaoler, and set Mr. Pitiless to the bar. Mr. Pitiless, 
 thou art here indicted by the name of Pitiless, (an intruder upon the 
 town of Mansoul,) for that thou didst most treacherously and wickedly shut 
 all bowels of compassion, and wouldst not suffer poor Mansoid to condole 
 her own misery, when she had apostatized from her rightful King, but didst 
 evade, and at all times turn her mind away from those thoughts that had 
 in them a tendency to lead her to repentance. What sayest thou to this 
 indictment ? Guilty, or not guilty ? 
 
 Pitiless. Not guilty of pitilessness : all I did was to cheer up, according 
 to my name ; for my name is not Pitiless, but Cheer-up ; and I could not 
 abide to see Mansoul inclined to melancholy. 
 
 Clerk. How ! do you deny your name, and say it is not Pitiless, but 
 Cheer-up ? Call for witness. What say you the witness to this plea ? 
 
 Know. My lord, his name is Pitiless : so he hath wrote himself in all 
 papers of concern wherein he has had to do. But these Diabolonians love 
 to counterfeit their names : Mr. Covetousness covers himself with the name 
 of Good-Husbandry, or the like : Mr. Pride can, when need is, call himself 
 Mr. Neat, Mr. Handsome, or the like, and so all the rest of them. 
 
 Clerk. Mr. Tell-True, what say you ? 
 
 Tell. His name is Pitiless, my lord. I have known him from a child ; 
 and he hath done all that wickedness wherewith he stands charged in the
 
 134 THE HOLY WAR. 
 
 indictment ; but there is a company of them that are not acquainted with 
 the danger of damning, therefore they call all those melancholy, who have 
 serious thoughts how that state should be shunned by them. 
 
 Clerk. Set Mr. Haughty to the bar, gaoler. Mr. Haughty, thou art 
 here indicted by the name of Haughty, (an intruder upon the town of 
 Mansoul,) for that thou didst most traitorously and devilishly teach the 
 town of Mansoul to carry it loftily and stoutly against the summons that 
 were given them by the captains of the King Shaddai. Thou didst 
 also teach the town of Mansoul to speak contemptuously and vilifying of 
 their great King Shaddai : and didst moreover encourage, both by words 
 and example, Mansoul to take up arms both against the King, and his Son 
 Emanuel. How sayest thou ? art thou guilty of this indictment or not ? 
 
 Hauylity. Gentlemen, I have always been a man of courage and valour, 
 and have not used, when under the greatest clouds, to sneak and hang 
 down the head like a bulrush ; nor did it at all at any time please me to 
 see men veil their bonnets to those that have opposed them. Yea, though 
 their adversaries seemed to have ten times the advantage of them. I did 
 not use to consider who was my foe, nor what the cause was in which 
 I was engaged ; it was enough for me, if I carried it bravely, fought like a 
 man, and came off a victor. 
 
 Court. Mr. Haughty, you are not here indicted for that you have been 
 a valiant man, nor for your stoutness and courage in times of distress ; but 
 for that you have made use of this your pretended valour to draw the town 
 of Mansoul into acts of rebellion both against the great King and Emanuel 
 his Son. This is the crime, and the thing wherewith thou art charged in 
 and by the indictment. 
 
 But he made no answer to that. 
 
 Now when the court had thus far proceeded against the prisoners at the 
 bar, then they put them over to the verdict of their jury, to whom they 
 addressed themselves after this manner : 
 
 Court. Gentlemen of the jury, you who have been here, and have seen 
 these men : you who have heard their indictments, their pleas, and what the 
 witnesses have testified against them ; now what remains is, that you forth- 
 with withdraw yourselves to some place, where without confusion you may 
 consider of what verdict, in a way of truth and righteousness, you ought to 
 bring in for the King against them, and bring it in accordingly.
 
 THE HOLY WAR. 135 
 
 Then the jury, to wit, Mr. Belief, Mr. True-Heart, Mr. Upright, Mr. Hate- 
 Bad, Mr. Love-Good, Mr. See-Truth, Mr. Heavenly-Mind, Mr. Moderate, 
 Mr. Thankful, Mr. Humble, Mr. Good- Work, and Mr. Zeal-for-God, with- 
 drew themselves in order to their work. Now when they were shut up 
 by themselves, they fell to discourse among themselves in order to the 
 drawing up of their verdict. 
 
 And thus Mr. Belief (for he was the foreman) began : " Gentlemen," 
 (quoth he,) " for the men, the prisoners at the bar, for my part I believe 
 that they all deserve death." " Very right," said Mr. True-Heart ; " I am 
 wholly of your opinion." "And so am I," said Mr. Upright. "Oh, 
 what a mercy it is," said Mr. Hate-Bad, " that such villains as these are 
 apprehended!" "Ay! ay!" said Mr. Love-Good, "this is one of the 
 joyfullest days that ever I saw in my life." Then said Mr. See-Truth, 
 " I know that if we judge them to death, our verdict shall stand before 
 Shaddai himself." " Nor do I at all question it," said Mr. Heavenly-Mind ; 
 he said, moreover, " when all such beasts as these are cast out of Mansoul, 
 what a goodly town will it be then !" Then said Mr. Moderate, " It is 
 not in my manner to pass my judgment with rashness ; but for these, their 
 crimes are so notorious, and the witness so palpable, that that man must 
 be wilfully blind who says the prisoners ought not to die." " Blessed be 
 God," said Mr. Thankful, " the traitors are safe in custody." " And 
 I join with you in this upon my bare knees," said Mr. Humble. " I am 
 also glad," said Mr. Good- Work. Then said the warm man, and true- 
 hearted Mr. Zeal-for-God, " Cut them off: they have been the plague, and 
 sought the destruction of Mansoul." 
 
 Thus, therefore, being all agreed in their verdict, they came instantly 
 into the court. 
 
 Cleric. Gentlemen of the jury, answer all to your names. Mr. Belief, 
 one : Mr. True-Heart, two : Mr. Upright, three : Mr. Hate-Bad, four : 
 Mr. Love- Good, five : Mr. See-Truth, six : Mr. Heavenly-Mind, seven : 
 Mr. Moderate, eight : Mr. Thankful, nine : Mr. Humble, ten : Mr. Good- 
 Work, eleven : and Mr. Zeal-for-God, twelve. Good men and true, stand 
 together in your verdict : are you all agreed ? 
 
 Jury. Yes, my lord. 
 
 Clerk. Who shall speak for you ? 
 
 Jury. Our foreman.
 
 136 
 
 THE HOLY WAR. 
 
 Clerk. You, the gentlemen of the jury, being impanneled for our Lord 
 the King, to serve here in a matter of life and death, have heard the trials 
 of each of these men, the prisoners at the bar : what say you ? are they 
 guilty of that, and those crimes for which they stand here indicted, or are 
 they not guilty ? 
 
 Foreman. Guilty, my lord. 
 
 Clerk. Look to ydur prisoners, gaoler. 
 
 This was done in the morning, and in the afternoon they received 
 sentence of death according to law. 
 
 The gaoler, therefore, having received such a charge, put them all in the 
 inward prison, to preserve them there till the day of execution, which was 
 to be the next morning. 
 
 But now to see how it happened, one of the prisoners, Incredulity by 
 name, in the interim betwixt the sentence and time of execution, broke 
 
 
 ESCAPE OF INCREDULITY. 
 
 prison, and made his escape, and got him quite out of the town of Mansoul, 
 and lay lurking in such places and holes as he might, until he should again 
 have opportunity to do the town of Mansoul a mischief for their thus 
 handling of him as they did. 
 
 Now when Mr. Trueman, the gaoler, perceived that he had lost his
 
 THE HOLY WAR. 137 
 
 prisoner, he was in a heavy taking, because he (that prisoner we speak of) 
 was the very worst of all the gang : wherefore, first he goes and acquaints 
 my Lord Mayor, Mr. Recorder, and my Lord Will-be-will, with the matter, 
 and to get of them an order to make search for him throughout No incredulity 
 the town of Mansoul. So an order he got, and search was sou" 
 made, but no such man could now be found in all the town of Mansoul. 
 
 Ah 1 that could be gathered, was, that he had lurked awhile about the 
 outside of the town, and that here and there one or other had a glimpse of 
 him as he made his escape out of Mansoul ; one or two also affirmed that 
 they saw him without the town, going apace quite over the plain. Now 
 when he was quite gone, it was affirmed by one Mr. Did-See, He ig gone t(i 
 that he ranged all over dry places, till he met with Diabolus 
 his friend ; and where should they meet one another but upon Hell- 
 gate-hill. 
 
 But oh ! what a lamentable story did the old gentleman tell to Diabolus 
 concerning what sad alteration Emanuel had made in Mansoul. 
 
 As, first, how Mansoul had, after some delays, received a general pardon 
 at the hands of Emanuel ; and that they had invited him into the town, 
 and had given him the castle for his possession. He said, moreover, that 
 they had called his soldiers into the town, coveted who should quarter the 
 most of them ; they also entertained him with the timbrel, song, and dance. 
 "But that," said Incredulity, "that is the sorest vexation to me, that 
 he hath pulled down, O father, thy image, and set up his own ; pulled 
 down thy officers, and set up his own. Yea, and Will-be-will, that rebel, 
 who, one would have thought, should never have turned from us, is now in 
 as great favour with Emanuel as ever he was with thee. But, besides all 
 this, this WiH-be-will has received a special commission from his Master, 
 to search for, to apprehend, and to put to death, all and all manner of 
 Diabolonians that he shall find in Mansoul : yea, and this Will-be-will has 
 committed to prison already eight of my lord's most trusty friends in 
 Mansoul. Nay, further, my lord, (with grief I speak it,) they have been all 
 arraigned, condemned, and I doubt before this executed in Mansoul. I 
 told my lord of eight, and myself was the ninth, who should assuredly 
 have drunk of the same cup, but that through craft I have made mine 
 escape from them." 
 
 When Diabolus had heard this lamentable story, he yelled, and snuffed
 
 138 THE HOLY WAR. 
 
 up the wind like a dragon, and made the sky look dark with his roaring : 
 he also swore that he would try to be revenged of Mansoul for this. So 
 they concluded to enter into great consultation, how they might get the 
 town of Mansoul again. 
 
 Now, before this time, the day was come, in the which the prisoners in 
 Mansoul were to be executed.* So they were brought to the cross, and 
 that by Mausoul, in most solemn manner j for the Prince said, that this 
 should be done by the hand of the town of Mansoul ; " that I may see," 
 said he, " the forwardness of my new redeemed Mansoul to keep my word, 
 and to do my commandments ; and that I may bless Mansoul in doing this 
 deed.f Proof of sincerity pleases me well, let Mansoul therefore first lay 
 their hands upon these Diabolonians to destroy them." 
 
 EXECUTION OP THE DIABOLONIANS. 
 
 So the town of Mansoul slew them, according to the word of their Prince : 
 but when the prisoners were brought to the cross to die, you can hardly 
 believe what troublesome work Mansoul had of it to put the Diabolonians 
 
 For if ye live after the flesh, ye shall die. Rom. viii. 13. Let not sin, therefore, reign in 
 your mortal body, that ye should obey it in the lusts thereof: neither yield ye your members 
 as instruments of unrighteousness unto sin : but yield yourselves unto God, as those that are 
 alive from the dead, and your members as instruments of righteousness unto God. For sin 
 shall not have dominion over you : for ye are not under the law, but under grace. Rom. vi. 
 1214. 
 
 t And they that are Christ's have crucified the flesh, with the affections and lusts. Gal. v. 24.
 
 THE HOLY WAR. 139 
 
 to death ; for the men knowing that they must die, and all of them having 
 implacable enmity in their heart to Mansoul, what did they do but take 
 courage at the cross, and there resist the men of the town of Mansoul ? 
 Wherefore the men of Mansoul were forced to cry out for 
 help to the captains and men of war. Now the great Shaddai ofmore e race - 
 had a secretary in the town, and he was a great lover of the men of Man- 
 soul, and he was at the place of execution also ; so he, hearing the men of 
 Mansoul cry out against the strugglings and unruliness of the prisoners, 
 rose up from his place, and came and put his hand upon the hands of 
 the men of Mansoul. So they crucified the Diabolonians 
 that had been a plague, a grief, and an offence to the town 
 of Mansoul. 
 
 Now, when this good work was done, the Prince came down to see, to 
 visit, to speak comfortably to the men of Mansoul, and to strengthen their 
 hands in such work. And he said to them, that by this work of theirs he 
 had proved them, and found them to be lovers of his person, observers of 
 his laws, and such as had also respect to his honour. He said, moreover, 
 (to show them that they by this should not be losers, nor the town of 
 Mansoul weakened by the loss of them,) that he would make them another 
 captain, and that of one of themselves ; and that this captain should be the 
 ruler of a thousand, for the good and benefit of the now flourishing town 
 of Mansoul. 
 
 So he called one to him whose name was Waiting, and said to him, 
 " Go quickly up to the castle gate, and inquire there for one Mr. Experience, 
 that waiteth upon that noble captain, the Captain Credence, and bid him 
 come hither to me." So the messenger that waited upon the good Prince 
 Emanuel, went and said as he was commanded. Now the young gentle- 
 man was waiting to see the captain train and muster his men in the 
 castle yard. Then said Mr. Waiting to him, " Sir, the Prince would that 
 you should come down to his highness forthwith." So he brought him 
 down to Emanuel, and he came and made obeisance before him. Now the 
 men of the town knew Mr. Experience well, for he was born and bred in 
 Mansoul ; they also knew him to be a man of conduct, of valour, and a 
 person prudent in matters ; he was also a comely person, well spoken, and 
 very successful in his undertakings. 
 
 Wherefore the hearts of the townsmen were transported with joy, when
 
 140 
 
 THE HOLY WAR. 
 
 they saw that the Prince himself was so taken with Mr. Experience, that 
 he would needs make him a captain. 
 
 So with one consent they bowed the knee before Emanuel, and with a 
 shout said, "Let Emanuel live for ever!" Then said the Prince to the 
 
 young gentleman, whose name was Mr. Experience, " I have thought good 
 to confer upon thee a place of trust and honour in this my town of Mansoul." 
 Then the young man bowed his head and worshipped. "It is," said 
 Emanuel, " that thou shouldst be a captain, a captain over a thousand men 
 in my beloved town of Mansoul." Then said the captain, "Let the King 
 live." So the Prince gave out orders forthwith to the King's secretary, 
 that he should draw up for Mr. Experience a commission to make him 
 a captain over a thousand men ; " and let it be brought to me," said 
 he, "that I may set to my seal." So it was done as commanded. 
 The commission was drawn up, brought to Emanuel, and he set his seal 
 thereto. Then, by the hand of Mr. Waiting, he sent it away to the 
 captain. 
 
 Now so soon as the captain had received his commission he sounded his 
 trumpet for volunteers, and young men came to him apace ; yea, the 
 greatest and the chief men in the town sent their sons to be listed under 
 his command. Thus Captain Experience came under command to Emanuel, 
 for the good of the town of Mansoul. He had for his lieutenant one
 
 THE HOLY WAR. 
 
 141 
 
 Mr. Skilful, and for his cornet one Mr. Memory. His under-officers 
 I need not name. His colours were the white colours for the town of 
 Mansoul ; and his scutcheon was the dead lion and the dead 
 bear. So the Prince returned to his royal palace again. 
 
 Now when he was returned thither, the elders of the town of Mansoul, 
 
 1 Sam. xTii. 
 36, 37. 
 
 CAPTAIN EXrERIENCE. 
 
 to wit, my Lord Mayor, the Recorder, and the Lord Will-be-will, went to 
 congratulate him, and in special way to thank him for his love, care, and 
 the tender compassion which he showed to his ever obliged town of 
 Mansoul. So after a while, and some sweet communion between them, 
 the townsmen having solemnly ended their ceremony, returned to their 
 place again. 
 
 Emanuel also appointed them a day wherein he would renew their 
 charter, yea, wherein he would renew and enlarge it, mending several faults 
 therein, that MansouTs yoke might be yet more easy. And this he did 
 without any desire of theirs, even of his own frankness and noble 
 mind. So when he had sent for and seen their old one, he laid 
 it by, and said, " Now that which decayeth and waxeth old, is ready to
 
 142 THE HOLY WAR. 
 
 vanish away."* He said, moreover, "The town of Mansoul shall have 
 another, another and a better." An epitome of which take as follows : 
 
 " I, Emanuel, Prince of Peace, and a great lover of the town of Mansoul, 
 do, in the name of my Father, and of my own clemency, give, grant, and 
 bequeath to my beloved town of Mansoul 
 
 " First, Free, and full forgiveness of all wrongs, injuries, and offences, 
 
 uohni.9. done by them against my Father, me, their neighbours, or 
 themselves, f 
 
 " Secondly, I do give them the holy law, and my testament, with all 
 therein contained, for their everlasting comfort and consolation. | 
 
 " Thirdly, I do also give them a portion of the self-same grace and 
 goodness that dwells in my Father's heart and mine. 
 
 " Fourthly, I do give, grant, and bestow upon them freely, the world 
 and what is therein, for their good.$ And they shall have that power 
 over it, as shall stand with the honour of my Father, my glory, and their 
 comfort : yea, I grant them the benefits of life and death, and of things 
 present and things to come. This privilege, no other city, town, or 
 corporation shall have, but my Mansoul only. 
 
 " Fifthly, I do give and grant them leave, and free access to me in my 
 palace at all seasons, there to make known their wants to me ; and 
 I give them moreover a promise, that I will hear and redress all their 
 grievances. || 
 
 " Sixthly, I do give, grant to, and invest the town of Mansoul with full 
 
 * In that he saith, A new covenant, he hath made the first old. Now that which decayeth 
 and waxeth old is ready to vanish away. Heb. viii. 13. 
 
 f For I will be merciful to their -unrighteousness, and their sins and their iniquities will 
 I remember no more. Heb. viii. 12. For I have given unto them the words which thou gavest 
 me ; and they have received them, and have known surely that I came out from thee, and they 
 have believed that thou didst send me. John xvii. 8. 
 
 I Whereby are given unto us exceeding great and precious promises : that by these ye might 
 be partakers of the divine nature, having escaped the corruption that is in the world through 
 lust. 2 Pet. L 4. We then as workers together with him, beseech you also that ye receive 
 not the grace of God in vain. 2 Cor. vL 1. 
 
 Therefore let no man glory in men. For all things are yours ; whether Paul, or Apollos, 
 or Cephas, or the world, or life, or death, or things present, or things to come ; all are yours. 
 1 Cor. iii. 21, 22. 
 
 || Having therefore, brethren, boldness to enter into the holiest by the blood of Jesus. By a 
 new and living way, which he hath consecrated for us through the veil, that is to say, his flesh. 
 Heb. x. 19, 20. Ask, and it shall be given you: seek, and ye shall find: knock, and it shall 
 be opened unto you. Matt. vii. 7.J
 
 THE HOLY WAR. 143 
 
 i 
 
 power and authority to seek out, take, enslave, and destroy, all and all 
 manner of Diabolonians, that at any time, from whencesoever, shall be 
 found straggling in or about the town of Mansoul. 
 
 " Seventhly, I do further grant to my beloved town of Mansoul, that 
 they shall have authority not to suffer any foreigner or stranger, or their 
 seed, to be free in and of the blessed town of Mansoul, nor to share in the 
 excellent privileges thereof. But that all the grants, privileges, and 
 immunities that I bestow upon the famous town of Mansoul, shall be for 
 those the old natives and true inhabitants thereof ; to them, I say, and to 
 their right seed after them.* 
 
 " But all Diabolonians, of what sort, birth, country, or kingdom soever, 
 shall be debarred a share therein." 
 
 So when the town of Mansoul had received their gracious charter, (which 
 in itself is infinitely more large,) they carried it to audience, that is, to the 
 market-place, and there Mr. Recorder read it in the presence of all the 
 people.f This being done, it was had back to the castle-gates, 2 Cor ... 3 
 and there fairly engraven upon the doors thereof, and laid in 
 letters of gold, to the end that the town of Mansoul, with all the people 
 thereof, might have it always in their view, or might go where they might 
 see what a blessed freedom their Prince had bestowed upon them, that 
 their joy might be increased in themselves, and their love renewed to their 
 great and good Emanuel. 
 
 But what joy, what comfort, what consolation, think you, did now 
 possess the hearts of the men of Mansoul ! The bells rung, the minstrels 
 played, the people danced, the captains shouted, the colours waved in the 
 wind, the silver trumpets sounded, and all the Diabolonians were now glad 
 to hide their heads. 
 
 When this was over, the Prince sent for the elders of Mansoul, and 
 
 * That ye put off, concerning the former conversation, the old man, which is corrupt according 
 to the deceitful lusts. Eph. iv. 22. Mortify, therefore, your members which are upon the 
 earth ; fornication, uncleanness, inordinate affection, evil concupiscence, and covetousness, which 
 is idolatry. For which things' sake the wrath of God cometh on the children of disobedience. 
 In the which ye also walked sometime, when ye lived in them. But now, ye also put off all 
 these ; anger, wrath, malice, blasphemy, filthy communication out of your mouth. Lie not one 
 to another, seeing that ye have put off the old man with his deeds. Col. iii. 5 9. 
 
 t But this shall be the covenant that I will make with the house of Israel ; after those days, 
 saith the Lord, I will put my law in their inward parts, and write it in their hearts, and will be 
 their God, and they shall be my people. Jer. xxxi. 33.
 
 144 THE HOLY WAR. 
 
 communed with them about a ministry he intended to establish among 
 them ; such a ministry that might open unto them, and instruct them in 
 the things that concerned their present and future state. " For," said he, 
 " you, of yourselves, unless you have teachers and guides, will not be able 
 to know, and, if not to know, to be sure not to do the will of my Father." * 
 
 THE PEOPLE DANCING. 
 
 At this news, when the elders of Mansoul brought it to the people, the 
 
 The common wn l e town came running together, (for it pleased them well, 
 
 as whatever the Prince did now pleased the people,) and all 
 
 with one consent implored his Majesty, that he would forthwith establish 
 
 such a ministry among them, as might teach them both law and judgment, 
 
 statute and commandment ; that they might be documented in all good 
 
 and wholesome things. So he told them he would grant their requests ; 
 
 and would establish two among them, one that was of his Father's court, 
 
 and one that was a native of Mansoul. 
 
 " He that is from the court," said he, " is a person of no less quality 
 i John v. 7. and dignity than my Father and I ; f and he is the Lord Chief 
 
 * O Lord, I know that the way of man is not in himself: it is not in man that walketh to 
 direct his steps. Jer. x. 23. But the natural man receiveth not the things of the Spirit of 
 God : for they are foolishness unto him : neither can he know them because they are spiritually 
 discerned. 1 Cor. ii. 14. 
 
 f For the prophecy came not in old time by the will of man ; but holy men of God spake as 
 they were moved by the Holy Ghost. 2 Pet. i. 21. But God hath revealed them unto us by 
 his Spirit: for the Spirit searcheth all things, yea, the deep things of God. 1 Cor. ii. 10. In 
 the beginning was the Word, and the Word was with God, and the Word was God. John i. 1 .
 
 THE HOLY WAR. 145 
 
 Secretary of my "Father's house ; for he is, and always has been, the chief 
 dictator of all my Father's laws ; a person well skilled in all mysteries, and 
 knowledge of mysteries, as is my Father or as myself is. Indeed he is one 
 with us in nature, and also as in loving of, and being faithful to, and in the 
 eternal concerns of, the town of Mansoul. 
 
 " And this is he," said the Prince, " that must be your chief teacher ; 
 for 'tis he, and he only, that can teach you clearly in all high and super- 
 natural things. He, and he only, it is that knows the ways and methods 
 of my Father's court, nor can any, like him, show how the heart of my 
 Father is at all times, in all things, upon all occasions, towards Mansoul ; 
 for, ' as no man knows the things of a man, but the spirit of a man which is 
 in him,' so the things of my Father knows no man but this his high and 
 mighty Secretary.* Nor can any, as he, tell Mansoul how and what they 
 shall do to keep themselves in the love of my Father. He also it is that 
 can bring lost things to your remembrance, and that can tell you things to 
 come. This teacher, therefore, must have the pre-eminence, both in your 
 affections and judgment, before your other teacher ; his personal dignity, 
 the excellency of his teaching, also the great dexterity that he hath to 
 assist you to make and draw up petitions to my Father for your help and 
 to his pleasing, must lay obligations upon you to love him, fear him, and 
 to take heed that you grieve him not.f 
 
 " This Person can put life and vigour into all he says : yea, and can also 
 put it into your heart. This Person can make seers of you, and is*. MIL 10. 
 can make you tell what shall be hereafter. J By this Person you must 
 frame all your petitions to my Father and Me ; and without his advice and 
 
 * But the Comforter, which is the Holy Ghost, whom the Father will send in my name, he 
 shall teach you all things, and bring all things to your remembrance, whatsoever I have said 
 unto you. John xiv. 26. Howbeit when he, the Spirit of truth, is come, he will guide you 
 into all truth : for he shall not speak of himself: but whatsoever he shall hear, that shall he 
 speak : and he will show you things to come. John xvi. 13. But the anointing which ye have 
 received of him abideth in you, and ye need not that any man teach you : but as the same 
 anointing teacheth you of all things, and is truth, and is no lie, and even as it hath taught you, 
 ye shall abide in him. 1 John ii. 27. 
 
 \ For our gospel came not unto you in word only, but also in power, and in the Holy Ghost, 
 and in much assurance ; as ye know what manner of men we were among you for your sake. 
 And ye became followers of us, and of the Lord, having received the word in much affliction 
 with joy of the Holy Ghost. 1 Thess. i. 5, 6. 
 
 t And when he was come unto us, he took Paul's girdle, and bound his own hands and feet, 
 and said, Thus saith the Holy Ghost, So shall the Jews at Jerusalem bind the man that owneth 
 this girdle, and shall deliver him into the hands of the Gentiles. Acts ixi. 1 1 . But ye, beloved, 
 
 U
 
 146 THE HOLT WAR. 
 
 counsel first obtained, let nothing enter into the town or castle of Mansoul, 
 for that may disgust and grieve this noble Person. 
 
 " Take heed, I say, that you do not grieve this minister : for if you do 
 he may fight against you ; and should he once be moved by you to set 
 himself against you in battle-array, that will distress you more than if 
 twelve legions should be sent from my Father's court to make war upon you. 
 
 " But, as I said, if you shall hearken unto him, and shall love him ; if 
 
 you shall devote yourselves to his teaching, and seek to have converse, and 
 
 to maintain communion with him, you shall find him ten times 
 
 2 cor. xiii. !$ * 
 
 better than is the whole world to any ; yea, he shall shed 
 abroad the love of my Father in your hearts, and Mansoul will be the 
 wisest and most blessed of people." 
 
 Then did the Prince call unto him the old gentleman, who afore had 
 been the Recorder of Mansoul, Mr. Conscience by name, and told him, 
 that forasmuch as he was well skilled in the law and government of the 
 town of Mansoul, and was also well spoken, and could pertinently deliver to 
 them his Master's will in terrene and domestic matters, therefore he would 
 also make him a minister for, in, and to the goodly town of Mansoul, in all 
 the laws, statutes, and judgments of the famous town of Mansoul. " And 
 thou must," said the Prince, " confine thyself to the teaching of moral 
 virtues, to the civil and natural duties ; but thou must not attempt or 
 presume to be a revealer of those high and supernatural mysteries that are 
 kept close in the bosom of Shaddai, my Father ; for those things knoweth 
 no man, nor can any reveal them but my Father's Secretary only. Thou 
 art a native of the town of Mansoul, but the Lord Secretary is a native 
 with my Father ; wherefore, as thou hast knowledge of the laws and 
 customs of the corporation, so he of the things and will of my Father. 
 
 " Wherefore, O Mr. Conscience, although I have made thee minister 
 and a preacher to the town of Mansoul, yet as to the things which the 
 Lord Secretary knoweth, and shall teach to this people, there thou must be 
 
 building up yourselves in your most holy faith, praying in the Holy Ghost. Jude 20. Praying 
 always with all prayer and supplication in the Spirit, and watching thereunto with all per- 
 severance and supplication for all saints. Eph. vi. 18. The Spirit itself beareth witness with 
 our spirit, that we are the children of God. Rom. viii. 16. He that hath an ear, let him hear 
 what the Spirit saith unto the churches : To him that overcometh will I give to eat of the 
 hidden manna, and will give him a white stone, and in the stone a new name written, which no 
 man knoweth save he that receiveth it. Rev. ii. 17. And grieve not the Holy Spirit of God, 
 whereby ye are sealed unto the day of redemption. Eph. iv. 30.
 
 148 THE HOLT WAR. 
 
 his scholar, and a learner, even as the rest of Mansoul are. Thou must 
 therefore, in all high and supernatural things, go to him for information ; 
 for though there be a spirit in man, this Person's inspiration must give 
 him understanding.* Wherefore, O thou Mr. Recorder, be humble, and 
 remember, that the Diabolonians, that kept not their first charge, but left 
 their own standing, are now made prisoners in the pit. Be therefore 
 content with thy station. 
 
 " I have made thee my Father's vicegerent on earth, in such things of 
 which I have made mention before. And take thou power to teach them 
 to Mansoul, yea, and to impose them with whips and chastisements, if they 
 shall not willingly hearken to thy commandments. And, Mr. Recorder, 
 because thou art old and feeble, therefore I give thee leave and license to 
 go when thou wilt to my fountain, my conduit, and there to drink freely of 
 
 Body. the blood of my grape, for my conduit doth always run wine.f 
 Thus doing, thou shalt drive from thy heart and stomach all foul, gross, 
 and hurtful humours. It will also lighten thine eyes, and strengthen thy 
 memory for the reception and keeping of all that the King's most noble 
 Secretary teacheth." 
 
 When the Prince had thus put Mr. Recorder (that once so was) into the 
 place and office of a minister of Mansoul, and the man had thankfully 
 accepted thereof, then^did Emanuel address himself to the townsmen 
 themselves. 
 
 " Behold," said the Prince to Mansoul, " my love and care towards you ; 
 I have added to all that is past, this mercy, to appoint you preachers ; the 
 most noble Secretary to teach you in all sublime mysteries; and this 
 gentleman," pointing to Mr. Conscience, "is to teach you in ah 1 things 
 human and domestic, for therein lieth his work. He is not, by what 
 I have said, debarred of telling to Mansoul any thing that he hath heard 
 from the lord high Secretary ; only he shall not attempt, or presume to 
 pretend, to be a revealer of those high mysteries himself; for the breaking 
 of them up, and the discovery of them to Mansoul, lieth only in the power, 
 authority, and skill of the lord high Secretary himself. Talk of them he 
 
 And unto men he said, Behold the fear of the Lord, that is wisdom ; and to depart from 
 evil is understanding. Job xxviii. 28. 
 
 f How much more shall the blood of Christ, who through the eternal Spirit, offered himself 
 without spot to God, purge your consciences from dead works, to serve the living God? 
 Heb.ix. 14.
 
 THE HOLY WAR. 149 
 
 may ; and so may the rest of the town of Hanson], as they have opportunity, 
 press them upon each other for the benefit of the whole. These things 
 I would have you observe and do ; for it is for your life, and the lengthening 
 of your days. 
 
 " And one thing more to my beloved town of Mansoul : You must not 
 dwell in, nor stay upon any thing of that which he hath in commission to 
 teach you as to your trust and expectation of the next world : of the next 
 world I say ; for I propose to give another to Mansoul, when this with them 
 is worn out ; but for that you must wholly have recourse to, and make 
 stay upon his doctrine, that is your teacher after the first order. Yea, 
 Mr. Recorder himself must not look for life from that which he himself 
 revealeth ; his dependence for that must be founded in the doctrine of the 
 other preacher. Let Mr. Recorder also take heed that he receive not any 
 doctrine, or point of doctrine, that is not communicated to him by his 
 superior Teacher, nor yet within the precincts of his own formal 
 knowledge." 
 
 Now, after the Prince had thus settled things in the famous town of Man- 
 soul, he proceeded to give the elders of the corporation a necessary caution, 
 to wit, how they should carry it to the noble captains that he had sent or 
 brought with him from his Father's court, to the famous town of Mansoul. 
 
 " These captains," said he, " love the town of Mansoul, and they are 
 men picked out of abundance, as men that best suit, and that Graces picked 
 will most faithfully serve in the wars of Shaddai against the virtues - 
 Diabolonians, for the preservation of the town of Mansoul. I charge you, 
 therefore," said he, " O ye inhabitants of the now flourishing town of 
 Mansoul, that you carry it not untowardly to my captains or their men ; 
 since they are picked and choice men, men chosen out of many for the 
 good of the town of Mansoul. I say, I charge you, that you carry it not 
 untowardly to them : for though they have the hearts and faces 
 
 17 . 
 
 of lions, when at any time they shall be called forth to engage 
 and fight with the King's foes, and the enemies of the town of 
 Mansoul, yet a little discountenance cast up them from the town of 
 Mansoul, will deject and cast down their faces, will weaken and take away 
 their courage. Do not, therefore, carry it unkindly to my valiant captains 
 and courageous men of war, but love them, nourish them, words. 
 succour them, and lay them to your bosoms, and they will not only fight 
 
 Satan cannot
 
 150 THE HOLY WAR. 
 
 for you, but cause to fly from you all those Diabolonians that seek, and 
 will, if possible, prove your utter destruction. 
 
 " If, therefore, any of them should at any time be sick, or weak, and so 
 not able to perform that office of love, which with all their hearts they are 
 willing to do (and will do also when well and in health,)* slight them 
 not, nor despise them, but rather strengthen and encourage them, though 
 RCT. iu. 2. weak and ready to die ; for they are your fence and your guard, 
 your walls, gates, locks, and bars. And although when they are weak 
 they can do but little, but rather need to be helped by you,f than that you 
 should expect great things from them; yet, when well, you know what 
 exploits and warlike achievements they can do, and will perform for you. 
 
 " Besides, if they be weak, the town of Mansoul cannot be strong ; if 
 they be strong, then Mansoul cannot be weak ; your safety, therefore, doth 
 lie in their health, and in your countenancing them. Remember also, that 
 if they be sick, they catch their disease of the town of Mansoul itself. 
 
 " These things I have said unto you, because I love your welfare and 
 your honour: observe, therefore, O my Mansoul, to be punctual in all 
 things that I have given in charge unto you, and that not only as a town 
 corporate, and so to your officers and guard, and guides in chief, but to 
 you as you are a people whose weh 1 being, as single persons, depends on 
 the observation of the orders and commandments of their Lord. Next, 
 O Mansoul, I warn you of that, of which, notwithstanding the reformation 
 that is at present wrought among you, you have need to be warned about : 
 wherefore hearken diligently unto me. I am now sure, and you will know 
 hereafter, that there are yet some Diabolonians remaining in the town of 
 Mansoul ; Diabolonians that are sturdy and implacable, and that do already, 
 while I am yet with you, and that will yet more when I am from you, 
 study, plot, contrive, invent, and jointly attempt to bring you to desolation, 
 and so to a state far worse than that of Egyptian bondage ; they are the 
 avowed friends of Diabolus, therefore look about you.J They used there- 
 
 * Wherefore liftup the hands that hang down, and the feeble knees. Heb. xii. 12. Strengthen 
 ye the weak hands, and confirm the feeble knees. Isaiah xxxv. 3. 
 
 t Now we exhort you, brethren, warn them that are unruly, comfort the feeble minded, 
 support the weak, be patient toward all men. 1 Thess. v. 14. 
 
 I Not every one that saith unto me, Lord, Lord, shall enter into the kingdom of heaven ; 
 but he that doeth the will of my Father which is in heaven. Many will say uuto me in that 
 day, Lord, Lord, have we not prophesied in thy name ? and in thy name have cast out devils ? 
 and in thy name done many wonderful works? Matt. vii. 21, 22.
 
 THE HOLY WAR. 
 
 151 
 
 fore to lodge with their Prince in the castle, when Incredulity was Lord 
 Mayor of this town ; but since my coming hither, they lie more in the 
 outsides and walls, and have made themselves dens, and caves, and holes, 
 
 DIABOLONIANS. 
 
 and strong holds therein.* Wherefore, O Mansoul, thy work as to this, 
 will be so much the more difficult and hard ; that is, to take, mortify, and 
 put them to death, according to the will of my Father. Nor can you 
 utterly rid yourselves of them, unless you should pull down chnstwouw 
 the walls of your town, the which I am by no means willing you "troy owsei vet 
 
 J J J thereby to de- 
 
 should. Do you ask me, What shall we then do? Why, be 8tr y our8iM - 
 you diligent, and quit yourselves like men ; observe their holds, find out 
 their haunts, assault them, and make no peace with them ; wherever they 
 haunt, lurk, or abide, and what terms of peace soever they offer you, abhor, 
 and all shall be well betwixt you and me. And that you may the better 
 know them from the natives of Mansoul, I will give you this brief schedule 
 of the names of the chief of them ; and they are these that follow : The 
 Lord Fornication, the Lord Adultery, the Lord Murder, the Lord Anger, 
 the Lord Lasciviousness, the Lord Deceit, the Lord Evil-Eye, Mr. Drunken- 
 
 For I know that in me (that is, in my flesh) dwelleth no good thing : for to will is present 
 with me, but how to perform that which is good I find not. Rom. vii. 18.
 
 152 THE HOLY WAR. 
 
 ness, Mr. Revelling, Mr. Idolatry, Mr. Witchcraft, Mr. Variance, Mr. 
 Emulation, Mr. Wrath, Mr. Strife, Mr. Sedition, and Mr. Heresy. These 
 are some of the chief, O Mansoul, of those that will seek to overthrow thee 
 for ever. These, I say, are the skulkers in Mansoul ; but look well into 
 the law of thy King, and thou shalt find their physiognomy, and such other 
 characteristical notes of them, whereby they may be known. 
 
 " These, my Mansoul, and I would gladly that you should certainly 
 know it, if they be suffered to run and range about the town as they wish, 
 would quickly, like vipers, eat out your bowels ; yea, poison your captains, 
 cut the sinews of your soldiers, break the bars and bolts of your gates, and 
 turn your now most nourishing Mansoul into a barren, desolate wilderness 
 and ruinous heap. Wherefore, that you may take courage to yourselves 
 to apprehend these villains wherever you find them, I give to you, my 
 Lord Mayor, my Lord Will-be-will, and Mr. Recorder, with all the 
 inhabitants of the town of Mansoul, full power and commission to seek 
 out, to take, and cause to be put to death by the cross, all manner of Dia- 
 bolonians, wherever you shall find them lurk within or without the walls 
 of the town of Mansoul. I told you before, that I had placed a standing 
 More preachers, ministry among you : not that you have but these with you, 
 
 if need be, for . ^ 
 
 Mansoui. f or mv fi rs t four captains who came against the master and lord of 
 
 the Diabolonians that was in Mansoul, they can, and if need be, if they be 
 required, will not only privately inform, but publicly preach to the corpora- 
 tion good and wholesome doctrine. Yea, they will set up a weekly, and, 
 if need be, a daily lecture in thee, Mansoul ; and will instruct thee in 
 such profitable lessons, that, if attended to, will do thee good at the end. 
 And take good heed that you spare not the men whom you have a com- 
 mission to take and crucify. 
 
 "Now, as I have set before your eyes the vagrants and runagates by 
 name, so I will tell you, that among yourselves some of them shall creep in 
 to beguile you, even such as would seem, and that in appearance are 
 
 A caution, very rife and hot for religion. And they, if you watch not, 
 will do you a mischief, such an one as you do not think of. These will 
 show themselves to you in another hue than those under the description 
 before ; wherefore watch, and be sober, and suifer not thyself to be 
 betrayed." 
 
 When the Prince had thus far new modelled the town of Mansoul, and
 
 THE HOLY WAR,. 153 
 
 had instructed them in such matters as were profitable for them to know : 
 then he appointed another day, on which he intended, when the townsfolk 
 came together, to bestow a further badge of honour upon the town of 
 Mansoul, a badge that should distinguish them from all Another privl . 
 people, kindreds, and tongues, that dweh 1 in the kingdom of 1( 
 Universe. Now it was not long before the day appointed came, and the 
 Prince and the people met in the king's palace, where first Emanuel made 
 a short speech unto them, and then did for them as he had said, and unto 
 them as he had promised. 
 
 " My Mansoul," said he, " that which I now am about to do, is to make 
 you known to the world to be mine, and to distinguish you also in your 
 own eyes, from ah 1 false traitors that may creep in among you." 
 
 Then he commanded that those that waited upon him should go and 
 bring forth out of his treasury those white glittering robes " that wwte robei. 
 I," said he, " have provided and laid up in store for my Mansoul." So 
 the white garments were fetched, and laid forth to the eyes of the people.* 
 Moreover, it was granted to them, that they should take them and put 
 them on. So the people were put into white, into fine linen, white and 
 clean. 
 
 Then said the Prince unto them, " This, Mansoul, is my livery, and 
 the badge by which mine are known from the servants of others. Yea, it 
 is that which I grant to all that are mine, and without which no man is- 
 permitted to see my face. Wear them, therefore, for my sake that gave 
 them unto you ; and also if you would be known by the world to 
 be mine." 
 
 But now, can you think how Mansoul shone ? It was fair as the sun, 
 clear as the moon, and terrible as an army with banners. 
 
 The Prince added further, and said, " No prince, potentate, That wh . ch 
 or mighty one of Universe, giveth this livery but myself: M 8 ansSa sh from 
 behold, therefore, as I said before, you shah 1 be known by it to 
 be mine. 
 
 " And now," said he, " I have given you my livery, let me give you also 
 in commandment concerning them : and be sure that you take good heed 
 to my words. 
 
 * And to her was granted that she should be arrayed in fine linen, clean and white : for the 
 fine linen is the righteousness of saints. Rev. xix. 8.
 
 154 THE HOLY WAR. 
 
 '"' First, Wear them daily, day by day, lest you should at sometimes 
 appear to others as if you were none of mine. 
 
 " Secondly, Keep them always white ; for if they be soiled, it is dishonour 
 to me.* 
 
 " Thirdly, Wherefore gird them up from the ground, and let them not 
 be soiled with dust or dirt. 
 
 " Fourthly, Take heed that you lose them not, lest you walk naked, and 
 they see your shame. 
 
 " Fifthly, But if you should sully them, if you should defile them, the 
 which I am unwilling you should, and the prince Diabolus would be glad 
 if you would, f then speed to do that which is written in my law, that yet 
 you may stand and not fall before me, and before my throne, j Also, this 
 is the way to cause that I may not leave you nor forsake you while here, 
 but dwell in this town of Mansoul for ever." 
 
 And now was Mansoul, and the inhabitants of it, as the signet upon 
 
 . . . Emanuel's right hand : where was there now a town, a city, 
 
 The glorious ' 
 
 K a corporation, that could compare with Mansoul ! a town 
 redeemed from the hand, and from the power of Diabolus ! a town that the 
 King Shaddai loved, and that he sent Emanuel to regain from the prince of 
 the infernal cave ; yea, a town that Emanuel loved to dwell in, and that he 
 chose for his royal habitation ; a town that he fortified for himself, and 
 made strong by the force of his arm. What shall I say, Mansoul has now 
 a most excellent prince, golden captains, and men of war, weapons proved, 
 and garments as white as snow. Nor are these benefits to be counted 
 little, but great : can Mansoul esteem them so, and improve them to that 
 end and purpose for which they are bestowed upon them ? 
 
 When the Prince had thus completed the modelling of the town, to show 
 
 * Let thy garments be always wliite ; and let thy head lack no ointment. Eccl. ix. 8. Be 
 watchful, and strengthen the things which remain, that are ready to die : for I have not found 
 thy works perfect before God. Rev. iii. 2. 
 
 t These are they which came out of great tribulation, and have washed their robes, and 
 made them white in the blood of the Lamb. Therefore are they before the throne Of God, and 
 serve him day and night in his temple : and he that sitteth on the throne shall dwell among 
 them. They shall hunger no more, neither thirst any more, neither shall the sun light on 
 them, nor any heat. For the Lamb, which is in the midst of the throne, shall feed them, and 
 shall lead them unto living fountains of waters ; and God shall wipe away all tears from their 
 eyes. Rev. vii. 14 17. 
 
 J Watch ye, therefore, and pray always, that ye may be accounted worthy to escape all these 
 things that shall come to pass, and to stand before the Son of man. Luke xxi. 36.
 
 THE HOLY WAR. 
 
 155 
 
 that he had great delight in the works of his hands, and took pleasure in 
 the good that he had wrought for the famous and nourishing Mansoul, he 
 commanded, and they set his standard upon the battlements of the castle. 
 And then, 
 
 First, He gave them frequent visits : not a day now but the elders of 
 Mansoul must come to him, or he to them, into his palace. 2 cor. vi. ie. 
 Now they must walk together, and talk of all the great things that he had 
 
 
 done, and yet further promised to do, for the famous town of Mansoul. 
 Thus would he often do with the Lord Mayor, my Lord Will- 
 
 / v Understanding. 
 
 be-will, and the honest subordinate preacher, Mr. Conscience, 
 
 and Mr. Recorder. But oh, how graciously, how lovingly, how courteously, 
 
 and tenderly, did the blessed Prince carry it towards the town of Mansoul ! 
 
 In all the streets, gardens, orchards, and other places where he 
 
 came, to be sure the poor should have his blessing and bene- 
 
 Hungry 
 
 thoughts.
 
 156 THE HOLY WAR. 
 
 diction ; yea, he would kiss them, and if they were ill, he would lay hands 
 on them, and make them well. The captains, also, he would daily, yea, 
 sometimes hourly, encourage with his presence and goodly words. For 
 you must know, that a smile from him upon them would put more vigour, 
 life, and stoutness into them, than anything else under heaven. 
 
 The Prince would now also feast them, and be with them continually ; 
 hardly a week would pass, but a banquet must be had betwixt him and 
 them.* You may remember that, some pages before, we made mention 
 of one feast that they had together ; but now to feast them was a thing 
 more common : every day with Mansoul was a feast-day now. Nor did he, 
 when they returned to their places, send them empty away ; either they 
 A token of mar- must have a ring, a gold chain, a bracelet, a white stone, or 
 of honour. A something ; so dear was Mansoul to him now, so lovely was 
 
 token of beauty. * 
 
 aofpardon. Mansoul in his eyes. 
 
 Secondly, When the elders and townsmen did not come to him, be would 
 send in much plenty of provision upon them ; meat that came from court, wine 
 and bread that were prepared for his Father's table ; yea, such delicates 
 would he send unto them, and therewith would so cover their table, that 
 whoever saw it confessed that the like could not be seen in any kingdom. 
 
 Thirdly, If Mansoul did not frequently visit him as he desired they 
 
 should, he would walk out to them, knock at their doors, and desire 
 
 entrance, that amity might be maintained betwixt them and him ; if they 
 
 heard and opened to him, as commonly they would if they were at home, 
 
 The danger then would he renew his former love, and confirm it too, with 
 
 of wandering 
 
 some new tokens, and signs of continued favour." f 
 And it was now amazing to behold, that, in that very place where 
 sometimes Diabolus had his abode, and entertained the Diabolonians, to 
 the almost utter destruction of Mansoul, the Prince of princes should sit 
 eating and drinking with them, while all his mighty captains, men of war, 
 trumpeters, with the singing-men, and singing-women of his Father, stood 
 
 Therefore let us keep the feast, not with old leaven, neither with the leaven of malice and 
 wickedness ; but with the unleavened bread of sincerity and truth. 1 Cor. v. 8. 
 
 t Behold I stand at the door and knock : if any man hear my voice and open the door, I will 
 come in to him, and will sup with him, and he with me. Rev. iii. 20. I sleep, but my heart 
 waketh : it is the voice of my beloved that knocketh, saying, Open to me, my sister, my love, 
 my dove, my undefiled : for my head is filled with dew, and my locks with the drops of the night 
 Song v. 2.
 
 THE HOLY WAK. 
 
 157 
 
 round about to wait upon them ! Now did Mansoul's cup run over, now 
 did her conduits run sweet wine, now did she eat the finest of Mansoui-s giory. 
 the wheat, and drink milk and honey out of the rock ! Now she said, 
 How great is his goodness ! for since I found favour in his eyes, how 
 honourable have I been ! 
 
 The blessed Prince also ordained a new officer in town,* and a goodly 
 person he was his name was Mr. God's-Peace; this man was set over 
 my Lord Will-be-will, my Lord Mayor, Mr. Recorder, the subordinate 
 preacher, Mr. Mind, and over all the natives of the town of Mansoul. 
 
 IR. GOD'S-PEACE. 
 
 Himself was not a native of it, but came with the Prince Emanuel from the 
 court. He was a great acquaintance of Captain Credence and Captain 
 Good-Hope ; some say they were akin, and I am of that opinion too.f This 
 man, as I said, was made governor of the town in general, especially over 
 
 * And let the peace of God rule in your hearts, to the which also ye are called in one body ; 
 and be ye thankful. Col. iii. 15. 
 
 t Now the God of hope fill you with all joy and peace in believing, that ye may abound in 
 hope, through the power of the Holy Ghost. Rom. xv. 13.
 
 158 THE HOLY WAR. 
 
 the castle, and Captain Credence was to help him there. And I made 
 great observations of it, that so long as all things went in Mansoul as this 
 sweet-natured gentleman would, the town was in most happy condition. 
 Now there were no jars, no chidings, no interferings, no unfaithful doings 
 in the town of Mansoul; every man in Mansoul kept close to his own 
 employment. The gentry, officers, the soldiers, and all in place, observed 
 Hoiy conceptions their order. And as for the women and children of the town, 
 they followed their business joyfully ; they would work and sing 
 from morning till night ; so that, quite through the town of Mansoul now, 
 nothing was to be found but harmony, quietness, joy, and health. And 
 this lasted all that summer. 
 
 But there was a man in the town of Mansoul, and his name was 
 Mr. Carnal-Security ; this man, after all the mercy bestowed upon this cor- 
 poration, brought the town of Mansoul into great and grievous slavery and 
 bondage. A brief account of him, and of his doings, take as followeth : 
 
 When Diabolus at first took possession of the town of Mansoul, he 
 brought thither with himself a great number of Diabolonians, men of his 
 own conditions. Now among these, there was one whose name was 
 Mr. Self-Conceit, and a notable brisk man he was, as any that in those 
 days possessed the town of Mansoul. Diabolus, then, perceiving this man 
 to be active and bold, sent him upon many desperate designs ; the which 
 he managed better, and more to the pleasing of his lord, than most that 
 came with him from the dens could do. Wherefore, finding him so fit for 
 his purpose, he preferred him, and made him next to the great Lord 
 Will-be-will, of whom we have spoken so much before. Now the Lord 
 Will-be-will, being in those days very well pleased with him and with his 
 achievements, gave him his daughter, the Lady Fear-Nothing, to wife. 
 Now of my Lady Fear-Nothing did this Mr. Self-Conceit beget this 
 gentleman, Mr. Carnal-Security. Wherefore, there being then in Mansoul 
 those strange kind of mixtures, it was hard for them, in some cases, to find 
 out who were natives, who not ; for Mr. Carnal-Security sprang from my 
 Lord Will-be-will, by his mother's side, though he had for his father a 
 Diabolonian by nature. 
 
 Well, this Carnal-Security took much after his father and mother ; he 
 was self-conceited, he feared nothing, he was also a very busy man ; nothing 
 of news, nothing of doctrine, nothing of alteration, or talk of alteration,
 
 THE HOLY WAR. 
 
 159 
 
 could at any time "be on foot in Mansoul, but Mr. Carnal-Security would 
 be at the head or tail of it. But to be sure he would decline those that 
 he deemed the weakest ; and stood always with them, in his way of standing, 
 that he supposed was the strongest side. 
 
 Now, when Shaddai the mighty, and Emanuel his Son, made war upon 
 Mansoul to take it, this Mr. Carnal-Security was then in the town, and 
 was a great doer among the people, encouraging them in their rebellion, 
 and putting them upon hardening themselves in their resisting the King's 
 forces : but when he saw that the town of Mansoul was taken, and converted 
 to the use of the glorious Prince Emanuel ; and when he also saw what 
 was become of Diabolus, and how he was unroofed, and made to quit the 
 castle in the greatest contempt and scorn ; and that the town of Mansoul 
 was well lined with captains, engines of war, and men, and also provisions ; 
 what doth he but wheel about also ; and as he had served Diabolus against 
 the good Prince, so he feigned that he would serve the Prince against his 
 foes ; and having got some little smattering of Emanuel's things by the end, 
 being bold, he ventures himself into the company of the townsmen, and 
 
 . 
 
 MR. CABNAL-SECURITT AND THE TOWN S-PEOPLE. 
 
 attempts also to chat among them. Now he knew that the power and 
 strength of the town of Mansoul was great, and that it could 
 
 How Mr. Carnal- 
 
 not but be pleasing to the people, if he cried up their might f h e e cu ^L^Tf 
 
 and their glory. Wherefore he beginneth his tale with the 
 
 power and strength of Mansoul, and affirmeth, that it was impregnable ;
 
 100 THE HOLY WAR. 
 
 now magnifying the captains, and their slings, and their rams ; then crying 
 up their fortifications and strong holds ; and lastly, the assurance that they 
 had from their Prince that Mansoul should be happy for ever. But when 
 he saw that some of the men of the town were tickled and taken with this 
 discourse, he makes it his business, and, walking from street to street, 
 house to house, and man to man, he brought also Mansoul to dance after 
 his pipe, and to grow almost as carnally secure as himself; so from talking 
 they went to feasting, and from feasting to sporting, and so to some other 
 matters. Now Emanuel was yet in the town of Mansoul, and he wisely 
 observed their doings.) My Lord Mayor, my Lord Will-be-will, and Mr. 
 Recorder, were also taken with the words of this tattling Diabolonian 
 gentleman ; forgetting that their Prince had given them warning before, to 
 take heed that they were not beguiled with any Diabolonian sleight ; he 
 it is not grace nac ^ further told them, that the security of the now nourishing 
 town of Mansoul did not so much lie in her present fortifica- 
 
 that preserves 
 
 tempSr'ai 1 da" ^ ons an( ^ force, as in her so using of what she had, as might 
 oblige her Emanuel to abide within the castle. For the right 
 doctrine of Emanuel was, that the town of Mansoul should take heed that 
 they forget not his Father's love and his : also that they should so demean 
 themselves as to continue to keep themselves therein. Now this was not 
 the way to do it, namely, to fall in love with one of the Diabolonians, and 
 with such an one, too, as Mr. Carnal-Security was, and to be led up and 
 down by the nose by him : they should have heard their Prince, feared 
 their Prince, loved their Prince, and have stoned this naughty pack to death, 
 and taken care to have walked in the ways of their Prince's prescribing ; 
 for then should their peace have been as a river, when their righteousness 
 had been like the waves of the sea. 
 
 Now when Emanuel perceived that, through the policy of Mr. Carnal- 
 Security, the hearts of the men of Mansoul were chilled and abated in their 
 practical love to him, 
 
 First, He bemoans them, and bewails their state with the Secretary, 
 saying, " Oh that my people had hearkened unto me, and that Mansoul 
 had walked in my ways ! I would have fed them with the finest of the 
 wheat ; and with honey out of the rock would I have sustained them." 
 This done, he said in his heart, " I will return to the court, and go to my 
 place, till Mansoul shall consider and acknowledge their offence." And he
 
 THE HOLY WAR. 161 
 
 did so, and the cause and manner of his going away from them was thus, 
 for that Mansoul declined him, as is manifest in these particulars : 
 
 " 1. They left off their former way of visiting him, they came The way of 
 
 . Mansoul's back- 
 
 not to his royal palace as afore. 8lidii) s- 
 
 "2. They did not regard, nor yet take notice, that he came or came not 
 to visit them. 
 
 "3. The love-feasts that had wont to be between their Prince and them, 
 though he made them still, and called them to them, yet they neglected to 
 come to them, or to be delighted with them. 
 
 " 4. They waited not for his counsel, but began to be head-strong and 
 confident in themselves, concluding that now they were strong and in- 
 vincible, and Mansoul was secure, and beyond all reach of the foe, and that 
 her state must be unalterable for ever." 
 
 Now, as was said, Emanuel, perceiving that by the craft of Mr. Carnal- 
 Security, the town of Mansoul was taken off from her dependence upon 
 him, and upon his Father by him, and set upon what by them was 
 bestowed upon it ; he at first, as I said, bemoaned their state ; then he 
 used means to make them understand that the way they went on in 
 was dangerous : for he sent my Lord High Secretary to them to forbid 
 them such ways; but twice, when he came to them, he found them at 
 dinner in Mr. Carnal-Security's parlour; and perceiving also that they 
 were not willing to reason about matters concerning their good, They grieve 
 
 ^ the Holy Ghost 
 
 he took grief and went his way. The which, when he told to and Christ - 
 the Prince Emanuel, he was grieved also, and returned to his Father's 
 court. 
 
 Now, the methods of his withdrawing, as I was saying before, were 
 thus : 
 
 " 1. Even while he was yet with them in Mansoul, he kept Christ with- 
 
 draws not all at 
 
 himself close, and more retired than formerly. once - 
 
 "2. His speech was not now, if he came into their company, so pleasant 
 
 and familiar as formerly. 
 
 "3. Nor did he, as in times past, send to Mansoul from his table, those 
 
 dainty bits which he was wont to do. 
 
 "4. Nor when they came to visit him, as now and then they would, 
 
 would he be so easily spoken with as they found him in times Thework!ngof 
 
 past. They might now knock once, yea, twice, but he would 
 
 T 
 
 their affections.
 
 162 THE HOLT WAR. 
 
 seem not at all to regard them : whereas formerly he would run and meet 
 them half-way, and take them too, and lay them in his bosom." 
 
 Thus Emanuel carried it now, and by this his carriage he thought to 
 make them betake themselves, and return to him. But, alas ! they did 
 not consider, they did not know his ways, they regarded not, they were 
 not touched with these, nor with the true remembrance of former favours.* 
 Lev. xxvi. 21-24. Wherefore what does he but in private manner withdraw him- 
 self, first from his palace, then to the gate of the town, and so away from 
 Mansoul he goes, till they should acknowledge their offence, and more 
 
 He is gone, earnestly seek his face. Mr. God's-Peace also laid down his 
 commission, and would for the present act no longer. Thus they walked 
 contrary to him, and he again, by way of retaliation, walked contrary to 
 them. But, alas ! by this time they were so hardened in their way, and 
 had so drunk in the doctrine of Mr. Carnal-Security, that the departing of 
 their Prince touched them not, nor was he remembered by them when 
 gone ; and so, of consequence, his absence was not bewailed by them.f 
 
 Now, there was a day wherein this old gentleman, Mr. Carnal-Security, 
 
 A trick put again made a feast for the town of Mansoul, and there was at 
 
 upon Mr. Godly- 
 
 t F h e e ar: fe h ^tf es a nd that time in the town one Mr. Godly-Fear, one now but little 
 stringer. 6 ' a set by, though formerly one of great request. This man, old 
 Carnal-Security had a mind, if possible, to gull and abuse, as he did the 
 rest, and therefore he now bids him to the feast with his neighbours. So 
 the day being come, they prepare, and he goes and appears with the rest 
 of the guests ; and, being all set at the table, they ate and drank, and were 
 merry, even all but this one man : for Mr. Godly-Pear sat like a stranger, 
 and neither ate, nor was merry. Which, when Mr. Carnal-Security per- 
 ceived, he addressed himself in a speech thus to him : 
 
 " Mr. Godly-Pear, are you not well ? you seem to be ill of body, or 
 mind, or both. I have a cordial of Mr. Porget- Good's making, which, 
 sir, if you will take, I hope it may make you bonny and blithe, and so 
 make you more fit for us, feasting companions." 
 
 But as for them, whose heart walketh after the heart of their detestable things, and their 
 abominations, I will recompense their way upon their own heads, saith the Lord God. Ezekiel 
 xi. 21. I will go and return to my place, till they acknowledge their offence and seek my face : 
 in their affliction they shall seek me early. Hosea v. 15. 
 
 t Can a maid forget her ornaments, or a bride her attire ? Yet my people have forgotten 
 me days without number. -Jer. ii. 32.
 
 THE HOLY WAR. 163' 
 
 Unto whom the good old gentleman discreetly replied : " Sir, I thank 
 you for all things courteous and civil ; but for your cordial I have no list 
 thereto. But a word to the natives of Mansoul : You, the elders and chief 
 of Mansoul, to me it is strange to see you so jocund and merry, when the 
 town of Mansoul is in such woful case." 
 
 Then said Mr. Carnal-Security, " You want sleep, good sir, I doubt. 
 If you please, lie down, and take a nap, and we the meanwhile will be 
 merry." 
 
 Then said Mr. Godly-Fear as follows : " Sir, if you were not destitute of 
 an honest heart, you could not do as you have done, and do." 
 
 Then said Mr. Carnal-Security, " Why ?" 
 
 Godly -Fear. " Nay, pray interrupt me not. It is true, the town of Mansoul 
 was strong, and, with a proviso, impregnable ; but you have weakened it, 
 and it now lies obnoxious to its foes ; nor is it a time to be silent ; it is 
 you, Mr. Carnal-Security, that have stripped Mansoul, and driven her glory 
 from her ; you have pulled down her towers, you have broken down her 
 gates, you have spoiled her locks and bars. 
 
 " And now, to explain myself : from that time that my lords of Mansoul, 
 and you, sir, grew so great, from that time the Strength of Mansoul has 
 been offended, and now he is risen and is gone. If any shall question 
 the truth of my words, I will answer him by this, and such-like questions : 
 * Where is the Prince Emanuel ? When did a man or woman in Mansoul 
 see him ? When did you hear from him, or taste any of his dainty bits ? ' 
 You are now a feasting with this Diabolonian monster, but he is not your 
 Prince. I say, therefore, though enemies from without, had you taken 
 heed, could not have made a prey of you, yet, since you have sinned against 
 your Prince, your enemies within have been too hard for you." 
 
 Then said Mr. Carnal-Security, " Fie ! fie ! Mr. Godly-Fear, fie ! will you 
 never shake off your timorousness ? Are you afraid of being sparrow- 
 blasted ? Who hath hurt you ? Behold, I am on your side ; only you are 
 for doubting, I am for being confident. Besides, is this a time to be sad 
 in ? A feast is made for mirth ; why, then, do you now, to your shame, and 
 our trouble, break out into such passionate, melancholy language, when 
 you should eat and drink, and be merry?" 
 
 Then said Mr. Godly-Fear again, " I may well be sad, for Emanuel is 
 gone from Mansoul. I say again, he is gone, and you, sir, are the man
 
 164 THE HOLY WAR. 
 
 that has driven him away ; yea, he is gone without so much as acquainting 
 the nobles of Mansoul with his going ; and if that is not a sign of anger, 
 I am not acquainted with the methods of godliness. 
 
 " And now, my lords and gentlemen, my speech is still to you. Your 
 gradually declining from him provoked him to depart from you ; the which 
 he did gradually, if perhaps you would have been made sensible thereby, 
 and have been renewed by humbling yourselves ; but when he saw that 
 none would regard, or lay these fearful beginnings of his anger and judgment 
 to heart, he went away from this place ; and this I saw with mine own 
 eyes. Wherefore, now, while you boast, your strength is gone ; you are 
 like the man that had lost his locks which before waved about his shoulders. 
 You may, with this lord of the feast, shake yourselves, and think to do as 
 at other times; but, since without him you can do nothing, and he is 
 departed from you, turn your feast into a sigh, and your mirth into 
 lamentations." 
 
 Then the subordinate-preacher, old Mr. Conscience by name, he that of 
 old was Recorder of Mansoul, being startled at what was said, began to 
 second it thus : 
 
 Conscience. " Indeed, my brethren," quoth he, " I fear that Mr. Godly- 
 Fear tells us true : I, for my part, have not seen my Prince a long season. 
 I cannot remember the day, for my part : nor can I answer Mr. Godly- 
 Fear's question. I am afraid that all is naught with Mansoul." 
 
 Godly-Fear. " Nay, I know that you will not find him in Mansoul, for he 
 is departed and gone ; yea, and gone for the faults of the elders, and for 
 that they rewarded his grace with insufferable unkindness." 
 
 Then did the subordinate preacher look as if he would fall down dead at 
 
 They are aii the ^le ; also all there present, except the man of the house, 
 
 began to look pale and wan. But, having a little recovered 
 
 themselves, and jointly agreed to believe Mr. Godly -Fear, and his sayings, 
 
 they began to consult what was best to be done, (now Mr. Carnal-Security 
 
 was gone into his withdrawing-room, for he liked not such dumpish doings,) 
 
 both to the man of the house for drawing them into evil, and also to 
 
 recover Emanuel's love. 
 
 Then the saying of their Prince came very hot into their minds, concern- 
 ing the false prophets that should arise to delude the town of Mansoul. 
 So they took Mr. Carnal-Security, concluding that he was the person, and
 
 THE HOLY WAR. 165 
 
 burnt his house upon him with fire, for he also was a Diabolonian by 
 nature. 
 
 When this was past and over, they besped themselves to look for 
 Emanuel their Prince; and they sought him, but they found songofsoi. v. e. 
 him not. Then they were more confirmed in the truth of Mr. Godly-Fear's 
 sayings, and began also severely to reflect upon themselves for their vile 
 and ungodly doings ; for they concluded now, that then* Prince had left 
 them. 
 
 Then they agreed and went to my Lord Secretary, whom before they 
 refused to hear, and had grieved with their doings, to know of T^y app i y 
 him, for he was a seer, and could tell where Emanuel was, the I H S oiy e Ghos 
 
 but he is grieved, 
 
 how they might direct a petition to him. But the Lord &c - 
 Secretary would not admit them to a conference about this matter, nor 
 would admit them to his royal palace, nor come out to them.* 
 
 Now was it a day gloomy and dark, a day of clouds and of thick dark- 
 ness with Mansoul. Now they saw that they had been foolish, and began 
 to perceive what the company and prattle of Mr. Carnal-Security had done, 
 and what desperate damage his swaggering words had brought poor 
 Mansoul into. But what further it was likely to cost them, that they 
 were ignorant of. Now Mr. Godly-Pear began to be in great repute with 
 the men of the town ; yea, they were ready to look upon him as a prophet. 
 
 Well, when the sabbath-day was come, they went to hear their sub- 
 ordinate preacher : but oh, how did it thunder and lighten this A thundering 
 
 sermon. 
 
 day ! His text was that in the prophet Jonah, " They that Jonah u. s. 
 observe lying vanities, forsake their own mercies." But there was then 
 such power and authority in that sermon, and such a dejection seen in the 
 countenances of the people that day, that the like hath seldom been heard 
 or seen. The people, when sermon was done, were scarce able to go to 
 their homes, or to betake themselves to their employs the week after ; they 
 were so sermon- smitten, and also so sermon-sick, that they knew Hosea. is. 
 not what to do. He not only showed Mansoul their sin, but trembled 
 before them, under the sense of his own, still crying out of himself, as 
 
 * But they rebelled and vexed his Holy Spirit : therefore he was turned to be their enemy, 
 and he fought against them. Isa. Ixviii. 10. And grieve not the Holy Spirit of God, whereby 
 ye are sealed unto the day of redemption. Eph. iv. 30. Quench not the Spirit. 1 Thess. 
 v. 19.
 
 166 
 
 THE HOLY WAR. 
 
 The subordinate ^ e P reacne d to them, " Unhappy man that I am ! that I should 
 ESS^S do a wicked thing ! That I, a preacher ! whom the Prince did 
 
 fault, and bewails i - r 11-1 
 
 hi .s compliance se t U p to teach Mansoul his law, should myself live senseless 
 
 with Mr. Carnal- J 
 
 and sottishly here, and be one of the first found in trans- 
 gression ! This transgression also fell within my precincts ; I should have 
 cried out against the wickedness ; but I let Mansoul lie wallowing in it, 
 
 until it had driven Emanuel from its borders!" With these 
 
 things he also charged all the lords and gentry of Mansoul, to the almost 
 distracting of them. 
 
 About this time also, there was a great sickness in Mansoul, and most 
 of the inhabitants were greatly afflicted. Yea, the captains, also, and men 
 of war were brought to a languishing condition, and that for a long time 
 
 GRKAT SIC'KNLSS IN MANSO(?L. 
 
 together; so that in case of an invasion, nothing could to purpose now 
 neb. xii. 12, is. have been done, either by the townsmen, or field officers.* Oh, 
 
 Isa. iii. 24. J 
 
 to 8 be w e?k, c bct s h how many pale faces, weak hands, feeble knees, and staggering 
 nd y graces. 8t '' men, were now seen to walk the streets of Mansoul ! Here 
 were groans, there pants, and yonder lay those that were ready to faint. 
 
 * Be watchful, and strengthen the things which remain, that are ready to die : for I have not 
 found thy works perfect before God. Rev. Hi. 2. 

 
 THE HOLY WAR. 167 
 
 The garments, too, which Emanuel had given them, were but in a sorry 
 case ; some were rent, some were torn, and all in a nasty condition ; some 
 also hung so loosely upon them, that the next bush they came at was ready 
 to pluck them off. 
 
 After some time spent in this sad and desolate condition, the subordinate 
 preacher called for a day of fasting, and to humble themselves for being so 
 wicked against the great Shaddai, and his Son. And he desired that 
 Captain Boanerges would preach; which he consented to do; and the 
 day being come, his text was this, " Cut it down, why cumbereth it the 
 ground?" and a very smart sermon he made upon the text. First, he 
 showed what was the occasion of the words, to wit, because the fig-tree 
 was barren. Then he showed what was contained in the sentence, to wit, 
 repentance, or utter desolation. He next showed by whose authority this 
 sentence was pronounced, and that was by Shaddai himself. And, lastly, 
 he showed the reasons of the point, and then concluded his sermon. But 
 he was very pertinent in the application, insomuch that he made poor 
 Mansoul tremble ; for this sermon, as well as the former, wrought much 
 upon the hearts of the men of Mansoul; yea, it greatly helped to keep 
 awake those that were roused by the preaching that went before ; so that 
 now throughout the whole town there was little or nothing to be heard or 
 seen but sorrow, and mourning, and woe. 
 
 Now, after sermon, they got together, and consulted what was best to 
 be done. " But," said the subordinate preacher, " I will do nothing of 
 mine own head, without advising with my neighbour Mr. Godly-Fear." So 
 they called and sent for Mr. Godly-Fear, and he forthwith appeared. Then 
 they desired that he would further show his opinion about what they had 
 best to do. Whereupon the old gentleman said as followeth : "It is my 
 opinion that this town of Mansoul should, in this day of her distress, draw 
 up and send an humble petition to their offended Prince Emanuel, that he, 
 in his favour and grace, will turn again unto them, and not keep his anger 
 for ever." 
 
 When the townsmen had heard this speech, they unanimously agreed to 
 his advice ; so they presently drew up their request, and the next question 
 was, But who shall carry it? At last they all agreed to send it by my 
 Lord Mayor, who accepted the service, and addressed himself to his 
 journey ; after which, he came to the court of Shaddai, whither Emanuel
 
 168 THE HOLT WAR. 
 
 the Prince of Mansoul was gone. But the gate was shut, and a strict 
 watch kept thereat ; so that the petitioner was forced to stand without for 
 a great while together.* Then he desired that some would go in to the 
 Prince, and tell him who stood at the gate, and also what his business was. 
 Accordingly one went and told Shaddai, and Emanuel his Son, that the 
 Lord Mayor of the town of Mansoul stood without at the gate of the King's 
 court, desiring to be admitted into the presence of the Prince, the King's 
 Son. He also told the Lord Mayor's errand, both to the King and his 
 Son Emanuel. But the Prince would not come down, nor admit that the 
 gate should be opened, but sent an answer to this effect : " They have 
 turned their back unto me, and not their face ; but now in the time of their 
 trouble, they say unto me, Arise and save us. But can they not now go 
 to Mr. Carnal-Security, to whom they went when they turned from me, 
 
 A dreadful an ^ ma ^ e mm their leader, their lord, and their protector? 
 And now in their trouble they visit me, from whom in their 
 prosperity they went astray, "f 
 
 This answer made my Lord Mayor look black in the face ; it troubled, 
 Lam. iv. 7, s. it perplexed, it rent him sore. And now he began to see what 
 it was to be familiar with Diabolonians, such as Carnal-Security was. 
 When he saw that at court, as yet, there was little help to be expected, 
 either for himself or friends in Mansoul, he smote upon his breast, and 
 returned weeping, and all the way bewailing the lamentable state of Mansoul. 
 
 When he was come within sight of the town, the elders and chief of the 
 people of Mansoul went out at the gate to meet him, and to salute him, 
 and to know how he sped at court. But he told them his tale in so doleful 
 a manner, that they all cried out, and mourned, and wept. Wherefore 
 they threw ashes and dust upon their heads, and put sackcloth upon their 
 loins, and went crying out through the town of Mansoid ; which when the 
 rest of the townsfolk saw, they all mourned and wept. This, therefore, 
 was a day of rebuke, trouble, and anguish to the town of Mansoul, and also 
 of great distress. 
 
 Also when I cry and shout, he shutteth out my prayer. Thou hast covered thyself with a 
 cloud, that our prayer should not pass through. Lam. iii. 8, 44. 
 
 t Saying to a stock, Thou art my father ; and to a stone, Thou hast brought me forth : for 
 they have turned their back unto me, and not their face : but in the time of their trouble they 
 will say, Arise and save us. But where are thy gods that thouhast made thee? let them arise, 
 if they can save thee in the time of thy trouble. Jer. ii. 27, 28.
 
 THE HOLY WAR. 1(59 
 
 After some time, when they had somewhat recovered themselves, they 
 came together to consult again what was yet to be 'done ; and they asked 
 advice, as they did before, of the Rev. Mr. Godly -ear ; who told them, 
 that there was no way better to do, than to do as they had done, nor would 
 he that they should be discouraged at all with what they had met with at 
 court ; yea, though several of their petitions should be answered with 
 nought but silence or rebuke : " for," said he, " it is the way of the wise 
 Shaddai to make men wait, and to exercise patience ; and it should be the 
 way of them in want, to be willing to stay his leisure." 
 
 Then they took courage, and sent again, and again, and again, and 
 again; for there was not a day, nor an hour that went over Se eno W h a t 
 Mansoul's head, wherein a man might not have met upon the bLk'siwi'ng saint 
 
 awakened. . 
 
 road one or other riding post from Mansoul to the court of the 
 
 Groaning 
 
 King Shaddai, and all with letters petitionary in behalf of, and desir s - 
 for the Prince's return to Mansoul. The road, I say, was now full of 
 
 MESSENGER FROM MANSOWT,. 
 
 messengers, going and returning, and meeting one another ; some from the 
 court, and some from Mansoul; and this was the work of the miserable 
 town of Mansoul all that long, that sharp, that cold, and tedious winter. 
 
 Now you may remember, that I told you before, that after Emanuel had 
 taken Mansoul, yea, and after he had new-modelled the town, there 
 remained, in several lurking-places of the corporation, many of the old
 
 170 THE HOLY AVAR. 
 
 Diabolonians, that either came with the tyrant, when he invaded and took 
 the town, or that had there (by reason of unlawful mixtures in their birth, 
 breeding, and bringing up) their holes, dens, and lurking-places in, 
 under, and about the walls of the town; some of their names are, 
 the Lord Fornication, the Lord Adultery, the Lord Murder, the Lord 
 Anger, the Lord Lasciviousness, the Lord Deceit, the Lord Evil-Eye, the 
 Lord Blasphemy, and that horrible villain, the old and dangerous Lord 
 Covetousness. These, with many more, had yet their abode in the town of 
 Mansoul, even after Emanuel had driven Diabolus out of the castle. 
 
 Against these the good Prince granted a commission to the Lord 
 Will-be-will and others, yea, to the whole town of Mansoul, to seek, take, 
 secure, and destroy, any or all they could lay hands on ; for that they were 
 Diabolonians by nature, enemies to the Prince, and those who sought to 
 ruin the blessed town of Mansoul. But Mansoul did not pursue this 
 warrant, but neglected to apprehend, secure, and destroy those Diabolonians. 
 Wherefore what do these villains, but by degrees take courage to show 
 themselves to the inhabitants of the town ; yea, and as I was told, some of 
 the men of Mansoul grew too familiar with several of them, to the sorrow 
 of the corporation, as you will hear more in time and place. 
 
 Well, when the Diabolonian lords perceived that Mansoul had, through 
 sinning, offended Emanuel their Prince, and that he had withdrawn himself 
 and was gone, what do they but plot the ruin of the town of Mansoul r 
 Accordingly they met together at the hold of one Mr. Mischief, who was a 
 Diabolonian, and here consulted how they might deliver up Mansoul into the 
 hands of Diabolus again. Now some advised one way, and some another, 
 every man according to his own liking. At last my Lord Lasciviousness pro- 
 posed that some of the Diabolonians in Mansoul should offer themselves for 
 servants to some of the natives of the town : "for," said he, " if they do so, and 
 Mansoul shall accept of them, they may for us, and for Diabolus our lord, 
 make the taking of the town of Mansoul more easy than otherwise it would 
 be." But then stood up the Lord Murder, and said, " This may not be 
 done at any time, for Mansoul is now in a kind of rage, because by our 
 friend Mr. Carnal-Security, she hath been once ensnared already, and made 
 to offend against her Prince ; and how shall she reconcile herself unto her 
 Lord again, but by the heads of these men ? Besides, we know that they 
 have in commission to take and slay us wherever they shall find us : let us
 
 THE HOLY WAR. 
 
 171 
 
 therefore be wise as foxes ; when we are dead, we can do them no hurt : 
 but while we live we may." 
 
 Thus when they had tossed the matter to and fro, they jointly agreed 
 
 CONSPIRATORS. 
 
 that a letter should forthwith be sent away to Diabolus in their They 8end to 
 name, by which the state of the town of Mansoul should be 
 showed him, and how much it is under the frowns of their Prince. " We may 
 also," said some, "let him know our intentions, and ask his advice in the case." 
 So a letter was presently framed, the contents of which were these : 
 
 " To our great lord, the Prince Diabolus, dwelling below in the Infernal Cave. 
 
 " O great father, and mighty Prince Diabolus, we, the true Diabolonians 
 
 yet remaining in the rebellious town of Mansoul, having received our 
 
 beings from thee, and our nourishment at thy hands, cannot with content
 
 172 THE HOLY WAR. 
 
 and quiet endure to behold, as we do this day, how thou art dispraised, 
 disgraced, and reproached among the inhabitants of this town ; nor is thy 
 long absence at all Delightful to us, because greatly to our detriment. 
 
 " The reason of this our writing to our lord, is, that we are not altogether 
 without hope that this town may become thy habitation again : for it is 
 greatly declined from its Prince Emanuel, and he is departed from them : 
 yea, and though they send, and send, and send, after him to return to 
 them, yet they cannot prevail, nor get good words from him. 
 
 " There has been also of late, and is yet remaining, a very great sickness 
 and faintings among them ; and that not only upon the poorer sort of the 
 town, but upon the lords, captains, and chief gentry of the place, (we only 
 who are Diabolonians by nature remain well, lively, and strong,) so that 
 through their great transgression on one hand, and their dangerous sickness 
 on the other, we judge they lay open to thy hand and power. If, therefore, 
 it shall stand with thy horrible cunning, and with the cunning of the rest 
 of th^ princes with thee, to come and make an attempt to take Mansoul 
 again, send us word, and we shall, to the utmost of our power, be ready to 
 deliver it into thy hand. Or if what we have said shall not be thought 
 best and most meet to be done, send us thy mind in a few words, and we 
 are all ready to follow thy counsel to the hazard of our lives, and what 
 else we have. 
 
 " Given under our hands this day and date above written, after a close 
 consultation at the house of Mr. Mischief, who is yet alive, and hath 
 his place in our desirable town of Mansoul." 
 
 When Mr. Profane, for he was the carrier, was come with this letter to 
 Hell-Gate Hill, he knocked at the gate for entrance. Then did Cerberus, 
 the porter, (for he was the keeper of that gate,) open to Mr. Profane, to 
 whom he delivered his letter, which he had brought from the Diabolonians in 
 Mansoul. So he carried it in, and presented it to Diabolus his lord, and said, 
 "Tidings, my lord, from Mansoul ; and from our trusty friends in Mansoul." 
 
 Then came together Beelzebub, Lucifer, Apollyon, with the rest of the 
 rabble there, to hear what news from Mansoul. So the letter was read, 
 and Cerberus stood by. When the letter was openly read, and the 
 contents thereof spread into all the corners of the den, command was given, 
 that without let or stop, deadman's bell should be rung for joy. So the
 
 THE HOLY WAR. 
 
 173 
 
 bell was rung, ajid the princes rejoiced that Mansoul was likely to come to 
 ruin. Now the clapper of the bell went, " The town of Mansoul is coming 
 to dwell with us : make room for Mansoul." This bell therefore they rang, 
 because they hoped that they should have Mansoul again. 
 
 HELL-GATE HILL. 
 
 Now, when they had performed this horrible ceremony, they got together 
 again, to consult what answer to send to their friends in Mansoul : and 
 some advised one thing and some another : but at length, because the 
 business required haste, they left the whole business to Diabolus, judging 
 him the most proper lord of the place. So he drew up a letter in answer 
 to what Mr. Profane had brought, and sent it to the Diabolonians in Man- 
 soul, by the same hand that brought theirs to him ; and these were the 
 contents thereof: 
 
 " To our offspring, the high and mighty Diabolonians , that yet dwell in 
 the town of Mansoul, Diabolus, the great prince of Mansoul, wisheth 
 a prosperous issue and conclusion of those many brave enterprises, con- 
 spiracies, and designs, that you, of your love and respect to our honour, 
 have in your hearts to attempt to do against Mansoul. 
 
 " Beloved children and disciples, my Lord Fornication, Adultery, and
 
 174 THE HOLY WAR. 
 
 the rest ; we have here, in our desolate den, received, to our highest joy and 
 content, your welcome letter, by the hand of our trusty Mr. Profane, and 
 to show how acceptable your tidings were, we rung out our bell for 
 gladness ; for we rejoiced as much as we could, when we perceived that yet 
 we had friends in Mansoul, and such as sought our honour and revenge in 
 the ruin of the town of Mansoul. We also rejoice to hear that they are in 
 a degenerate condition, have offended their Prince, and that he is gone. 
 Their sickness also pleaseth us, as does also your health, might, and 
 strength. Glad also would we be, right horribly beloved, could we get 
 this town into our clutches again. Nor will we be sparing of our wit, 
 cunning, craft, and hellish inventions, to bring to a wished conclusion this 
 your brave beginning. 
 
 " And take this for your comfort, our birth and offspring, that if we 
 again surprise and take it, we will attempt to put all your foes to the 
 sword, and will make you the great lords and captains of the place. Nor 
 need you fear, if ever we get it again, that we after that shall be cast 
 out any more; for we will come with more strength, and so take faster 
 hold than we did at first. Besides, it is the law of that Prince which 
 now they own, that if we get them a second time, they shall be ours for 
 ever.* 
 
 " Do you, therefore, our trusty Diabolonians, yet more pry into, and 
 endeavour to spy out, the weakness of the town of Mansoul. We would 
 also that you yourselves do attempt to weaken them more and more. Send 
 us word also by what means we had best to attempt the regaining thereof, 
 to wit, whether by persuasion to a vain and loose life ; by tempting them 
 to doubt and despair ; or by blowing up the town by the gunpowder of 
 pride and self-conceit. Do ye also, O ye brave Diabolonians, and true sons 
 of the pit, be always in readiness to make a most horrid assault within, 
 when we shall be ready to storm it without. Now speed you in your 
 project, and we in our desires, the utmost power of our gates, which is the 
 wish of your great Diabolus, Mansoul's enemy, and him that trembles 
 
 * When the unclean spirit is gone out of a man, he walketh through dry places, seeking rest, 
 and findeth none. Then he saith, I will return into my house from whence I came out ; and 
 when he is come, he findeth it empty, swept and garnished. Then goeth he, and taketh with 
 himself seven other spirits more wicked than himself, and they enter in and dwell there : and 
 the last state of that man is worse than the first. Even so shall it be also unto this wicked 
 generation. Matt. xii. 4345.
 
 THE HOLT WAR. 175 
 
 when he thinks of judgment to come. All the blessings of the pit be upon 
 you ! and so we close up our letter. 
 
 " Given at the Pifs Mouth, by the joint consent of all the princes of dark- 
 ness, to be sent to the force and power that we have yet remaining 
 in Mansoul, by the hand of Mr. Profane. By me, Diadolus." 
 
 This letter was sent to the Diabolonians that yet remained in Mansoul, 
 and that yet inhabited the wall, from the dark dungeon of Dia- Fiesh. 
 bolus, by the hand of Mr. Profane, by whom they also in Mansoul sent 
 theirs to the pit. Now when this Mr. Profane returned to Mansoul, he 
 came, as he was wont, to the house of Mr. Mischief, for that was the place 
 where the contrivers were met. Now, when they saw that their messenger 
 was returned safe and sound, they rejoiced at it. Then he presented them 
 his letter j which, when they had read and considered, much augmented 
 their gladness. They asked him after the welfare of their friends ; as how 
 their Lord Diabolus, Lucifer, and Beelzebub did, with the rest of those in 
 the den. To which this Profane made answer, " Well, well, my lords ; 
 they are well, even as well as can be in their place. They also," said he, 
 " rang for joy at the reading your letter, as you will perceive by this when 
 you read it." 
 
 Now, as was said, when they had read their letter, and perceived that it 
 encouraged them in their work, they fell to their way of contriving again, 
 how they might complete their design upon Mansoul ; and the first thing 
 they agreed upon, was, to keep all things from Mansoul as close as they 
 could. " Let it not be known, let not Mansoul be acquainted with what 
 we design against it." The next thing was, how or by what means they 
 should try to bring to pass the ruin and overthrow of Mansoul : and one 
 said after this manner, and another said after that. Then stood up Mr. 
 Deceit, and said, " My right Diabolonian friends, our lords, and the high 
 ones of the dungeon, propound unto us these three ways : 
 
 " 1. Whether we had best to seek its ruin/by making Mansoul loose 
 and vain : 
 
 "2. Or by driving them to doubt and despair : 
 
 "3. Or by endeavouring to blow them up with the gun- Take heed> Man . 
 powder of pride and self-conceit. 
 
 " Now I think, if we shall tempt them to pride, that may do something ;
 
 170 THE HOLY WAR. 
 
 and if we tempt them to wantonness, that may help. But, in my inind, if 
 we could drive them into desperation, that would knock the nail on the 
 head ; for then we should have them, in the first place, question the truth 
 of the love of the heart of their Prince towards them, and that will disgust 
 him much. This, if it works well, will quickly make them leave off their 
 way of sending petitions to him ; then farewell earnest solicitations for help 
 and supply ; for then this conclusion lies naturally before them, ' As good 
 do nothing, as to do to no purpose.' ' So they unanimously approved of 
 Mr. Deceit's advice. 
 
 Then the next question was, But how shall we do to bring our project 
 Take heed Man- * P ass ? an( l ^ was answered by the same gentleman, that 
 this might be the best way to do it : " Even let," quoth he, 
 " so many of our friends as are willing to venture themselves for the pro- 
 moting of their prince's cause, disguise themselves with apparel, change 
 their names, and go into the market like far-country men, and proffer 
 themselves for servants to the famous town of Mansoul, and let them 
 pretend to do for their masters as beneficially as may be ; for by so doing 
 they may, if Mansoul shall hire them, in a little time so corrupt and defile 
 the corporation, that her now Prince shall be not only further offended 
 with them, but in conclusion spew them out of his mouth. And when 
 Take heed Man- ^ s * s done, ur prince Diabolus shall prey upon them with 
 ease : yea, of themselves, they shall fall into the mouth of the 
 eater. 
 
 This project was no sooner propounded, but was as readily accepted, 
 and forward were all Diabolonians now to engage in the enterprise : but it 
 was not thought fit that all should do thus ; wherefore they pitched on two 
 or three, namely, the Lord Covetousness, the Lord Lasciviousness, and the 
 Lord Anger. The Lord Covetousness called himself by the name of 
 Take heed Man- Prudent-Thrifty, the Lord Lasciviousness called himself by the 
 name of Harmless-Mirth ; and the Lord Anger called himself 
 by the name of Good-Zeal. 
 
 So upon a market-day they came into the market-place; three lusty 
 
 fellows they were looked on, and they were clothed in sheep's russet, which 
 
 was now in a manner as white as the robes of the men of Mansoul. Now 
 
 Take hd Man- *he men cou ld speak the language of Mansoul well : so when 
 
 they came into the market-place, and offered themselves to the
 
 THE HOLY WAR. 
 
 177 
 
 townsmen, they were presently entertained ; for they asked but little wages 
 and promised to do their masters great service. 
 
 Mr. Mind hired Prudent-Thrifty, and Mr. Godly-Fear hired Good-Zeal. 
 True, this fellow Harmless-Mirth hung a little in hand, and could not so 
 
 IJIABOLONIANS IN THE MARKET. 
 
 soon get a master as the others did, because the town of Man soul was now 
 in Lent ; but after a while, because Lent was almost out, Lord Take heed Man _ 
 Will-be-will hired Harmless-Mirth to be both his waiting man 
 and lacquey ; and thus they got them masters." 
 
 These villains being now got into the house of the men of Mansoul, 
 quickly began to do great mischief therein : for being filthy, arch, and sly, 
 they quickly corrupted the families where they were ; yea, they tainted their 
 masters much, especially this Prudent-Thrifty, and him they called Harm- 
 less-Mirth. True, he that went under the visor of Good-Zeal, was not so 
 well liked by his master, who quickly found that he was but a counterfeit 
 rascal ; which when the fellow perceived, he with speed made his escape 
 from the house, or I doubt not but his master had hanged him. 
 
 When these vagabonds had thus far carried on their design, and 
 corrupted the town as much as they could, in the next place they con- 
 sidered with themselves at what time their prince Diabolus without, and 
 themselves within the town, should make an attempt to seize upon Mansoul ; 
 and they all agreed upon this, that a market-day would be the Adayofworld)y 
 best for that work ; because then the townsfolk would be busy in 
 
 A A
 
 178 THE HOLY WAR. 
 
 their ways : and always take this for a rule, When people are most busy in 
 the world, they least fear a surprise. " We also then," said they, " shall 
 be able with less suspicion to gather ourselves together for the work of our 
 Take heed Man- fri en ds and lords ; yea, on such a day should we attempt our 
 work, and miss it, we may, when they give us the rout, the 
 better hide ourselves in the crowd, and escape." 
 
 Having thus far agreed upon these things, they wrote another letter to 
 Diabolus, and sent it by the hand of Mr. Profane, the contents of which 
 were these : 
 
 7 
 
 " Tlie lords of Looseness send to the great and Ugh Diabolus, from our dens, 
 Look to u, Man- caves > holds, and strongholds, in and about the wall of the town 
 of Mansoul, greeting. 
 
 " Our great lord, and the nourisher of our lives, Diabolus, how glad 
 we were, when we heard of your fatherhood's readiness to comply with us, 
 and to forward our design, in attempting to ruin Mansoul, none can tell 
 Rom. vii. 21. but those, who as we do, set themselves against all appear- 
 ance of good, when and wheresoever we find it.* 
 
 " Touching the encouragement that your greatness is pleased to give us, 
 to continue to devise, contrive, and study, the utter desolation of Mansoul, 
 that we are not solicitous about ; for we know right well, that it cannot but 
 be pleasing and profitable to us, to see our enemies, and them that seek 
 our lives, die at our feet, or fly before us. We therefore are still contriving, 
 to the best of our cunning, to make this work most facile and easy to your 
 lordship and to us. 
 
 " First, we considered of that most hellish cunning, compacted, threefold 
 Look to u Man- P ro j ec t> that by you was propounded to us in our last ; and 
 have concluded, that though to blow them up by the gun- 
 powder of pride would do well, and to do it by tempting them to be loose 
 and vain, will help on, yet to contrive to bring them into the gulf of 
 desperation we think will do best of all. Now we, who are at your beck, 
 have thought of two ways to do this ; first, we, for our parts, will make them 
 as vile as we can, and then you with us, at a time appointed, shall be ready 
 to fall upon them with the utmost force. And of all the nations that are 
 
 For the flesh lusteth against the Spirit, and the Spirit against the flesh ; and these are 
 contrary the one to the other ; so that ye cannot do the things that ye would. Gal. v. 17.
 
 THE HOLY WAR. 179 
 
 at your whistle, we think that an army of Doubters may be the most likely 
 to attack and overcome the town of Mansoul. Thus shall we overcome 
 these enemies, else the pit shall open her mouth upon them, and Take heed Man 
 desperation shall thrust them down into it. We have also, to 
 effect this our so much wished design, sent already three of our most trusty 
 Diabolonians among them ; they are disguised in garbs, have changed their 
 names, and are now accepted of them; to wit, Covetousness, Lascivious- 
 ness, and Anger. The name of Covetousness is changed into Prudent- 
 Thrifty, and him Mr. Mind has hired, and is almost become as bad as our 
 friend. Lasciviousness has changed his name to Harmless-Mirth, and he 
 has got to be the Lord Will-be-will's lacquey ; but he has made his master 
 very wanton. Anger changed his name into Good-Zeal, and was enter- 
 tained by Mr. Godly-Fear, but the peevish old gentleman took pepper in the 
 nose, and turned our companion out of the house ; nay, he has informed 
 us since, that he ran away from him, or else his old master had hanged him 
 for his labour. Now these have much helped forward our work Look to it Man . 
 and design upon Mansoul ; for notwithstanding the spite and 
 quarrelsome temper of the old gentleman last mentioned, the other two 
 ply their business well, and are likely to ripen the work apace. 
 
 " Our next project is, that it be concluded that you come upon the town 
 upon a market-day, and that when they are in the heat of their business ; 
 for then, to be sure, they will be most secure, and least think Takeheed Man . 
 that an assault will be made upon them. They will also at 
 such a time be less able to defend themselves, and to offend you in the 
 prosecution of our design. And we your trusty (and we are sure your 
 beloved) ones shall, when you make your furious assault without, be ready 
 to second the business within. So shall we in all likelihood be able to put 
 Mansoul to utter confusion, and swallow them up before they can come to 
 themselves. If your serpentine heads, most subtle dragons, and our 
 highly esteemed lords, can find out a better way than this, let us quickly 
 know your minds. 
 
 " To the monsters of the Infernal Cave, from the house of Mr. Mischief in 
 Mansoul, by the hand of Mr. Profane" 
 
 Now all the while that the raging runagates and hellish Diabolonians 
 were thus contriving the ruin of the town of Mansoul, they, to wit, the
 
 180 THE HOLY WAR. 
 
 poor town itself, was in a sad and woeful case, partly because they had so 
 greatly offended Shaddai and his Son, and partly because that the enemies 
 thereby got strength within them afresh, and also because, though they 
 had by many petitions made suit to the Prince Emanuel, and to his Father 
 Shaddai by him, for their pardon and favour, yet hitherto obtained they 
 not one smile; but contrariwise, through the craft and subtilty of the 
 domestic Diabolonians, their cloud was made to grow blacker and blacker, 
 and their Emanuel to stand at further distance. The sickness also still 
 greatly raged in Mansoul, both among the captains, and the inhabitants 
 of the town ; their enemies, and their enemies only, were now lively 
 and strong ; and like to become the head, whilst Mansoul was made 
 the tail. 
 
 By this time the letter last mentioned, that was written by the Dia- 
 bolonians that yet lurked in the town of Mansoul, was conveyed to 
 Diabolus, in the black den, by the hand of Mr. Profane. He carried the 
 letter by Hell-Gate Hill as afore, and conveyed it by Cerberus to his lord. 
 
 CERISEHUS AND MR. PROFANE. 
 
 But when Cerberus and Mr. Profane met, they were presently great as 
 beggars, and thus they fell into discourse about Mansoul, and about the 
 project against her. 
 
 " Ah ! old friend," quoth Cerberus, " art thou come to Hell- Gate Hill 
 again? By St. Mary, I am glad to see thee !"
 
 THE HOLY WAR. 181 
 
 Profane. Yes, my lord, I am come again about the concerns of the town 
 of Mansoul. 
 
 Cerberus. Prithee tell me, what condition is that town of Mansoul in at 
 present ? 
 
 Profa?ie. In a brave condition, my lord, for us, and for my lords, the 
 lords of this place, I trow ; for they are greatly decayed as to godliness, 
 and that's as well as our heart can wish : their Lord is greatly out with 
 them, and that doth also please us well. We have already also a foot in 
 their dish, for our Diabolonian friends are laid in their bosoms, and what 
 do we lack, but to be masters of the place ? Besides, our trusty friends in 
 Mansoul are daily plotting to betray it to the lords of this town ; also the 
 sickness rages bitterly among them, and that which makes up all, we hope 
 at last to prevail. 
 
 Then said Cerberus, " No time like this to assault them. I wish that 
 the enterprise be followed close, and that the success desired may be soon 
 effected : yes, I wish it for the poor Diabolonians' sakes, that live in the 
 continual fear of their lives, in that traitorous town of Mansoul." 
 
 Profane. The contrivance is almost finished, the lords in Mansoul that 
 are Diabolonians are at it day and night ; and the other are like silly doves, 
 they want heart to be concerned with their state, and to consider that ruin 
 is at hand. Besides, you may, yea, must think, when you put all things 
 together, that there are many reasons that prevail with Diabolus to make 
 what haste he can. 
 
 Cerberus. Thou hast said as it is ; I am glad things are at this pass. Go 
 in, my brave Profane, to my lords, they will give thee for thy welcome as 
 good a coranto as this kingdom will afford. I have sent thy letter in already. 
 
 Then Mr. Profane went into the den, and his lord Diabolus met him, 
 and saluted him with, " Welcome, my trusty servant : I have been made 
 glad with thy letter." The rest of the lords of the pit gave him also their 
 salutations. Then Profane, after obeisance made to them all, said, "Let 
 Mansoul be given to my lord Diabolus, and let him be her king for ever." 
 And with that the yawning gorge of hell gave so loud and hideous a groan, 
 (for that is the music of that place,) that it made the mountains about it 
 totter, as if they would fall in pieces. 
 
 Now, after they had read and considered the letter, they consulted what 
 answer to return, and the first that spake to it was Lucifer.
 
 182 THE HOLY WAR. 
 
 Lucifer. The first project of the Diaboloiiians in Mansoul is like to be 
 
 lucky, and to take ; to wit, that they will, by all the means they can, make 
 
 Mansoul yet more vile : no way to destroy a soul like this. Our old friend 
 
 Rev. ii. H. Balaam went this way, and prospered many years ago.* Let this 
 
 therefore stand with us for a maxim, and be to Diabolonians for a general 
 
 rule in all ages : for nothing can make this to fail but grace, in which 
 
 I would hope that this town has no share. But whether to fall upon them 
 
 on a market-day, because of their cumber in business, that 
 
 Cumberments 
 
 are dangerous, j W0 uld should be under debate. And there is more reason 
 why this head should be debated than why some other should; because 
 upon this will turn the whole of what we shall attempt. If we time not 
 our business well, our whole project may fail. Our friends the Diabolonians 
 say, that a market-day is best, for then will Mansoul be most busy, and 
 have fewest thoughts of a surprise. But what if they shall double their 
 The had need g 11 ^ 8 on those days ? (and methinks nature and reason should 
 teach them to do it ;) and what if they should keep such a watch on 
 those days as the necessity of their present case requires ? Yea, what if their 
 men should be always in arms on those days ? Then you may, my lords, be 
 disappointed in your attempts, and may bring our friends in the town to 
 utter danger of unavoidable ruin. 
 
 Beelzebub. There is something in what my lord hath said, but his con- 
 jecture may, or may not, fall out. Nor hath my lord laid it down as that 
 which must not be receded from ; for I know that he said it only to provoke 
 a warm debate thereabout. Therefore we must understand, if we can, 
 whether the town of Mansoul has such a sense of her decayed 'state, and of 
 the designs we have on foot against her, as to set watch and 
 
 A lesson for o 
 
 ward at her gates, and to double them on market-days. But 
 if, after inquiry made, it shall be found that they are asleep, then any day 
 will do, but a market-day is best : and this is my judgment." 
 
 Then quoth Diabolus, " How should we know this ? " and it was answered, 
 " Inquire about it at the mouth of Mr. Profane." So Profane was called 
 in, and asked the question, and he made his answer as follows : 
 
 Profane. My lords, so far as I can gather, this is at present the con- 
 
 Behold, these caused the children of Israel, through the counsel of Balaam, to commit 
 trespass against the Lord in the matter of Peor, and there was a plague among the congrega- 
 tion of the Lord. Numbers xxxi. 16.
 
 THE HOLY WAR. 183 
 
 dition of the town of Mansoul ; they are decayed in their faith and love : 
 Emanuel, their Prince, has given them the back ; they send often by 
 petition to fetch him again, but he makes no haste to answer their request ; 
 nor is there much reformation among them. 
 
 Diabolus. I am glad that they are backward to a reformation, but yet 
 I am afraid of their petitioning. However, their looseness of life is a sign 
 that there is not much heart in what they do, and without the heart, things 
 are little worth. But go on, my masters, I will divert you, my lords, no 
 longer. 
 
 Beelzebub. If the case be so with Mansoul, as Mr. Profane has described 
 it to be, it will be no great matter what day we assault it ; not their prayers, 
 nor their power, will do them much service. 
 
 When Beelzebub had ended his oration, then Apollyon began. " My 
 opinion," said he, "concerning this matter, is, that we go on Dreadftllad 
 fair and softly, not doing things in a hurry. Let our friends ^ st *" 
 in Mansoul go on still to pollute and defile it, by seeking to draw it yet 
 more into sin (for there is nothing like sin to devour Mansoul). If this be 
 done, and takes effect, Mansoul itself will leave off to watch, petition, or 
 anything else, that should tend to her security and safety; for she will 
 forget her Emanuel, she will not desire his company ; and can she be gotten 
 thus to live, her Prince will not come to her in haste. Our trusty friend, 
 Mr. CarnaT-Security, with one of his tricks, drove him out of the town, 
 and why may not my Lord Covetousness, and my Lord Lasciviousness, by 
 what they may do, keep him out of the town ? And this I will tell you, 
 not because you know it not, but that two or three Diabolonians, if enter- 
 tained and countenanced by the town of Mansoul, will do more to the 
 keeping of Emanuel from them, and towards making the town our own, 
 than an army or legion that should be sent out from us to withstand him. 
 
 " Let, therefore, the first project that our friends in Mansoul have set on 
 foot, be strongly and diligently carried on with all cunning and Dreadful advice 
 craft imaginable ; and let them send continually, under one * 
 guise or other, more and other of their men to play with the people of 
 Mansoul ; and then, perhaps, we shall not need to be at the charge of 
 making a war upon them ; or if that must of necessity be done, yet the more 
 sinful they are, the less able will they be to resist us, and then the more 
 easily we shall overcome them. And besides, suppose, and that is the
 
 1 S 1. THE HOLY WAR. 
 
 worst that can be supposed, that Emanuel should come to them again, why 
 may not the same means, or the like, drive him from them once more? 
 Yea, why may he not, by their lapse into that sin again, be driven from 
 them for ever, for the sake of which he was at the first driven from them 
 for a season ? And if this should happen, then away will go with him his 
 rams, his slings, his captains, his soldiers, and he leaveth Mansoul naked 
 Dreadful advice an( ^ bare. Yea, will not this town, when she sees herself utterly 
 '' forsaken of her Prince, of her own accord open her gates again 
 unto you ? But this must be done by time, a few days will not effect so 
 great a work as this." 
 
 When Apollyon had made an end of speaking, Diabolus began to blow 
 out his own malice, and plead his own cause ; and he said, " My lords, 
 and powers of the cave, my true and trusty friends, I have with much 
 impatience, as becomes me, given ear to your long and tedious orations. 
 But my furious gorge and empty paunch so lusteth after a repossession of 
 my famous town of Mansoul, that whatever comes on't, I can wait no longer 
 to see the events of lingering projects. I must, and that without further 
 Look to it Man- delay, seek by all means I can to fill my insatiable gulf with 
 the soul and body of the town of Mansoul. Therefore lend me 
 your heads, your hearts, and your helps ; now I am going to recover my 
 town of Mansoul." 
 
 When the lords and princes of the pit saw the flaming desire that was 
 in Diabolus to devour the miserable town of Mansoul, they left off to raise 
 any more objections, but consented to lend him what strength they could : 
 though had Apollyon's advice been taken, they had far more fearfully 
 distressed the town of Mansoul. But, I say, they were willing to lend him 
 what help they could, not knowing what need they might have of him, 
 when they should engage for themselves, as he. Wherefore they fell to 
 devising about the next thing propounded, to wit, what soldiers they were, 
 and also how many, with whom Diabolus should go against the town of 
 Mausoul to take it ; and after some debate, it was concluded, according as 
 the letter of the Diabolonians had suggested, that none was more fit for 
 that expedition than an army of terrible Doubters. They therefore con- 
 cluded to send against Mansoul an army of sturdy Doubters. The 
 number thought fit to be employed in that service was between twenty 
 and thirty thousand. So then the result of that great counsel of those high
 
 THE HOLY AVAR. 185 
 
 mid mighty lords was, That Diabolus should even now, out of hand, beat 
 up his drum for men in the land of Doubting, which land lieth upon the 
 confines of the place called Hell-Gate Hill, for men that might be employed 
 by him against the miserable town of Mansoul. It was also concluded, 
 that these lords themselves should help him in the war, and that they 
 would, to that end, head and manage his men. So they drew up a letter, 
 and sent it back to the Diabolonians that lurked in Mansoul, and that 
 waited for the coming back of Mr. Profane, to signify to them into what 
 method they had put their design. The contents whereof follows : 
 
 " From the dark and horrible dungeon of hell, Diabolus, with all the society 
 of the princes of darkness, send to our trusty ones in and about the walls 
 of the town of Mansoul, now impatiently waiting for our most devilish 
 answer to their venomous and most poisonous design against the town of 
 Mansoul. 
 
 " Our native ones, in whom from day to day we boast, and in whose 
 actions all the year long we greatly delight ourselves, we received your 
 welcome, because highly esteemed, letter, at the hand of our trusty and 
 greatly beloved, the old gentleman, Mr. Profane. And do give you to 
 understand, that when we had broken it up, and had read the contents, to 
 your amazing memory be it spoken, our yawning hollow-bellied place, 
 where we are, made so hideous and yelling a noise for joy, that the mountains 
 that stand round about Hell-Gate Hill had like to have been shaken to 
 pieces at the sound thereof. 
 
 " We could also do no less than admire your faithfulness to us, with the 
 greatness of that subtilty that now hath showed itself to be in your heads 
 to serve us against the town of Mansoul. For you have invented for us so 
 excellent a method for our proceeding against that rebellious people, that a 
 more effectual cannot be thought of by all the wits of hell. The proposals, 
 therefore, which now at last you have sent us, since we saw them, we have 
 done little else but highly approved and admired them. 
 
 " Nay, we shall, to encourage you in the profundity of your craft, let 
 you know, that at a full assembly and conclave of our princes and prin- 
 cipalities of this place, your project was discoursed and tossed from one 
 side of the cave to the other by their mightinesses ; but a better, and as was 
 by themselves judged, a more fit and proper way, by all their wits could 
 
 B B
 
 186 THE HOLT WAR. 
 
 not be invented, to surprise, take, and make our own, the rebellious town 
 of Mansoul. 
 
 " Wherefore, in fine, all that was said that varied from what you had in 
 your letter propounded, fell of itself to the ground, and yours only was 
 stuck to by Diabolus, the prince; yea, his gaping gorge and yawning 
 paunch was on fire to put your invention into execution. 
 
 " We therefore give you to understand, that our stout, furious, and 
 unmerciful Diabolus, is raising, for your relief, and the ruin of the rebellious 
 town of Mansoul, more than twenty thousand Doubters to come against 
 that people. They are all stout and sturdy men, that of old have been 
 accustomed to war. I say, he is doing this work of his with all possible 
 speed he can ; for with his heart and spirit he is engaged in it. We desire, 
 therefore, that, as you have hitherto stuck to us, and given us both advice 
 and encouragement, you still wih 1 prosecute our design, nor shall you 
 lose, but be gainers thereby ; yea, we intend to make you the lords of 
 Mansoul. 
 
 " One thing may not by any means be omitted, that is, those with us 
 desire, that every one of you that are at Mansoul would still use all your 
 power, cunning, and skill, with delusive persuasions, yet to draw the town 
 of Mansoul into more sin and wickedness, even that sin may be finished 
 and bring forth death. 
 
 "For thus it is concluded with us, that the more vile, sinful, and 
 debauched the town of Mansoul is, the more backward will their Emanuel 
 be to come to their help, either by presence, or other relief : yea, the more 
 sinful, the more weak, and so the more unable will they be to make resist- 
 ance when we shall make our assault upon them to swallow them up. 
 Take heed, Man- ^ Ga> they may cause that their mighty Shaddai himself may 
 cast him out of his protection ; yea, and send for his captains 
 and soldiers home, with his slings and rams, and leave them naked and 
 bare ; and then the town of Mansoul will, of itself, open to us, and fall as 
 a fig into the mouth of the eater. Yea, to be sure that we then with a 
 great deal of ease shah 1 come upon her and overcome her. 
 
 "As to the tune of our coming upon Mansoul, we, as yet, have not 
 fully resolved upon that, though at present some of us think, as you, that 
 a market-day, or a market-day at night, will certainly be the best. How- 
 ever, do you be ready, and when you shall hear our roaring drum without,
 
 THE HOLY WAR. 187 
 
 do you be as- busy to make the most horrible confusion within.* So shall 
 Mansoul certainly be distressed before and behind, and shall not know which 
 way to betake herself for help. My Lord Lucifer, my Lord Beelzebub, 
 my Lord Apollyon, my Lord Legion, with the rest, salute you, as does 
 also my Lord Diabolus ; and we wish both you, with all that you do, or 
 shall possess, the very self-same fruit and success for your doing, as we 
 ourselves at present enjoy for ours. 
 
 " From our dreadful confines in the most fearful pit, we salute you, and so do 
 those many legions here with us, wishing you may be as hellishly prosperous 
 as we desire to be ourselves. By the letter-carrier, Mr. Profane." 
 
 Then Mr. Profane addressed himself for his return to Mansoul, with his 
 errand from the horrible pit to the Diabolonians that dwelt in that town. 
 So he came up the stairs from the deep to the mouth of the cave where 
 Cerberus was. Now when Cerberus saw him, he asked how matters went 
 below, about and against the town of Mansoul. 
 
 Profane. Things go as well as we can expect. The letter that I carried 
 thither was highly approved, and well liked by all my lords, and I am 
 returning to tell our Diabolonians so. I have an answer to it here in my 
 bosom, that I am sure will make our masters that sent me glad ; for the 
 contents thereof are to encourage them to pursue their design to the utmost, 
 and to be ready also to fall on within, when they shall see my Lord 
 Diabolus beleaguering of the town of Mansoul. 
 
 Cerberus. But does he intend to go against them himself? 
 
 Profane. Does he ! Ay ! and he will take along with him more than 
 twenty thousand, all sturdy Doubters, and men of war, picked men from 
 the land of Doubting, to serve him in the expedition. 
 
 Then was Cerberus glad, and said, " And are there such brave prepara- 
 tions a making to go against the miserable town of Mansoul ? And would 
 I might be put at the head of a thousand of them, that I might also show 
 my valour against the famous town of Mansoul ! 
 
 Profane. Your wish may come to pass ; you look like one that has mettle 
 enough, and my lord will have with him those that are valiant and stout. 
 But my business requires haste. 
 
 * Be sober, be vigilant ; because your adversary the devil, as a roaring lion, walketb about 
 seeking whom he may devour. 1 Pet. v. 8.
 
 188 THE HOLY WAR. 
 
 Cerberus. Ay, so it does. Speed thee to the town of Mansoul, Avith all 
 the deepest mischiefs that this place can afford thee. And when thou shalt 
 come to the house of Mr. Mischief, the place where the Diabolonians meet 
 to plot, tell them that Cerberus doth wish them his service, and that if he 
 may, he will with the army come up against the famous town of Mansoul. 
 
 Profane. That I will. And I know that my lords that are there will be 
 glad to hear it, and to see you also. 
 
 So after a few more such kind of compliments, Mr. Profane took leave 
 of his friend Cerberus ; and Cerberus again, -with a thousand of their pit- 
 wishes, bid him haste with all speed to his masters. The which when he 
 had heard, he made obeisance, and began to gather up his heels to run. 
 
 Thus, therefore, he returned, and came to Mansoul, and going as afore 
 to the house of Mr. Mischief, there he found the Diabolonians assembled, 
 and waiting for his return. Now when he was come, and had presented 
 himself, he delivered his letter, and adjoined this compliment to them 
 therewith : " My lords, from the confines of the pit, the high and mighty 
 powers of the den salute you here, the true Diabolonians of the town of 
 Mansoul. Wishing you always the most proper of their benediction, for 
 the great service, high attempts, and brave achievements, that you have 
 put yourselves upon, for the restoring to our prince Diabolus the famous 
 town of Mansoul." 
 
 This was therefore the present state of the miserable town of Mansoul : 
 she had offended her Prince, and he was gone ; she had encouraged the 
 powers of hell, by her foolishness, to come against her to seek her utter 
 destruction. 
 
 True, the town of Mausoul was somewhat made sensible of her sin, but 
 the Diabolonians were gotten into her bowels ; she cried, but Emanuel was 
 gone, and her cries did not fetch him as yet again. Besides, she knew 
 not whether ever or never he would return, and come to his Mansoul 
 again ; nor did they know the power and industry of the enemy, nor how 
 forward they were to put in execution that plot of hell that they had 
 devised against her. 
 
 They did, indeed, still send petition after petition to the Prince, but he 
 answered all with silence. They did neglect reformation, and that was as 
 Diabolus would have it ; for he knew if they regarded iniquity in their 
 heart, their King would not regard their prayer; they therefore grew
 
 THE HOLY WAR. 189 
 
 weaker and weaker, and were as a rolling thing before the whirlwind. 
 They cried to their King for help, and laid Diabolonians in their bosoms ; 
 what therefore should a King do with them ? Yea, there seemed now to 
 be a mixture in Mansoul ; the Diabolonians and Mansoulians would walk 
 the streets together. Yea, they began to seek their peace ; for they thought 
 that, since the sickness had been so mortal in Mansoul, it was in vain to go 
 to handygripes with them. Besides, the weakness of Mansoul was the 
 strength of their enemies ; and the sins of Mansoul the advantage of the 
 Diabolonians. The foes of Mansoul also now began to promise themselves 
 the town for a possession : there was no great difference now betwixt the 
 Mansoulians and Diabolonians ; both seemed to be masters of Mansoul. 
 Yea, the Diabolonians increased and grew, but the town of 
 
 Good thoughts, 
 
 Mansoul diminished greatly. There were more than eleven ^ n d s a ^ n ^ 
 thousand men, women, and children, that died by the sickness 
 of Mansoul. 
 
 But now, as Shaddai would have it, there was one whose name was 
 Mr. Prywell, a great lover of the town of Mansoul. And he, as his 
 manner was, went listening up and down in Mansoul to see, and to hear, 
 if at any time he might, whether there was any design against it, or no. 
 For he was always a jealous man, and feared some mischief sometime 
 would befal it, either from the Diabolonians within, or from some power 
 without. Now upon a time it so happened, as Mr. Prywell went listening 
 here and there, that he lighted upon a place called Vile-hill in Mansoul, 
 where Diabolonians used to meet ; so hearing a muttering, (you must know 
 that it was in the night,) he softly drew near to hear ; nor had he stood 
 long under the house-end, (for there stood a house there,) but he heard one 
 confidently affirm, that it was not, or would not be long, before Diabolus 
 should possess himself of Mansoul, and that then the Diabolonians did 
 intend to put all Mansoulians to the sword, and would kill and destroy the 
 King's captains, and drive all his soldiers out of the town. He said, 
 moreover, that he knew there were above twenty thousand fighting men 
 prepared by Diabolus for the accomplishing of this design, and it would 
 not be many months before they all should see it. 
 
 AVhen Mr. Prywell had heard this story, he quickly believed it was true ; 
 wherefore he went forthwith to my Lord Mayor's house, and understanding. 
 acquainted him therewith, who sending for the subordinate Conscieiice -
 
 190 THE HOLY WAR. 
 
 preacher, brake the business to him ; and he as soon gave the alarm to the 
 town ; for he was now the chief preacher in Mansoul, because as yet my 
 Lord Secretary was ill at ease. And this was the way the subordinate 
 preacher took to alarm the town therewith : The same hour he caused the 
 lecture-bell to be rung, and the people came together ; he then gave them a 
 short exhortation to watchfulness, and made Mr. Prywell's news the 
 argument thereof. " For," said he, " an horrible plot is contrived against 
 Mansoul, even to massacre us all in a day, nor is this story to be slighted ; 
 for Mr. Prywell is the author thereof. Mr. Prywell was always a lover of 
 Mansoul", a sober and judicious man, a man that is no tattler, nor raiser of 
 false reports, but one that loves to look into the very bottom of matters, 
 and talks nothing of news but by very solid argument." 
 
 I will call him, and you shall hear him for your own selves ; so he called 
 him, and he came and told his tale so punctually, and affirmed its truth 
 with such ample grounds, that Mansoul fell presently under a conviction 
 of the truth of what he said. The preacher also backed him, saying, 
 " Sirs, it is not irrational for us to believe it, for we have provoked Shaddai 
 to anger, and have sinned Emanuel out of the town ; we have had too much 
 correspondence with Diabolonians, and have forgotten our tender mercies ; 
 no marvel, then, if the enemy, both within and without, should design and 
 plot our ruin ; and what time like this to do it ? The sickness is now in the 
 Good desire., town, and we have been made weak thereby. Many a good- 
 meaning man is dead, and the Diabolonians of late grow stronger and 
 stronger. 
 
 " Besides," quoth the subordinate preacher, " I have received from this 
 good truth-teller this one inkling further, that he understood by those that 
 he overheard, that several letters have passed between the furies of the pit 
 and the Diabolonians, in order to our destruction." When Mansoul heard 
 They take the ^ ^his, and not being able to gainsay it, they lift up their 
 voice and wept. Mr. Prywell also, in the presence of the towns- 
 men, confirmed all that their subordinate preacher had said. Wherefore 
 they now set afresh to bewail their folly, and to a doubling of petitions to 
 Shaddai and his Son. They also brake the business to the captains, high 
 commanders, and men of war, in the town of Mansoul, entreating of them 
 to use the means to be strong, and to take good courage, and that they 
 would look after their harness, and make themselves ready to give Diabolus
 
 THE HOLT WAR. 191 
 
 * 
 
 battle by night or by day, should he come, as they are informed he will, 
 to beleaguer the town of Mansoul. 
 
 When the captains heard of this, they being always true lovers of the 
 town of Mansoul, what do they but, like so many Samsons, they shake 
 themselves, and come together to consult and to contrive how to defeat 
 those bold and hellish contrivances, that were upon the wheel, by the 
 means of Diabolus, and his friend, against the now sickly, weakly, and 
 much impoverished town of Mansoul ; and they agreed upon these following 
 particulars : 
 
 1. That the gates of Mansoul should be kept shut, and made fast with 
 bars and locks, and that all persons that went out or came in should be 
 very strictly examined by the captains of the guards,* " to the end," said 
 they, " that those that are managers of the plots amongst us, may, either 
 coming or going, be taken ; and that we may also find out who are the 
 great contrivers, amongst us, of our ruin.""j v 
 
 2. The next thing was, that a strict search should be made for all kind 
 of Diabolonians throughout the whole town of Mansoul; and that every 
 man's house from top to bottom should be looked into, and that, too, house 
 by house, and that if possible a farther discovery might be made of all such 
 among them as had a hand in these designs, j 
 
 3. It was further concluded upon, that, wheresoever or with whomsoever 
 any of these Diabolonians were found, that even those of the 
 
 <1 Jer. 11. 34. 
 
 town of Mansoul that had given them house and harbour, should, Ezek " XVI ' 52 ' 
 to their shame and the warning of others, do penance in the open place. 
 
 4. It was, moreover, resolved by the famous town of Mansoul, that a 
 public fast, and a day of humiliation, should be kept throughout the whole 
 corporation, to the justifying of their Prince, the abasing of themselves 
 before him for their transgressions against him, and against Shaddai, his 
 Father. || It was further resolved, that all such in Mansoul as Joein. is, ie. 
 
 * Watch ye, stand fast in the faith, quit you like men, be strong. 1 Cor. xvi. 13. 
 
 f Let us search and try our ways, and turn again unto the Lord. Lam. iii. 40. 
 
 \ Looking diligently, lest any man fail of the grace of God : lest any root of bitterness 
 springing up trouble you, and thereby many be defiled ; lest there be any fornicator, or profane 
 person, as Esau, who for one morsel of meat sold his birthright. Heb. xii. 15, 16. 
 
 For among my people are found wicked men : they lay wait as he that setteth snares ; they 
 set a trap, they catch men. Jer. v. 26. 
 
 || Sanctify ye a fast, call a solemn assembly, gather the elders, and all the inhabitants of the 
 land, into the house of the Lord your God, and cry unto the Lord. Joel i. 14.
 
 192 THE HOLY WAR. 
 
 did not on that day endeavour to keep that fast, and to humble themselves 
 for their faults, but should mind their worldly employments, or be found 
 wandering up or down the streets, should be taken for Diabolonians, and 
 suffer as Diabolonians for such wicked doings. 
 
 5. It was further concluded then, that with what speed, and with what 
 jer.Kxvii.4. warmth of mind they could, they would renew their humiliation 
 
 for sin, and their petitions to Shaddai for help ; they also resolved to send 
 tidings to the court of all that Mr. Prywell had told them. 
 
 6. It was also determined, that thanks should be given by the town of 
 Mansoul to Mr. Prywell, for his diligent seeking of the welfare of their 
 town ; and further, that forasmuch as he was so naturally inclined to seek 
 their good, and also to undermine their foes, they gave him a commission 
 of scoutmaster-general, for the good of the town of Mansoul. 
 
 When the corporation, with their captains, had thus concluded, they did 
 as they had said; they shut up their gates, they made for Diabolonians 
 strict search, they made those with whom any were found to do penance 
 in the open place. They kept their fast, and renewed their petitions to 
 their Prince ; and Mr. Prywell managed his charge, and the trust that 
 Mansoul had put into his hands, with great conscience, and good fidelity ; 
 for he gave himself wholly up to his employ, and that not only within the 
 town, but he went out to pry, to see, and to hear. 
 
 Not many days after, he provided for his journey, and went towards 
 Hell-Gate Hill, into the country where the Doubters were, where he heard 
 of ah 1 that had been talked of in Mansoul, and he perceived also that 
 Diabolus was almost ready for his march, &c. So he came back with 
 speed, and calling the captains and elders of Mansoul together, he told 
 them where he had been, what he had heard, and what he had seen. 
 Particularly, he told them, that Diabolus was almost ready for his march, 
 and that he had made old Mr. Incredulity, that once brake prison in 
 Mansoul, the general of his army ; that his army consisted of all Doubters, 
 and that their number was above twenty thousand. He told, moreover, 
 that Diabolus intended to bring with him the chief princes of the Infernal 
 Pit, and that he would make them chief captains over his Doubters. He 
 told them, moreover, that it was certainly true, that several of the black 
 den would, with Diabolus, ride reformades, to reduce the town of Mansoul 
 to the obedience of Diabolus their prince.
 
 THE HOLY WAR. 193 
 
 He said, moreover, that he understood by the Doubters, among whom 
 he had been, that the reason why old Incredulity was made general of 
 the whole army, was, because none truer than he to the tyrant ; and because 
 he had an implacable spite against the town of Mansoul. Besides, said 
 he, he remembers the affront that Mansoul has given him, and he is 
 resolved to be revenged of them. 
 
 But the black princes shall be made high commanders ; only Incredulity 
 shall be over them all, because he can more easily and dexterously Heb. XH. i. 
 beleaguer the town of Mansoul, than any of the princes besides. 
 
 Now, when the captains of Mansoul, with the elders of the town, had 
 heard the tidings that Mr. Prywell brought, they thought it expedient, 
 without further delay, to put into execution the laws against the Dia- 
 bolonians, which their prince had made, and given them in commandment 
 to manage against them. Wherefore forthwith a diligent and impartial 
 search was made in all houses in Mansoul, for all and all manner of 
 Diabolonians. Now, in the house of Mr. Mind, and in the house of the 
 great Lord Will-be-will, were two Diabolonians found. In Mr. Mind's 
 house was one Lord Covetousness found ; but he had changed his name to 
 Prudent-Thrifty. In my Lord Will-be-will's house, one Lasciviousness 
 was found ; but he had changed his name into Harmless-Mirth. These 
 two the captains and elders of the town of Mansoul took and committed 
 to custody, under the hand of Mr. Trueman, the gaoler; and this man 
 
 c c
 
 194 THE HOLT WAR. 
 
 handled them so severely, and loaded them so well with irons, that they 
 both fell into a deep consumption, and died in the prison ; their masters 
 also, according to the agreement of the captains and elders, were brought 
 to do penance in the open place, to their shame, and a warning to the rest 
 of the town of Mansoul. 
 
 Now, this was the manner of penance in those days. The persons offend- 
 ing, being made sensible of the evil of their doings, were enjoined open 
 confession of their faults, and a strict amendment of their lives. 
 
 After this, the captains and elders of Mansoul sought yet to find out 
 more Diabolonians, wherever they lurked, whether in dens, caves, holes, 
 vaults, or where else they could, in or about the wall or town of Mansoul. 
 But though they could plainly see their footing, and so follow them by 
 their track and smell to their holds, even to the mouths of their caves and 
 dens, yet take and do justice upon them they could not ; their ways were 
 so crooked, their holds so strong, and they so quick to take sanctuary there. 
 
 But Mansoul ruled now with so stiff an hand over the Diabolonians that 
 were left, that they were glad to shrink into corners ; time was when they 
 durst walk openly and in the day, but now they were forced to embrace 
 privacy and the night : time was when a Mansoulian was their companion, 
 but now they called them deadly enemies. This change did Mr. Pry well's 
 intelligence make in the town of Mansoul. 
 
 By this time Diabolus had finished his army which he intended to bring 
 with him for the ruin of Mansoul ; and had set over them captains, and 
 other field officers, such as liked his furious stomach best ; himself was 
 lord paramount. Incredulity was general of his army. Their highest 
 captains shall be named afterwards ; but now for their officers, colours, and 
 scutcheons. 
 
 1. Their first captain was Captain Rage; he was captain over the 
 Election-Doubters; his were the red colours; his standard-bearer was 
 Mr. Destructive, and the great red dragon he had for his scutcheon.* 
 
 And there appeared another wonder in heaven, and behold, a great red dragon, having 
 seven heads, and ten horns, and seven crowns upon his heads. And his tail drew the third part 
 of the stars of heaven, and did cast them to the earth ; and the dragon stood before the woman 
 which was ready to be delivered, for to devour her child as soon as it was born. And when the 
 dragon saw that he was cast unto the earth, he persecuted the woman which brought forth the 
 man-child. And the dragon was wroth with the woman, and went to make war with the 
 remnant of her seed, which keep the commandments of God, and have the testimony of Jesus 
 Christ. Rev. xii. 3,4, 13, 17.
 
 THE HOLY WAR. 195 
 
 * 
 
 2. The second captain was Captain Fury; he was captain over the 
 Vocation-Doubters; his standard-bearer was Mr. Darkness, his colours 
 were those that were pale, and he had for his scutcheon the fiery flying 
 serpent.* 
 
 3. The third captain was Captain Damnation; he was captain over the 
 Grace-Doubters; his were the red colours; Mr. No- Life bare Man. xxa. is. 
 them, and he had for his scutcheon the black den.f 
 
 4. The fourth captain was Captain Insatiable ; he was captain over the 
 Faith-Doubters ; his were the red colours ; Mr. Devourer bare them, and he 
 had for his scutcheon the yawning jaws. J 
 
 5. The fifth captain was Captain Brimstone; he was captain over the 
 Perseverance-Doubters ; his also were the red colours ; Mr. Burning bare 
 them, and his scutcheon was the blue and stinking flame. 
 
 6. The sixth captain was Captain Torment; he was captain over the 
 Resurrection-Doubters ; his colours were those that were pale ; Mr. Gnaw 
 was his standard-bearer, and he had the black worm for his scutcheon. || 
 
 7. The seventh captain was Captain No-Ease ; he was captain over the 
 Salvation-Doubters ; his were the red colours, Mr. Restless bare them, and 
 his scutcheon was the ghastly picture of Death. ^[ 
 
 8. The eighth captain was Captain Sepulchre; he was captain over the 
 Glory-Doubters ; his also were the pale colours ; Mr. Corruption was his 
 standard-bearer, and he had for his scutcheon a skull, and dead men's 
 bones.** 
 
 9. The ninth captain was Captain Past-Hope ; he was captain of those 
 
 * And the Lord sent fiery serpents among the people : and they bit the people, and much 
 people of Israel died. Numbers xxi. 6. 
 
 f And the fifth angel sounded, and I saw a star fall from heaven upon the earth : and to him 
 was given the key of the bottomless pit. Rev. ix. 1. 
 
 I Hell and destruction are never full : so the eyes of man are never satisfied. Prov. 
 xxvii. 20. 
 
 Upon the -nicked he shall rain snares, fire and brimstone, and a horrible tempest : this shall 
 be the portion of their cup. Psalm xi. 6. And the smoke of their torment ascendeth up for 
 ever and ever : and they have no rest day nor night, who worship the beast and his image, and 
 whosoever receiveth the mark of his name. Rev. xiv. 11. 
 
 || Where their worm dieth not, and the fire is not quenched. Mark ix. 44. 
 
 If And I looked, and behold a pale horse ; and his name that sat on him was Death, 
 and hell followed with him: and power was given unto them over the fourth part of the 
 earth, to kill with sword, and with hunger, and with death, and with the beasts of the earth. 
 Rev. vi. 8. 
 
 * Their quiver is an open sepulchre, they are all mighty men. Jer. v. 16.
 
 196 
 
 THE HOLY WAR. 
 
 that are called the Felicity-Doubters ; his standard-bearer was Mr. Despair ; 
 i Tim. iv. 2. his also were the red colours, and his scutcheon was the hot 
 iron and the hard heart.* 
 
 SHIELD OF ( AI-1AI.N NO-EASE. 
 
 These were his captains, and these were their forces, these were the 
 standards, these were their colours, and these were their scutcheons. Now, 
 over these did the great Diabolus make superior captains, and they were 
 in number, seven ; as, namely, the Lord Beelzebub, the Lord Lucifer, the 
 Lord Legion, and Lord Apollyon, the Lord Python, the Lord Cerberus, 
 and the Lord Belial ; these seven he set over the captains, and Incredulity 
 was lord-general, and Diabolus was king. 
 
 The reformades also, such as were like themselves, were made some of 
 them captains of hundreds, and some of them captains of more. And thus 
 was the army of Incredulity completed. 
 
 So they set out at Hell-gate hill, (for there they had their rendezvous,) 
 from whence they came with a straight course upon their march towards 
 the town of Mansoul. Now, it was hinted before, the town had, as Shaddai 
 would have it, received from the month of Mr. Prywell the alarm of their 
 coming before. Wherefore they set a strong watch at the gates, and had 
 also doubled their guards ; they also mounted their slings in good places, 
 
 But after thy hardness and impenitent heart, treasurest up unto thyself wrath against the 
 day of wrath, and revelation on the righteous judgment of God. Rom. ii. 5.
 
 THE HOLY WAR. 197 
 
 t 
 
 where they might conveniently cast out their great stones to the annoyance 
 of the enemy. 
 
 Nor could those Diabolonians that were in the town do that hurt as was 
 designed they should ; for Mansoul was now awake. But alas ! poor 
 people, they were sorely affrighted at the first appearance of their foes, and 
 at their sitting down before the town, especially when they heard the roar- 
 ing of their drum.* This, to speak truth, was amazingly hideous to hear, 
 it frightened all men seven miles round. The streaming of their colours 
 was also terrible and dejecting to behold. 
 
 When Diabolus was come up against the town, first he made his approach 
 against Ear-gate ; and gave it a furious assault, supposing, as it seems, that 
 his friends in Mansoul had been ready to do the work within : but care 
 was taken of that before, by the vigilance of the captains. Wherefore 
 missing of the help that he expected from them, and finding his army 
 warmly attacked with the stones from the slingers, (for that I will say for 
 the captains, that, considering the weakness that yet was upon them by 
 reason of the long sickness that had annoyed the town of Mansoul, they 
 behaved themselves gallantly,) he was forced to make some retreat from 
 Mansoul, arid intrench himself and his men in the field, without James iv. 7. 
 the reach of the slings of the town. 
 
 Now, having intrenched himself, he cast up four mounts against the 
 town ; the first he called Mount Diabolus, putting his own name thereon, 
 the more to affright the town of Mansoul ; the other three he called thus, 
 Mount Alecto, Mount Megara, and Mount Tisiphone, for these are the 
 names of the dreadful furies of hell. Thus he began to play his game 
 with Mansoul, and to serve it as the lion his prey, even to make it fall 
 before his terror. But, as I said, the captains and soldiers resisted so 
 stoutly, and did so much execution, that they made him, though against 
 his stomach, to retreat ; wherefore Mansoul began to take courage. 
 
 Now, upon Mount Diabolus, which was raised upon the north side of the 
 town, there did the tyrant set up his standard, and a fearful thing it was 
 to behold ; for he had wrought in it, by a devilish art, after the manner of 
 his scutcheon, a flaming fire, fearful to behold, and the picture of Mansoul 
 burning in it. 
 
 * Be sober, be vigilant ; because your adversary the devil, as a roaring lion, walketh about, 
 seeking whom he may devour. 1 Peter v. 8.
 
 198 THE HOLY WAR. 
 
 When Diabolus had thus done, he commanded that his drummer should 
 every night approach the walls of the town of Mansoul, and beat a parley ; 
 the command was to do it at night, as in the day time they annoyed him 
 with their slings ; for the tyrant said, that he had a mind to parley with 
 the now trembling town of Mansoul, and he commanded that the drum 
 should beat every night, that through weariness they might at last if 
 possible, (at the first they are unwilling, yet) be forced to do it. 
 
 So the drummer did as commanded ; he arose, and did beat his drum. 
 But when his drum did go, if any looked towards the town of Mansoul, 
 behold darkness and sorrow, and the light was darkened in the heaven 
 thereof.* No noise was ever heard upon earth more terrible, except the 
 voice of Shaddai, when he speaketh. But hew did Mansoul tremble ! it 
 now looked for nothing but being swallowed up. 
 
 When this drummer had beaten a parley, he made this speech to 
 Mansoul : " My master has bid me tell you, that if you will willingly 
 submit, you shall have the good of the earth ; but if you shall be stubborn, 
 he is resolved to take you by force." But by that the fugitive had done 
 beating his drum, the people of Mansoul had betaken themselves to the 
 captains that were in the castle, so that there was none to regard, nor to 
 give this drummer an answer ; so he proceeded no further that night, but 
 returned again to his master to the camp. 
 
 When Diabolus saw that by drumming he could not work out Mansoul 
 to his will, the next night he sendeth his drummer without his drum, still 
 to let the townsmen know that he had a mind to parley with them. But 
 when all came to all, his parley was turned into a summons to the town 
 to deliver up themselves : but they gave him neither heed nor hearing ; for 
 they remembered what it first cost them to hear him a few words. 
 
 The next night he sends again, and then who should be his messenger 
 to Mansoul, but the terrible Captain Sepulchre ; so Captain Sepulchre 
 came up to the walls of Mansoul, and made this oration to the town : 
 
 " O ye inhabitants of the rebellious town of Mansoul ! I summon you 
 in the name of the Prince Diabolus, that, without any more ado, you set 
 open the gates of your town, and admit your lord to come in. But if you 
 
 * And in that day they shall roar against them, like the roaring of the sea : and if one look 
 unto the land, behold darkness and sorrow ; and the light is darkened in the heavens thereof. 
 Isaiah v. 30.
 
 THE HOLY WAR. 199 
 
 
 
 shall still rebel, when we have taken the town by force, we will swallow 
 you up as the grave ; wherefore if you will hearken to my summons, say 
 so, and if not, then let me know. 
 
 " The reason of this my summons," quoth he, " is, for that my lord is 
 your undoubted prince arid lord, as you yourselves have formerly owned. 
 Nor shall that assault that was given to my lord, when Emanuel dealt so 
 dishonourably by him, prevail with him to lose his right, and to forbear to 
 attempt to recover his own. Consider, then, O Mansoul, with thyself, wilt 
 thou show thyself peaceable, or not ? If thou wilt quietly yield up thyself, 
 then our old friendship shall be renewed ; but if thou wilt yet refuse and 
 rebel, then expect nothing but fire and sword." 
 
 When the languishing town of Mansoul had heard this summoner, and 
 his summons, they were yet more put to their dumps, but made the captain 
 no answer at all ; so away he went as he came. 
 
 After some consultation among themselves, as also with some of their 
 captains, they applied themselves afresh to the Lord Secretary for counsel 
 and advice from him ; for this Lord Secretary was their chief preacher, as 
 mentioned before, only now he was ill at ease ; and of him they begged 
 favour in these two or three things : 
 
 1 . That he would look comfortably upon them, and not keep himself so 
 much retired from them as formerly. Also, that he would be prevailed 
 with to give them a hearing while they should make known their miser- 
 able condition to him. But to this he told them as before, " That as yet 
 he was but ill at ease, and therefore could not do as he had formerly 
 done." 
 
 2. The second thing they desired was, that he would be pleased to give 
 them his advice about their now so important affairs, for that Diabolus was 
 come and set before the town with no less than twenty thousand Doubters. 
 They said, moreover, that both he and his captains were cruel men, and 
 that they were afraid of them. But to this he said, " You must look to 
 the law of the Prince, and there see what is laid upon you to do." 
 
 3. Then they desired that his Highness would help them to frame a 
 petition to Shaddai, and unto Emanuel his Son, and that he would set his 
 hand thereto, as a token that he was one with them in it : " For," said they, 
 " my Lord, many a one have we sent, but can get no answer of peace ; 
 but now, surely, one with thy hand to it may obtain good for Mansoul."
 
 200 THE HOLY WAR. 
 
 But all the answer he gave to this was, " that they had offended 
 Emanuel, and had also grieved himself, and that therefore they must as 
 yet partake of their own devices." 
 
 This answer of the Lord Secretary fell like a millstone upon them ; yea> 
 it crushed them so that they could not tell what to do ; yet they durst not 
 comply with the demands of Diabolus, nor with the demands of Lam. i. 3. 
 his captains. So then here were the straits that the town of Mansoul was 
 in, when the enemy came upon her : her foes were ready to swallow her 
 up, and her friends forbore to help her. 
 
 Then stood up my Lord Mayor, whose name was my Lord Understand- 
 ing, and he began to pick and pick, until he had picked comfort out of 
 that seemingly bitter saying of the Lord Secretary ; for thus he descanted 
 upon it : " First," said he, " this unavoidably follows upon the saying 
 of my Lord, ' that we must yet suffer for our sins.' 2. But," quoth 
 he, " the word ' yet ' sounds as if at last we should be saved from our 
 enemies ; and that, after a few more sorrows, Emanuel will come and be 
 our help." Now the Lord Mayor was the more critical in his dealing with 
 the Secretary's words, because my lord was more than a prophet, and 
 because none of his words were such, but that at all times they were most 
 exactly significant ; and the townsmen were allowed to pry into them, and 
 to expound them to their best advantage. 
 
 So they took their leaves of my lord, and returned to the captains, to 
 whom they told what my Lord Secretary had said : who, when they had 
 heard it, were all of the same opinion as was my Lord Mayor himself. 
 The captains therefore began to take courage, and prepare to make some 
 brave attempt upon the camp of the enemy, and to destroy all that were 
 Diabolonians, with the roving Doubters that the tyrant had brought with 
 him to ruin the poor town of Mansoul. 
 
 So all betook themselves forthwith to their places the captains to theirs, 
 the Lord Mayor to his, the subordinate preacher to his, and my Lord 
 Will-be-will to his. The captains longed to be at some work for their 
 Prince j for they delighted in warlike achievements. The next day there- 
 fore they came together and consulted ; and after consultation had, they 
 resolved to give an answer to the captain of Diabolus with slings ; and so 
 they did at the rising of the sun on the morrow; for Diabolus had 
 adventured to come nearer again, but the sling-stones were to him and his
 
 THE HOLY WAR. 201 
 
 f 
 
 like hornets. For as there is nothing to the town of Mansoul so terrible 
 as the roaring of Diabolus's drum, so there is nothing to Diabolus so 
 terrible as the well playing of Emanuel's slings. Wherefore zech.ix. is. 
 Diabolus was forced to make another retreat, yet further off from the 
 famous town of Mansoul. Then did the Lord Mayor of Mansoul cause 
 the bells to be rung, " and that thanks should be sent to the Lord High 
 Secretary by the mouth of the subordinate preacher ; for that by his 
 words the captains and elders of Mansoul had been strengthened against 
 Diabolus." 
 
 When Diabolus saw that his captains and soldiers, high lords and 
 renowned, were frightened, and beaten down by the stones that came from 
 the golden slings of the Prince of the town of Mansoul, he bethought 
 himself, and said, " I will try to catch them by fawning, I will try to 
 natter them, into my net." 
 
 Wherefore, after a while, he came down again to the wall, not now with 
 his drum, nor with Captain Sepulchre ; but having also besugared his lips, 
 he seemed to be a very sweet-mouthed, peaceable prince, designing nothing 
 for honour's sake, nor to be revenged on Mansoul for injuries by them done 
 to him ; but the welfare, and good, and advantage of the town and people 
 therein, was now, as he said, his only design. Wherefore, after he had 
 called for audience, and desired that the townsfolk would- give it to him, 
 he proceeded in his oration, and said : 
 
 " Oh, the desire of my heart, the famous town of Mansoul ! how many 
 nights have I watched, and how many weary steps have I taken, t Pet v 8 
 if perhaps I might do thee good ! Par be it, far be it from me 
 to desire to make war upon you : if ye will but willingly and quickly deliver 
 up yourselves unto me. You know that you were mine of old. i-nke ^-e, i. 
 Remember also that so long as you enjoyed me for your lord, and that 
 I enjoyed you for my subjects, you wanted for nothing, of all 
 the delights of the earth, that I, your lord and prince, could get 
 for you, or that I could invent to make you bonny and blithe withal. 
 Consider, you never had so many hard, dark, troublesome, and heart- 
 afflicting hours, while you were mine, as you have had since you revolted 
 from me ; nor shall you ever have peace again until you and I become one 
 as before. Be but prevailed with to embrace me again, and Takehee(1 Man . 
 I will grant, yea enlarge your old charter with abundance of 
 
 D D 
 
 Satan reads all 
 backwards.
 
 202 THE HOLY WAR. 
 
 privileges, so that your licence and liberty shall be to take, hold, enjoy, and 
 
 make your own, all that is pleasant from east to west.* Nor shall any of 
 
 those incivilities wherewith you have offended me be ever charged upon 
 
 you by me, so long as the sun and moon endure. Nor shall any of those 
 
 sins. dear friends of mine that now, for the fear of you, lie lurking in 
 
 dens, and holes, and caves, in Mansoul, be hurtful to you any more ; yea, 
 
 they shall be your servants, and shall minister unto you of their 
 
 > substance, and of whatever shall come to hand. I need speak 
 
 no more; you know them, and have some time since been 
 
 No! no! no! ' * 
 
 "?emti a d p a a mna- much delighted in their company. Why, then, should we 
 abide at such odds ? Let us renew our old acquaintance and 
 friendship again. 
 
 " Bear with your friend, I take the liberty at this time to speak thus 
 freely unto you. The love that I have to you presses me to do it, as also 
 does the zeal of my heart for my friends with you : put me not therefore to 
 further trouble, nor yourselves to further frights. Have you I will, in a 
 way of peace or war : nor do you flatter yourselves with the power and 
 force of your captains, or that your Emanuel will shortly come in to your 
 help ; for such strength will do you no pleasure. 
 
 " I am come against you with a stout and valiant army, and all the 
 chief princes of 'the den are even at the head. Besides, my captains are 
 swifter than eagles, stronger than lions, and more greedy of prey than are 
 the evening wolves. What is Og of Bashan ! what is Goliath of Gath ! 
 and what are an hundred more of them to one of the least of my captains ! 
 How, then, shall Mansoul think to escape my hand and force?" 
 
 Diabolus having thus ended his flattering, fawning, deceitful, and lying 
 speech to the famous town of Mansoul, the Lord Mayor replied unto him 
 as follows : 
 
 " O Diabolus, prince of darkness, and master of all deceit ; thy lying 
 flatteries we have had, and made sufficient probation of, and have tasted 
 too deeply of that destructive cup already. Should we therefore again 
 hearken unto thee, and so break the commandment of our great Shaddai, 
 to join affinity with thee, would not our Prince reject us, and cast us off 
 for ever ; and being cast off by him, can the place that he has prepared for 
 
 Again the devil taketh him up into an exceeding high mountain, and showeth him all the 
 kingdoms of the world, and the glory of them. Matthew iv. 8.
 
 THE HOLY WAR. 203 
 
 
 
 thee be a place of rest for us ? Besides, O thou art empty, and void of all 
 truth; we are rather ready to die by thy hand, than to fall in with thy 
 flattering and lying deceits." 
 
 When the tyrant saw that there was little to be got in parleying with 
 my Lord Mayor, he fell into an hellish rage, and resolved that again, with 
 his army of Doubters, he would another time assault the town of Mansoul. 
 
 So he called for his drummer, who beat up for his men (and while he 
 did beat, Mansoul shook) to be in readiness to give battle to the corpora- 
 tion ; then Diabolus drew near with his army, and thus disposed of his 
 men. Captain Cruel, and Captain Torment, these he drew up against 
 Feel-gate, and commanded them to sit down there for the war. And he 
 also appointed that, if need were, Captain No-Ease should come in to their 
 relief. At Nose-gate he placed Captain Brimstone and Captain Sepulchre, 
 and bid them look well to their ward on that side of the town of Mansoul. 
 But at Eye-gate he placed that grim-faced one, the Captain Past-Hope, 
 and there also now did he set up his terrible standard. 
 
 Now Captain Insatiable was to look to the carriages of Diabolus, and 
 was also appointed to take into custody that, or those persons and things, 
 that should at any time as prey be taken from the enemy. The in- 
 habitants of Mansoul kept Mouth-gate for a sally-port, wherefore that 
 they kept strong, for that was it by and out at which the townsfolk sent 
 their petitions to Emanuel their Prince ; that also was the gate, from the 
 top of which the captains played their slings at the enemies ; for that gate 
 stood somewhat ascending, so that the placing of them here, and the 
 letting of them fly from that place, did much execution against the tyrant's 
 army ; wherefore for these causes, with others, Diabolus sought, if possible, 
 to stop up Mansoul with dirt. 
 
 Now, as Diabolus was busy and industrious in preparing to make his 
 assault upon the town of Mansoul without, so the captains and soldiers in 
 the corporation were as busy in preparing within; they mounted their 
 slings, set up their banners, sounded their trumpets, and put themselves 
 in such order as was judged most for the annoyance of the enemy, and for 
 the advantage of Mansoul, and gave their soldiers orders to be ready at 
 the sound of the trumpet for war. The Lord Will-be-will also, he took 
 the charge of watching against the rebels within, and to do what he could 
 to take them while without, or to stifle them within their caves, dens, and
 
 204 THE HOLY WAR. 
 
 holes, in the town-wall of Mansoul. And, to speak the truth of him, ever 
 since he did penance for his fault, he has shown as much honesty and 
 bravery of spirit as may be in Mansoul ; for he took one Jolly, and his 
 brother Griggish, the two sons of his servant Harmless-Mirth, (for to that 
 day, though the father was committed to ward, the sons had a dwelling in 
 the house of my lord,) I say he took them, and with his own hands put 
 them to the cross. And this was the reason why he hanged them up ; 
 after their father was put into the hand of Mr. Trueman the gaoler, his 
 sons began to play their pranks, and to be tricking and toying with the 
 daughters of their lord ; nay, it was jealoused that they were too familiar 
 with them, which was brought to his lordship's ear. Now his lordship 
 being unwilling unadvisedly to put any man to death, did not suddenly 
 fall upon them, but set watch and spies to see if the thing was true ; of 
 the which he was soon informed, for his two servants, whose names were 
 Find-out, and Tell-all, catched them together in an uncivil manner more 
 than once or twice, and went and told their lord. So when my Lord Will- 
 be-will had sufficient ground to believe the thing was true, he takes the 
 two young Diabolonians, (for such they were, for their father was a Dia- 
 boloiiian born,) and has them to Eye-gate, where he raised a very high 
 cross just in the face of Diabolus, and of his army, and there he hanged 
 the young villains, in defiance to Captain Past-Hope, and the horrible 
 standard of the tyrant. 
 
 Mortification of Now this Christian act of the brave Lord Will-be-will greatly 
 hope or life. abashed Captain Past-Hope, discouraged the army of Diabolus, 
 put fear into the Diabolonian runagates in Mansoul, and put strength and 
 courage into the captains that belonged to Emanuel the Prince; for they 
 without gathered, and that by this very act of my lord, that Mansoul was 
 resolved to fight, and that the Diabolonians within the town could not do 
 such things as Diabolus had hopes they would. Nor was this the only 
 proof of the brave Lord Will-be- will's honesty to the town, nor of his 
 loyalty to his Prince, as will afterwards appear. 
 
 Now, when the children of Prudent-Thrifty, who dwelt with Mr. Mind, 
 (for Thrift left children with Mr. Mind, when he was also committed to 
 prison, and their names were Gripe and Rake- All ; these he begat of Mr. 
 Mind's bastard daughter, whose name was Mrs. Hold-fast-Bad ;) I say, 
 when his children perceived how the Lord Will-be-will had served them
 
 THE HOLY WAR. 205 
 
 that dwelt with him, what do they but, lest they should drink of the same 
 cup, endeavour to make their escape. But Mr. Mind, being wary of it, 
 took them, and put them in hold in his house till the morning, for this was 
 done over night ; and remembering that by the law of Mansoul all Dia- 
 bolonians were to die, (and to be sure they were at least by father's side 
 such, and some say by mother's side too,) what does he but takes them, 
 and puts them in chains, and carries them to the self-same place where my 
 lord hanged his two before ; there he hanged them. The townsmen also 
 took great encouragement at this act of Mr. Mind, and did what they 
 could to have taken some more of these Diabolonian troublers of Mansoul ; 
 but at that time the rest laid so close, that they could not be apprehended ; 
 so they set against them a diligent watch, and went every man to his 
 place. 
 
 I told you a little before, that Diabolus and his army were somewhat 
 abashed and discouraged at the sight of what my Lord Will-be-will did, 
 when he hanged up those two young Diabolonians ; but this discourage- 
 ment quickly turned itself into furious madness and rage against the town 
 of Mansoul, and fight it he would. Also the townsmen and captains 
 within had their hopes and expectation heightened, believing at last the 
 day would be theirs, so they feared them the less. Their subordinate 
 preacher, too, made a sermon about it, and took that theme for his text, 
 " Gad, a troop shah 1 overcome him, but he shall overcome at Gen. xiix. 19. 
 the last." Whence he showed, that though Mansoul should be sorely put 
 to it at the first, yet the victory should certainly be Mansoul's at the last. 
 
 So Diabolus commanded that his drummer should beat a charge against 
 the town, and the captains also that were in the town sounded a charge 
 against them, but they had no drum : they were trumpets of silver with 
 which they sounded against them. Then they which were of the camp of 
 Diabolus came down Jo the town to take it, and the captains in the castle, 
 with the slingers at Mouth-gate, played upon them amain. Withheartand 
 And now there was nothing heard in the camp of Diabolus but 
 horrible rage and blasphemy ; but in the town good words, prayer, and 
 singing of psalms. The enemy replied with horrible objections, and the 
 terribleness of their drum : but the town made answer with the slapping of 
 their slings, and the melodious noise of their trumpets. And thus the fight 
 lasted for several days together, only now and then they had some small
 
 20G 
 
 THE HOLY WAR. 
 
 intermission, in which the townsmen refreshed themselves, and the captains 
 made ready for another assault. 
 
 The captains of Emanuel were clad in silver armour, and the soldiers in 
 that which was of proof; the soldiers of Diabolus were clad in iron, which 
 
 THE DRUMMER. 
 
 was made to give place to Emanuel's engine shot. In the town some were 
 hurt, and some were greatly wounded. Now, the worst of it was, a 
 surgeon was scarce in Mansoul, for that Emanuel at this time was absent. 
 Howbeit, with the leaves of a tree the wounded were kept from dying ; yet 
 then* wounds greatly putrefied,* and some did grievously stink. Of the 
 townsmen, these were wounded, to wit, my Lord Reason ; he was wounded 
 in the head. Another that was wounded was the brave Lord Mayor ; he 
 was wounded in the eye. Another that was wounded was Mr. Mind ; he 
 received his wound about the stomach. The honest subordinate preacher, 
 also, received a shot not far off the heart, but none of these were mortal. 
 Hopeful thought!. Many also of the inferior sort were not only wounded, but slain 
 
 * In the midst of the street of it, and on either side of the river, was there the tree of life, 
 which bare twelve manner of fruits, and yielded her fruit every month ; and the leaves of the 
 tree were for the healing of the nations. Rev. xxii. 2. My wounds stink and are corrupt ; 
 because of my foolishness. Psalm xxxviii. 5.
 
 THE HOLY WAR. 
 
 outright. Now, in the camp of Diabolus were wounded and slain a con- 
 siderable number : for instance, Captain Rage was wounded, and so was 
 Captain Cruel. Captain Damnation was made to retreat, and entrench 
 himself further off Mansoul. The standard also of Diabolus was beaten 
 down, and his standard-bearer, Captain Much-Hurt, had his brains beat 
 out with a sling-stone, to the no little grief and shame of his prince 
 Diabolus. 
 
 Many also of the Doubters were slain outright, though enow of them 
 were left alive to make Mansoul shake and totter. Now the victory that 
 day being turned to Mansoul, put great valour into the townsmen and 
 captains, and covered Diabolus's camp with a cloud, but withal it made 
 them far more furious. So the next day Mansoul rested, and commanded 
 that the bells should be rung, the trumpets also joyfully sounded, and the 
 captains also shouted round the town. 
 
 My Lord Will-be-will was not idle, but did notable service within against 
 the domestics, or the Diabolonians that were in the town, not only by 
 keeping them in awe : for he lighted on one at last, whose name was Mr. 
 Anything, a fellow of whom mention was made before, for it was he, if you 
 remember, that brought the three fellows to Diabolus, whom the Dia- 
 bolonians took out of Captain Boanerges's companies, and that persuaded 
 them to list themselves under the tyrant, to fight against the army of 
 Shaddai. My Lord Will-be-will also took a notable Diabolonian, whose 
 name was Loose-Foot ; this Loose-Foot was a scout to the vagabonds in 
 Mansoul, and used to carry tidings out of Mansoul to the camp, and out of 
 the camp to those of the enemies in Mansoul. Both these my lord sent 
 away safe to Mr. Trueman the gaoler, with a commandment to keep them 
 in irons ; for he intended then to have them out to be crucified, when it 
 would be for the best to the corporation, and most for the discouragement 
 of the camp of the enemies. 
 
 My Lord Mayor also, though he could not stir about so much as 
 formerly, because of the wound that he had lately received, yet gave he out 
 orders to all that were the natives of Mansoul, to look to their watch, 
 and stand upon their guard, and as occasion shall offer, to prove them- 
 selves men. 
 
 Mr. Conscience, the preacher, also did his utmost to keep all his good 
 documents alive upon the hearts of the people of Mansoul.
 
 208 THE HOLY WAR. 
 
 Well, awhile after the captains and stout ones of the town of Marisoul 
 agreed and resolved upon a time to make a sally out upon the cam}) of 
 Diabolus, and this must be done in the night ; and there was the folly of 
 Mansoul, (for the night is always the best for the enemy, but the worst for 
 Mansoul to fight in,) but yet they would do it, their courage was so high ; 
 their last victory also still stuck in their memories. 
 
 The night appointed being come, the Prince's brave captains cast lots 
 who should lead the van in this new and desperate expedition against Dia- 
 bolus, and against his Diabolonian army ; and the lot fell to Captain 
 Credence, and Captain Experience ; Captain Good-Hope led the Forlorn- 
 hope. (This Captain Experience, the Prince created such when himself 
 resided in the town of Mansoul.) So, as I said, they made their sally out 
 upon the army that lay in the siege against them ; and their hap was to 
 fall in with the main body of their enemies. Now Diabolus and his men 
 being expertly accustomed to night-work, took the alarm presently, and 
 were as ready to give the battle, as if they had sent them word of their 
 coming. Wherefore to it they went amain, and blows were hard on every 
 side ; the hell-drum also was beat most furiously, while the trumpets of the 
 Prince most sweetly sounded. And thus the battle was joined, and 
 Captain Insatiable looked to the enemy's carriages, and waited when he 
 should receive some prey. 
 
 The Prince's captains fought it stoutly, beyond what indeed could be 
 expected they should ; they wounded many, they made the whole army of 
 Diabolus to make a retreat. But I cannot tell how, but as the brave 
 Captain Credence, Captain Good-Hope, and Captain Experience, were upon 
 the pursuit, cutting down, and following hard after the enemy in the rear, 
 Captain Credence stumbled and fell, by which fall he caught so great a 
 hurt, that he could not rise till Captain Experience helped him up, at which 
 their men were put in disorder. The captain also was so full of pain that 
 he could not forbear but aloud to cry out ; at this, the other two captains 
 fainted, supposing that Captain Credence had received his mortal wound : 
 their men also were more disordered, and had no mind to fight. Now 
 Diabolus being very observing, though at this time as yet he was put to 
 the worst, perceiving that an halt was made among the pursuers, what does 
 he, but taking it for granted that the captains were either wounded or 
 dead ; he therefore at first makes a stand, then faces about, and so comes
 
 THE HOLY WAR. 
 
 209 
 
 up upon the Prince's army with as much of his fury as hell could help him 
 to j and his hap was to fall in just among the three captains, Captain 
 Credence, Captain Good-Hope, and Captain Experience, and did cut, 
 wound, and pierce them so dreadfully, that, what through discouragement, 
 
 THE C.IPTAIXS TVOUNDKD. 
 
 what through disorder, and what through the wounds that now they had 
 received, and also the loss of much blood, they were scarce able, though 
 they had for their power the three best hands in Mansoul, to get safe into 
 the town again. 
 
 Now, when the body of the Prince's army saw how these satan sometimes 
 
 makes saints eat 
 
 three captains were put to the worst, they thought it their their words - 
 wisdom to made as safe and good a retreat as they could, and so returned 
 by the sally-port again ; and so there was an end of the present action. 
 
 Diabolus was so flushed with this night's work, that he promised himself 
 in a few days an easy and complete conquest over the town of Mansoul ; 
 wherefore, on the day following, he comes up to the sides thereof with great 
 boldness, and demands entrance, and that forthwith they deliver up them- 
 selves to his government, (the Diabolonians, too, that were within, began 
 
 E E
 
 210 THE HOLY WAR. 
 
 to be somewhat brisk, as we shall show afterwards,) but the valiant Lord 
 Mayor replied, that what he got he must get by force; for as long as 
 Emanuel, their Prince, was alive, (though at present he was not so with 
 them as they wished,) they could never consent to yield Mansoul up to 
 another. 
 
 The Lord Will-be- will then stood up, and said, " Diabolus, thou master 
 of the den, and enemy to all that is good, we poor inhabitants of the town 
 of Mansoul are too well acquainted with thy rule and government, and 
 with the end of those things that for certain will follow submitting to thee, 
 to do it. Wherefore, though a while we were without knowledge we 
 suffered thee to take us, (as the bird that saw not the snare fell into the 
 hands of the fowler,) yet since we have been turned from darkness to light, 
 we have also been turned from the power of Satan to God. And though 
 through thy subtilty, and the subtilty of the Diabolonians within, we have 
 sustained much loss, and also plunged ourselves into much perplexity, yet 
 give up ourselves, lay down our arms, and yield to so horrid a tyrant as 
 thou, we will not ; die upon the place we choose rather to do. Besides, 
 we have hopes that in time deliverance will come from court unto us, and 
 therefore we yet will maintain war against thee." 
 
 This brave speech of the Lord Will-be-will, with that also of the Lord 
 Mayor, somewhat abated the boldness of Diabolus, though it kindled the 
 fury of his rage. It also encouraged the townsmen and captains ; yea, it 
 was as a plaster to the brave Captain Credence's wounds ; for you must 
 know that a brave speech now, when the captains of the town, with their 
 men, came routed home, and when the enemy took courage and boldness 
 at the success that he had obtained, to draw up to the walls, and demand 
 entrance as he did, was in season, and also advantageous. 
 
 The Lord Will-be-will also played the man within, for while the captains 
 and soldiers were in the field, he was in arms in the town, and wherever 
 by him there was a Diabolonian found, they were forced to feel the weight 
 of his heavy hand, and also the edge of his penetrating sword: many 
 therefore of the Diabolonians he wounded, as the Lord Cavil, the Lord 
 Brisk, the Lord Pragmatick, the Lord Murmur ; several also of the meaner 
 sort he sorely maimed ; though there cannot at this time an account be 
 given you of any that he slew outright. The cause, or rather the advantage, 
 that my Lord Will-be-will had at this time to do thus, was, for that the
 
 , THE HOLY WAR. 211 
 
 captains were gone out to fight the enemy in the field. " For now," 
 thought the Diabolonians within, is our time to stir and make an uproar in 
 the town." What do they therefore but quickly get themselves into a 
 body, and fall forthwith to hurricaning in Mansoul, as if nothing but whirl- 
 wind and tempest should be there. Wherefore, as I said, he takes this 
 opportunity to fall in among them with his men, cutting and slashing with 
 courage that was undaunted : at which the Diabolonians with all haste 
 dispersed themselves to their holds, and my Lord Mayor to his place as 
 before. 
 
 This brave act of my lord somewhat revenged the wrong done by 
 Diabolus to the captains, and also let them know, that Mansoul Nothing nke 
 
 faith to crush 
 
 was not to be parted with, for the loss of a victory or two : wa bolus - 
 wherefore the wing of the tyrant was clipt again, as to boasting, I mean, 
 in comparison of what he would have done if the Diabolonians had put the 
 town to the same plight to which he had put the captains. 
 
 Well, Diabolus yet resolves to have the other bout with Mansoul; 
 " For," thought he, " since I beat them once, I may beat them twice." 
 Wherefore he commanded his men to be ready at such an hour 
 
 
 
 of the night, to make a fresh assault upon the town, and he 
 gave it out in special that they should bend all their force 
 against Feel-gate, and attempt to break into the town through that. The 
 word that then he gave to his officers and soldiers was, Hell-fire. "And," 
 said he, "if we break in upon them, as I wish to do, either with some, or 
 with all our force, let them that break in look to it, that they forget not 
 the word. And let nothing be heard in the town of Mansoul, but, ' Hell- 
 fire ! Hell-fire I Hell-fire ! ' ' The drummer was also to beat without 
 ceasing, and the standard-bearers were to display their colours ; the soldiers, 
 too, were to put on what courage they could, and to see that they played 
 manfully their parts against the town. 
 
 So the night being come, and all things by the tyrant made ready for 
 the work, he suddenly makes his assault upon Feel-gate, and after he had 
 awhile struggled there, he throws the gates wide open ; for the truth is, 
 those gates were but weak, and so most easily made to yield. When 
 Diabolus had thus far made his attempt, he placed his captains, to wit, 
 Torment and No-Ease, there; so he attempted to press forward, but the 
 Prince's captains came down upon him, and made his entrance more 
 
 He tries what he 
 
 1 S * anKuS
 
 212 THE HOLY WAR. 
 
 difficult than he desired. And, to speak the truth, they made what 
 when these three resistance they could ; but three of their best and most valiant 
 abfed!"wifat e can captains behiff wounded, and by their wounds made much 
 
 the rest do for the L * 
 
 townofMansouu i nca p a ble of doing the town that service they would, (and all 
 the rest having more than their hands full of the Doubters, and their 
 captains that followed Diabolus,) they were overpowered with force, nor 
 could they keep them out of the town. Wherefore the Prince's men and 
 the captains betook themselves to the castle, as to the strong hold of the 
 town; and this they did, partly for their own security, partly for the 
 security of the town, and partly, or rather chiefly, to preserve to Emanuel 
 the prerogative royal of Mansoul ; for so was the castle of Mansoul. 
 
 The captains therefore being fled into the castle, the enemy, without 
 much resistance, possessed themselves of the rest of the town, and spread- 
 ing themselves as they went into every corner, they cried out as they 
 marched, according to the command of the tyrant, " Hell-fire ! Hell-fire ! 
 Hell-fire ! " so that nothing for a while throughout the town of Mansoul 
 could be heard, but the direful noise of "Hell-fire!" together with the 
 me sad fruits roarm g of Diabolus's drum. And now did the clouds hang 
 
 >f apostasy. ^lack over Mansoul, nor, to reason, did anything but ruin 
 seem to attend it. Diabolus also quartered his soldiers in the houses of 
 the inhabitants of the town of Mansoul. Yea, the subordinate preacher's 
 house was as full of these outlandish Doubters as everttTcould hold ; and 
 so was my Lord Mayor's, and my Lord Will-be-wnTs also. Yea, where 
 was there a corner, a cottage, a barn, or a hog-sty, that now was not full 
 of these vermin? Yea, they turned the men of the town out of their 
 houses, and would lie in their beds, and sit at their tables themselves. 
 Ah, poor Mansoul ! now thou feelest the fruits of sin, and what venom was 
 in the flattering words of Mr. Carnal-Security ! They made great havoc 
 of whatever they laid their hands on ; yea, they fired the town in several 
 Guiit. places ; many young children were by them dashed in pieces ; 
 tende? thoughts, yea, those that were yet unborn they destroyed in their mother's 
 wombs ; for you must needs think that it could not now be otherwise ; 
 for what conscience, what pity, what bowels of compassion can any 
 
 Hoi y concep- ex pect at the hands of outlandish Doubters ? Many in Mansoul 
 
 that were women, both young and old, they forced, ravished, 
 
 and beast-like abused, so that they swooned, miscarried, and many of them
 
 THE HOLY WAR. 
 
 213 
 
 died, and so lay at the top of every street, and in all by-places of the 
 town. 
 
 And now did Mansoul seem to be nothing but a den of dragons, an 
 emblem of hell, and a place of total darkness. Now did Mansoul lie 
 almost like the barren wilderness : nothing but nettles, briers, thorns, weeds, 
 and stinking things seem now to cover the face of Mansoul. I told you 
 before, how that these Diabolonian Doubters turned the men of Rest. 
 Mansoul out of their beds, and now I will add, they wounded them, they 
 mauled them, yea, and almost brained many of them. Many, did I say ? 
 yea, most, if not all of them. Mr. Conscience they so wounded, yea, and 
 his wounds so festered, that he could have no ease day nor night, but lay 
 as if continually upon a rack (but that Shaddai rules ah 1 , certainly they 
 had slain him outright). My Lord Mayor they so abused, that they almost 
 
 I- 
 
 DIABOLON1ANS IN MANSOUL. 
 
 put out his eyes. My Lord Will-be-will got into the castle ; they intended 
 
 to have chopped him all to pieces ; for they looked upon him, 
 
 as his heart now stood, to be one of the very worst that was 
 
 in Mansoul against Diabolus and his crew. And indeed he 
 
 showed himself a man, and more of his exploits you will hear of afterwards. 
 
 gatan 

 
 The soul full 
 
 ' 
 
 214 THE HOLY WAR. 
 
 Now, a man might have walked for many days in Mansoul, and scarce 
 
 Thought, have seen one in the town that looked like a religious man. 
 Oh, the fearful state of Mansoul now ! now every corner swarmed with 
 outlandish Doubters ; red-coats and black-coats walked the town by 
 clusters, and filled up all the houses with hideous noises, vain 
 She- songs, lying stories, and blasphemous language against Shaddai 
 and his Son. Now also those Diabolonians that lurked in the 
 walls and dens, and holes that were in the town of Mansoul, came forth and 
 showed themselves; yea, walked with open face in company with the 
 Doubters that were in Mansoul, Yea, they had more boldness now to 
 walk the streets, to haunt the houses, and to show themselves abroad, than 
 had any of the honest inhabitants of the now woeful town of Mansoul. But 
 Diabolus and his outlandish men were not at peace in Mansoul ; for they 
 were not there entertained as were the captains and forces of Emanuel ; 
 the townsmen browbeat them what they could ; nor did they partake or 
 make destruction of any of the necessaries of Mansoul, but that which they 
 seized on against the townsmen's will; what they could they hid from 
 them, and what they could not they had with an ill will. They, poor 
 hearts ! had rather have had their room than their company, but they were 
 at present their captives, and their captives for the present they were forced 
 to be.* But I say they discountenanced them as much as they were able, 
 and showed them all the dislike they could. 
 
 The captains also from the castle held them in continual play with their 
 slings, to the chafing and fretting of the minds of the enemies. True, Dia- 
 bolus made a great many attempts to have broken open the gates of the castle, 
 but Mr. Godly-Fear was made the keeper of that ; and he was a man of 
 courage, conduct, and valour, so that it was in vain, as long as life lasted 
 within him, to think to do that work, though most desired ; wherefore all 
 the attempts that Diabolus made against him were fruitless. (I have wished 
 sometimes that that man had had the whole rule of the town of Mansoul.) 
 
 Well, this was the condition of the town of Mansoul for about two years 
 and a half; the body of the town was the seat of war, the people of the 
 town were driven into holes, and the glory of Mansoul was laid in the 
 dust. What rest then could be to the inhabitants, what peace could 
 
 * Know ye not, brethren, (for I speak to them that know the law,) how that the law hath 
 dominion over a man as long as he liveth? Rom. vii. 1.
 
 THE HOLY WAR. 2] 5 
 
 Mansoul have, and what sun could shine upon it ? Had the enemy lain 
 so long without in the plain against the town, it had been enough to famish 
 them ; but now, when they shall be within, when the town shall be then- 
 tent, their trench, and fort against the castle that was in the town, when 
 the town shall be against the town, and shall serve to be a defence to the 
 enemies of her strength and life ; I say, when they shall make use of the 
 forts and town-holds to secure themselves in, even till they shall take, spoil, 
 and demolish the castle; this was terrible, and yet this was Heart, 
 now the state of the town of Mansoul. 
 
 After the town of Mansoul had been in this sad and lamentable condition 
 for so long a time as I have told you, and no petitions that they had pre- 
 sented their Prince with, all the while, could prevail v the inhabitants of the 
 town, to wit, the elders and chief of Mansoul, gather together, and after 
 some time spent in condoling their miserable state, and this miserable 
 judgment coming upon them, they agreed together to draw up yet another 
 petition, and to send it away to Emanuel for relief. But Mr. Godly-Fear 
 stood up and answered, that he knew his Lord the Prince never did, 
 nor ever would receive a petition for these matters from the hand of any 
 one whoever, unless the Lord Secretary's hand was to it; "and this," 
 quoth he, "is the reason you prevailed not all this while." Then they 
 said they would draw up one, and get the Lord Secretary's hand to it. 
 But Mr. Godly-Fear answered again, that he knew also that the Lord 
 Secretary would not set his hand to any petition that himself had not an 
 hand in composing and drawing up. " And besides," said he, " the Prince 
 doth know my Lord Secretary's hand from all hands in the world ; where- 
 fore he cannot be deceived by any pretence whatever; wherefore my 
 advice is, that you go to my Lord, and implore him to lend you his aid." 
 (Now he abode in the castle, where all the captains and men of war were 
 at arms.) So they heartily thanked Mr. Godly-Fear, took his counsel, and 
 did as he had bidden them ; so they departed and came to my Lord, and 
 made known the cause of their coming to him ; to wit, that since Mansoul 
 was in so deplorable a condition, his Highness would be pleased to under- 
 take to draw up a petition for them to Emanuel, the son of the mighty 
 Shaddai, and to their King and his Father, by him. 
 
 Then said the Secretary to them, " What petition is it that you would 
 have me draw up for you?" But they said, "Our Lord knows best the
 
 216 THE HOLY WAK. 
 
 state and condition of the town of Mansoul ; and how we are backslidden 
 and degenerated from the Prince ; thou also knowest who is come up to 
 war against us, and how Mansoul is now the seat of war. My Lord knows, 
 moreover, what barbarous usage our men, women, and children have suffered 
 at their hands, and how our home-bred Diabolonians walk now with more 
 boldness than dare the townsmen, in the streets of Mansoul. Let our Lord 
 therefore, according to the wisdom of God that is in him, draw up a petition 
 for his poor servants to our Prince Emanuel." " Well," said the Lord 
 Secretary, " I will draw up a petition for you, and will also set my hand 
 thereto." Then said they, " But when shall we call for it at the hand of our 
 Lord ?" He answered, " Yourselves must be present at the doing of it ; yea, 
 you must put your desires to it. True, the hand and pen shall be mine, but 
 the ink and paper must be yours ; else how can you say it is your petition ? 
 Nor have I need to petition for myself, because I have not offended." 
 
 He also added as followeth : " No petition goes from me in my name to 
 the Prince, and so to his Father by him, but when the people, that are 
 chiefly concerned therein, join in heart and soul in the matter, for that 
 must be inserted therein." 
 
 So they heartily agreed with the sentence of the Lord, and a petition 
 was forthwith drawn up for them. But now, who shall carry it ? that was 
 the next. But the Secretary advised that Captain Credence should carry 
 it, for he was a well-spoken man. They therefore called for him, and pro- 
 pounded to him the business. " Well," said the captain, " I gladly accept 
 of the motion ; and though I am lame, I will do this business for you, with 
 as much speed, and as well as I can." 
 
 The contents of the petition were to this purpose : 
 
 "O our Lord, and Sovereign Prince ^Emanuel, the potent, the long- 
 suffering Prince ! grace is poured into thy lips, and to thee belong mercy 
 and forgiveness, though we have rebelled against thee. We, who are no 
 more worthy to be called thy Mansoul, nor yet fit to partake of common 
 benefits, do beseech thee, and thy Father by thee, to do away our trans- 
 gressions. We confess that thou mightest cast us away for them, but do 
 it not for thy name's sake ; let the Lord rather take an opportunity, at our 
 miserable condition, to let out his bowels of compassion to us. We are 
 compassed on every side, Lord ; our own backslidings reprove us, our 
 Diabolonians within our town fright us, and the army of the angel of the
 
 THE HOLY WAR. 217 
 
 bottomless pit distress us. Thy grace can be our salvation, and whither to 
 go but to thee we know not. 
 
 " Furthermore, O gracious Prince, we have weakened our captains, and 
 they are discouraged, sick, and of late some of them grievously worsted, 
 and beaten out of the field by the power and force of the tyrant. Yea, 
 even those of our captains, in whose valour we formerly used to put most 
 of our confidence, they are as wounded men. Besides, Lord, our enemies 
 are lively, and they are strong; they vaunt and boast themselves, and 
 threaten to part us among themselves for a booty. They are fallen also 
 upon us with many thousand Doubters, such as with whom we cannot tell 
 what to do j they are all grim-looked, and unmerciful ones, and they bid 
 defiance to us and thee. 
 
 "Our wisdom is gone, our power is gone, because thou art departed 
 from us ; nor have we what we can call ours, but sin, shame, and confusion 
 of face for sin. Take pity upon us, O Lord, take pity upon us thy miser- 
 able town of Mansoul, and save us out of the hands of our enemies. 
 Amen." 
 
 This petition, as was touched afore, was handed by the Lord Secretary, 
 and carried to the court by the brave and most stout Captain Credence. 
 Now he carried it out at Mouth-gate, for that, as I said, was the sally-port 
 of the town ; and he went, and came to Emanuel with it. Now how it 
 came out I do not know, but for certain it did, and that so far as to reach 
 the ears of Diabolus. Thus I conclude, because that the tyrant had it 
 presently by the end, and charged the town of Mansoul with it, saying, 
 "Thou rebellious and stubborn-hearted Mansoul, I will make Satan cannot 
 thee to leave off petitioning. Art thou yet for petitioning ? I 
 will make thee to leave off." Yea, he also knew who the messenger was 
 that carried the petition to the Prince, and it made him both fear and rage. 
 Wherefore he commanded that his drum should be beat again, a thing that 
 Mansoul could not abide to hear ; but when Diabolus would have his drum 
 beat, Mansoul must abide the noise. Well, the drum was beat, and the 
 Diabolonians were gathered together. 
 
 Then said Diabolus, " O ye stout Diabolonians, be it known unto you, 
 that there is treachery hatched against us in the rebellious town of Man- 
 soul ; for albeit the town is in our possession, as you see, yet these miserable 
 Mansoulians have attempted to dare, and have been so hardy as yet to send 
 
 F F
 
 218 THE HOLY WAR. 
 
 to the court gf Emanuel for help. This I give you to understand, that ye 
 may yet know how to carry it to the town of Mansoul. Wherefore, O my 
 p^or Mansoul! trusty Diabolonians, I command that yet more and more ye 
 distress this town of Mansoul, and vex it with your wiles; ravish their 
 women, deflower their virgins, slay their children, brain their ancients, fire 
 their town, and do what other mischief you can ; and let this be the reward 
 of the Mansoulians from me, for their desperate rebellion against me." 
 
 This you see was the charge ; but something stept in betwixt that and 
 execution, for as yet there was but little more done than to rage. 
 
 Moreover, when Diabolus had done thus, he went the next day to the 
 castle-gates, and demanded that, upon pain of death, the gates should be 
 opened to him, and that entrance should be given him and his men that 
 followed after. To whom Mr. Godly-Pear replied, (for he it was that had 
 the charge of that gate,) " that the gate should not be opened unto him, or 
 to the men that followed after him." He said, moreover, " that Mansoul, 
 when she had suffered awhile, should be made perfect, strengthened, and 
 settled." 
 
 Then said Diabolus, " Deliver me, then, the men that have petitioned 
 satan cannot a g ams t me > especially Captain Credence, that carried it to your 
 Prince; deliver that varlet into my hands, and I will depart 
 from the town." 
 
 Then up starts a Diabolonian, whose name was Mr. Fooling, and said, 
 Mr. Fooling. " My lord ofFereth you fair ; it is better for you that one man 
 perish, than that your whole Mansoul should be undone." 
 
 But Mr. Godly-Fear made him this replication, " How long will Mansoul 
 be kept out of the dungeon, when she hath given up her faith to Diabolus ? 
 As good lose the town as lose Captain Credence ; for if one be gone, the 
 other must follow." But to that Mr. Fooling said nothing. 
 
 Then did my Lord Mayor reply, and said, " thou devouring tyrant, 
 be it known unto thee, we shall hearken to none of thy words ; we are 
 resolved to resist thee as long as a captain, a man, a sling, and a stone to- 
 throw at thee, shall be found in the town of Mansoul." 
 
 But Diabolus answered, " Do you hope, do you wait, do you look for 
 Diaboius rages, help and deliverance ? You have sent to Emanuel, but your 
 wickedness sticks too close in your skirts, to let innocent prayer come out 
 of your lips. Think you that you shall be prevailers, and prosper in this
 
 THE HOLY WAR. 
 
 design ? You will fail in your wish, and will fail in your attempts ; for it 
 is not only I, but your Emanuel is against you. Yea, it is he that hath 
 sent me against you, to subdue you. For what then do you hope, or by 
 what means will you escape?" 
 
 Then said my Lord Mayor, " We have sinned indeed ; but that shall be 
 no help to thee, for our Emanuel hath said it, and that in great faithful- 
 ness, ' And him that cometh to me, I will in no wise cast out.' He hath 
 also told us, (0 our enemy,) that ' all manner of sin and blasphemy shall 
 be forgiven to the sons of men.' Therefore we dare not despair, but will 
 look for, and wait for mercy." 
 
 And now by this time Captain Credence was come from the court from 
 Emanuel to the castle of Mansoul, and he returned to them with a packet. 
 So my Lord Mayor, hearing that Captain Credence was come, withdrew 
 himself from the noise of the roaring of the tyrant, and left him to yell at 
 the wall of the town, or against the gates of the castle. He then came up 
 to the captain's lodgings, and saluting him, asked him of his welfare, and 
 
 THE PEOPLE VISIT CAPTAIN CREDENCE. 
 
 what was the best news at court ? But when he asked Captain Credence 
 that, the water stood in his eyes. Then said the captain, " Cheer up, my 
 lord, for all will be well in time." And with that he first produced his 
 packet, and laid it by ; but that the Lord Mayor and rest of 
 
 * A sign of good- 
 
 the captains took for a sign of good tidings. (Now a season of
 
 220 THE HOLY WAR. 
 
 grace being come, he sent for all the captains and elders of the town, that 
 were here and there in their lodgings in the castle, and upon their guard, 
 to let them know that Captain Credence was returned from the court, and 
 that he had something in general, and something in special, to communicate 
 to them.) So they all came up to him, and saluted him, and asked him 
 concerning his journey, and what was the best news at court? And lie 
 answered them as he had done the Lord Mayor before, that all would be 
 well at last. 
 
 Now, when the captain had thus saluted them, he opened his packet, 
 and thence drew out of it several notes for those that he had sent for. 
 
 And the first note was for my Lord Mayor, wherein was signified : 
 The Prince Emanuel had taken it well that my Lord Mayor had been 
 so true and trusty in his office, and the great concerns that lay upon him 
 for the town and people of Mansoul. Also, he bid him to know that he 
 took it well that he had been so bold for his Prince Emanuel, and had 
 engaged so faithfully in his cause against Diabolus. He also signified at 
 the close of his letter, that he should shortly receive his reward. 
 
 The second note that came out was for the noble Lord Will-be-will, 
 wherein there was signified: That his Prince Emanuel did well under- 
 stand how valiant and courageous he had been for the honour of his Lord, 
 now in his absence, and wfeen his name was under contempt by Diabolus. 
 There was signified also, that his Prince had taken it well that he had been 
 so faithful to the town of Mansoul, in his keeping so strict a hand and eye 
 over, and so strict a rein upon the necks of the Diabolonians, that still were 
 lurking in their several holes in the famous town of Mansoul. He signified 
 moreover, that he understood that my lord had with his own hand done 
 great execution upon some of the chief of the rebels there, to the great dis- 
 couragement of the adverse party, and to the good example of the whole 
 town of Mansoul ; and that shortly his lordship should have his reward. 
 
 The third note came out for the subordinate preacher, wherein was 
 signified : That his Prince took it well from him that he had so honestly 
 and faithfully performed his office, and executed the trust committed to 
 him by his Lord, while he exhorted, rebuked, and forewarned Mansoul 
 according to the laws of the town. He signified, moreover, that he took it 
 well at his hand, that he called to fasting, to sackcloth and ashes, when 
 Mansoul was under her revolt. Also, that he called for the aid of Captain
 
 THE HOLY WAR. 
 
 Boanerges to help in so mighty a work, and that shortly he also should 
 receive his reward. 
 
 The fourth note came out for Mr. Godly-Eear, wherein his lord thus 
 signified : That his lordship observed, that he was the first of all the men 
 in Mansoul that detected Mr. Carnal-Security, as the only one that through 
 his subtilty and cunning had obtained for Diabolus a defection and decay 
 of goodness in the blessed town of Mansoul. Moreover, his Lord gave 
 him to understand, that he still remembered his tears and mourning for 
 the state of Mansoul. It was also observed by the same note, that his 
 Lord took notice of his detecting of this Mr. Carnal-Security at his table 
 among his guests, in his own house, and that in the midst of his jolliness, 
 even while he was seeking to perfect his villanies against the town of 
 Mansoul. Emanuel also took notice that this reverend person, Mr. Godly- 
 Fear, stood stoutly to it at the gates of the castle, against all the threats 
 and attempts of the tyrant ; and that he had put the townsmen in a way 
 to make their petition to their Prince, so as that he might accept thereof, 
 and as that they might? obtain an answer of peace; and that therefore 
 shortly he should receive his reward. 
 
 After all this, there was yet produced a note which was written to the 
 whole town of Mansoul, whereby they perceived, That their Lord took 
 notice of their so often repeating petitions to him, and that they should see 
 more of the fruits of such their doings in time to come. Their Prince also 
 therein told them, that he took it well that their heart and mind now at 
 last abode fixed upon him and his ways, though Diabolus had made such 
 inroads upon them, and that neither flatteries on the one hand, nor hardships 
 on the other, could make them yield to serve his cruel designs. There was 
 also inserted at the bottom of this note, That his Lordship had left the 
 town of Mansoul in the hands of the Lord Secretary, and under the conduct 
 of Captain Credence, saying, " Beware that you yet yield yourselves unto 
 their governance, and in due time you shall receive your reward." 
 
 After the brave Captain Credence had delivered his notes to those to 
 whom they belonged, he retired himself to my Lord Secretary's lodgings, 
 and there spends his time in conversing with him ; for they two were very 
 great one with another, and indeed knew more how things would go with 
 Mansoul, than all the townsmen besides. The Lord Secretary also loved 
 Captain Credence dearly; yea, many a good bit was sent him from my
 
 222 THE HOLY WAR. 
 
 lord's table ; also, he might have a show of countenance when the rest of 
 Mansoul lay under the clouds ; so, after some time for converse was spent, 
 the captain betook himself to his chamber to rest. But not long after my 
 lord sent for the captain again ; so the captain came to him, and they 
 greeted one another with the usual salutations. Then said the captain to 
 the Lord Secretary, " What hath my lord to say to his servant?" So the 
 Lord Secretary took him aside, and after a sign or two more of favour, he 
 said, " I have made thee the lord-lieutenant over all the forces in Man- 
 soul ; so that, from this day forward, all men in Mansoul shall be at thy 
 word, and thou shalt be he that shall lead in, and that shall lead out 
 Mansoul. Thou shalt therefore manage, according to thy place, the war 
 for thy Prince, and for the town of Mansoul, against the force and power 
 of Diabolus, and at thy command shall the rest of the captains be." 
 
 Now the townsmen began to perceive what interest the captain had, 
 both with the court and also with the Lord Secretary in Mansoul ; for no 
 man before could speed when sent, nor bring such good news from 
 Emanuel as he. Wherefore what do they, after some lamentation that they 
 made no more use of him in their distresses, but send by their subordinate 
 preacher to the Lord Secretary, to desire of him that all that ever they 
 were and had might be put under the government, care, custody, and 
 conduct of Captain Credence. 
 
 So their preacher went and did his errand, and received this answer 
 from the mouth of his Lord, that Captain Credence should be the great 
 doer in all the King's army, against the King's enemies, and also for the 
 welfare of Mansoul. So he bowed to the ground, and thanked his Lord- 
 ship, and returned and told his news to the townsfolk. But all this was 
 done with all imaginable secrecy, because the foes had yet great strength 
 in the town. But to return to our story again. 
 
 When Diabolus saw himself thus boldly confronted by the Lord Mayor, 
 and perceived the stoutness of Mr. Godly-Fear, he fell into a rage, and 
 forthwith called a council of war, that he might be revenged on Mansoul. 
 So all the princes of the pit came together, and old Incredulity at the head 
 of them, with all the captains of his army. So they consulted what to do. 
 Now, the effect and conclusion of the council that day was, how they might 
 take the castle, because they could not conclude themselves masters of the 
 town so long as that was in the possession of their enemies. So one
 
 THE HOLY WAR. 223 
 
 advised this way, and another advised that ; but when they could not agree 
 in their verdict, Apollyon, the president of the council, stood up, and thus 
 he began : " My brotherhood," quoth he, " I have some things to pro- 
 pound unto you; and my first is this. Let us withdraw ourselves from 
 the town into the plain again, for our presence here will do us no good, 
 because the castle is yet in our enemies' hands ; nor is it possible that we 
 should take that, so long as so many brave captains are in it, and this bold 
 fellow Godly-Pear is made the keeper of the gates of it. Now, when we 
 have withdrawn ourselves into the plain, they of their own accord will be 
 glad of some little ease ; and it may be, of their own accord, they again may 
 begin to be remiss, and even their so being will give them a bigger blow 
 than we can possibly give them ourselves. But if that should 
 
 c Jo Look to it, Man- 
 
 fail, our going forth of the town may draw the captains out 
 
 after us ; and you know what it cost them when they fought us in the field 
 before. Besides, can we but draw them out into the fields, we may lay an 
 ambush behind the town, which shall, when they are come forth abroad, 
 rush in and take possession of the castle." 
 
 But Beelzebub stood up, and replied, saying, " It is impossible to draw 
 them all off from the castle ; some, you may be sure, will lie there to keep 
 that ; wherefore it will be but in vain thus to attempt, unless we are sure 
 they will all come out." He therefore concluded, that what was done 
 must be done by some other means. And the most likely means that the 
 greatest of their heads could invent, was that which Apollyon had advised 
 to before, to wit, to get the townsmen again to sin. " For," said he, " it 
 is not our being in the town, nor in the field, nor our fighting, nor our 
 killing of their men, that can make us the masters of Mansoul; Looktoit Man . 
 for so long as one in the town is able to lift up his finger 
 against us, Emanuel will take their parts ; and if he shall take their parts, 
 we know what time a day will be with us. Wherefore, for my part," 
 quoth he, " there is in my judgment no way to bring them into bondage to 
 us, like inventing a way to make them sin. Had we," said he, 2 Pet.u. 18-21. 
 " left all our Doubters at home, we had done as well as we have done now, 
 unless we could have made them the masters and governors of the castle : 
 for Doubters at a distance are but like objections repelled with Lookfoit Man . 
 arguments. Indeed, can we but get them into the hold, and 
 make them possessors of that, the day will be our own. Let us, therefore,
 
 221 THE HOLY WAR. 
 
 withdraw ourselves into the plain, (not expecting that the captains in 
 Mansoul should follow us,) but yet, I say, let us do this, and before we so 
 do, let us advise again with our trusty Diabolonians that are yet in the 
 holds of Mansoul, and set them to work to betray the town to us ; for they 
 indeed must do it, or it will be left undone for ever." By these sayings 
 of Beelzebub, (for I think it was he that gave this counsel,) the whole con- 
 Look to it, Man- c ^ ave was f rcec l to be of his opinion, to wit, that the way to get 
 the castle was, to get the town to sin. Then they fell to 
 inventing by what means they might do this thing. 
 
 Then Lucifer stood up, and said, " The counsel of Beelzebub is pertinent. 
 Now, the way to bring this to pass, in mine opinion, is this : let us with- 
 draw our force from the town of Mansoul ; let us do this and let us terrify 
 them no more, either with summonses or threats, or with the noise of our 
 drum, or any other awakening mean. Only let us lie in the field at a 
 distance, and be as if we regarded them not (for frights, I see, do but 
 awaken them, and make them stand more to their arms). I have also 
 another stratagem in my head : you know Mansoul is a market-town, a town 
 that delights in commerce ; what therefore if some of our Diabolonians shall 
 feign themselves far-country men, and shall go out and bring to the market 
 of Mansoul some of our wares to sell ; and what matter at what rates they 
 sell their wares, though it be but for half their worth ? Now let those that 
 thus trade in their market, be those that are witty and true to us, and 
 I will lay down my crown to pawn it will do. There are two that are 
 come to my thoughts already, that I think will be arch at this work, they 
 are Mr. Penny-wise-pound-foolish, and Mr. Get-i'th'-hundred-and-lose-i'th'- 
 shire ; nor is this man with the long name at all inferior to the other. 
 What also if you join with them Mr. Sweet-world, and Mr. Present-good ; 
 they are men that are civil and cunning, but our true friends and helpers. 
 
 Look to iti Let these with as many more, engage in this business for us, 
 
 and let Mansoul be taken up in much business, let them grow full and 
 
 Heart . rich, and this is the way to get the ground of them. Remember 
 
 Rev. m. 17. y e no ^ {.j^ |- nug we prevailed upon Laodicea, and how many 
 at present do we hold in this snare ? Now, when they begin to grow full, 
 they will forget their misery; and, if we shall not affright them, may 
 happen to fall asleep, arid so be got to neglect their town-watch, their 
 castle-watch, as well as their watch at the gates.
 
 THE HOLY WAR. 225 
 
 ' Yea, may we not by this means so cumber Mansoul with abundance, 
 that they shall be forced to make of their castle a warehouse, instead of a 
 garrison fortified against us, and a receptacle for men of war ? Thus, if we 
 get our goods and commodities thither, I reckon the castle is more than 
 half ours. Besides, could we so order it, that they should be filled with 
 such kind of wares, then if we made a sudden assault upon them, it would 
 be hard for the captains to take a shelter there. Do you know that 
 of the parable, 'The deceitfumess of riches choaks the word?' Lukeviii H . 
 and again, ' When the heart is overcharged with surfeiting 
 and drunkenness, and the cares of this life, all mischief come upon 
 them unawares ? ' 
 
 " Furthermore, my lords," quoth he, " you very well know that it is not 
 easy for a people to be filled with our things, and not to have some of our 
 Diabolonians as retainers to their houses and services. Where is a Man- 
 soulian that is full of this world, that has not for his servants and waiting- 
 men, Mr. Profuse, or Mr. Prodigality, or some other of our Diabolonian 
 gang, as Mr. Voluptuousness, Mr. Pragmatical, Mr. Ostentation, or the 
 like ? Now these can take the castle of Mansoul, or blow it up, or make 
 it unfit for a garrison for Emanuel, and any of these will do. Look to it Man 
 Yea, these, for aught I know, may do it for us sooner than an 
 army of twenty thousand men. Wherefore, to end as I began, my advice 
 is, that we quietly withdraw ourselves, not offering any further force, or 
 forcible attempt upon the castle, at least at this time, and let us set on foot 
 our new project, and let us see if that will not make them destroy them- 
 selves." 
 
 This advice was highly applauded by them all, and was accounted the 
 very masterpiece of hell, to wit, to choke Mansoul with a fulness of this 
 world, and to surfeit her heart with the good things thereof. But see how 
 things meet together. Just as this Diabolonian council was broken up, 
 Captain Credence received a letter from Emanuel, the contents whereof 
 were these : " That upon the third day he would meet him in the field, in 
 the plains about Mansoul." " Meet me in the field !" quoth the captain ; 
 " what meaneth my Lord by this ? I know not what he meaneth by 
 meeting me in the field." So he took the note in his hand, and carried it 
 to my Lord Secretary, to ask his thoughts thereupon ; (for my Lord was a 
 seer in all matters concerning the King, and also for the good and comfort 
 
 G G
 
 226 THE HOLT WAR. 
 
 of the town of Mansoul.) So he showed my Lord the note, and desired 
 his opinion thereupon : " For my part," quoth Captain Credence, " I know 
 not the meaning thereof." So my Lord read it, and, after a little pause, 
 he said, " The Diabolonians have had against Mansoul a great consultation 
 to-day : they have, I say, this day been contriving the utter ruin of the 
 town ; and the result of their counsel is, to set Mansoul into such a way, 
 which, if taken, will surely make her destroy herself. And to this end 
 they are making ready for their own departure out of the town, intending 
 to betake themselves to field again, and there to lie till they shall see 
 whether this their project will take or no. But be thou ready with the 
 men of thy Lord, for on the third day they will be in the plain, there to 
 fall upon the Diabolonians ; for the Prince will by that time be in the field : 
 yea, by that it is break of day, sun-rising, or before, and that with a 
 mighty force against them. So he shall be before them, and thou shalt be 
 behind them, and betwixt you both, their army shall be destroyed." 
 
 When Captain Credence heard this, away goes he to the rest of the 
 captains, and tells them what a note he had a while since received from 
 the hand of Emanuel. "And," said he, "that which was dark therein 
 has my Lord the Lord Secretary expounded unto me/' He told them, 
 moreover, what by himself and by them must be done to answer the mind 
 of their Lord. Then were the captains glad, and Captain Credence com- 
 manded, that all the King's trumpeters should ascend on the battlements 
 of the castle, and there in the audience of Diabolus, and of the whole town 
 of Mansoul, make the best music that heart could invent. The trumpeters 
 then did as they were commanded. They got themselves up to the top of 
 the castle, and thus they began to sound. Then did Diabolus start, and 
 said, "What can be the meaning of this? they neither sound Boot-and- 
 saddle, nor Horse-and-away, nor a charge. What do these madmen mean, 
 that yet they should be so merry and glad?" Then answered him one of 
 themselves, and said, " This is for joy that their Prince Emanuel is coming 
 to relieve the town of Mansoul ; that to this end he is at the head of an 
 army, and that this relief is near." 
 
 The men of Mansoul also were greatly concerned at this melodious 
 charm of the trumpets; they said, yea, they answered one to another, 
 saying, " This can be no harm to us ; surely, this can be no harm to us." 
 Then said the Diabolonians, "What had we best to do?" and it was
 
 . THE HOLY WAR. 227 
 
 answered, " It was best to quit the town ;" and " that," said one, "ye may 
 do in pursuance of your last counsel, and by so doing also be better able 
 to give the enemy battle, should an army from without come upon us." So, 
 on the second day they withdrew themselves from Mansoul, and abode in 
 the plains without ; but they encamped themselves before Eye-gate, in what 
 terrene and terrible manner they could. The reason why they could not 
 abide in the town (besides the reasons that were debated in their late 
 conclave) was, for that they were not possessed of the strong hold, and 
 " because," said they, " we shall have more convenience to fight, and also 
 to fly, if need be, when we are encamped in the open plain." Besides, 
 the town would have been a pit for them, rather than a place of defence, 
 had the Prince come up and enclosed them fast therein. Therefore they 
 betook themselves to the field, that they might also be out of the reach of 
 the slings, by which they were much annoyed all the while they were in 
 the town. 
 
 Well, the time that the captains were to fall upon the Diabolonians 
 being come, they eagerly prepared themselves for action ; for Captain 
 Credence having told the captains over night, that they should meet their 
 Prince in the field to-morrow, was like oil to a flaming fire ; for of a long 
 time they had been at a distance ; they therefore were for this the more 
 earnest and desirous of the work. So, as I said, the hour being come, 
 Captain Credence, with the rest of the men of war, drew out their forces 
 before it was day by the sally-port of the town. And being all ready, 
 Captain Credence went up to the head of the army, and gave to the rest of 
 the captains the word, and they to the under-officers and soldiers, which 
 was, " The sword of the Prince Emanuel, and the shield of The word. 
 Captain Credence !"- which is in the Mansoulian tongue, "The word of 
 God and faith." Then the captains fell on, and began roundly to front, 
 and flank, and rear Diabolus' camp. 
 
 Now, they left Captain Experience in the town, because he was ill of his 
 wounds which the Diabolonians had given him in the last fight. But when 
 he perceived that the captains were at it, what does he, but, calling for his 
 crutches in haste, get up, and away he goes to the battle, saying, " Shall 
 I lie here when my brethren are in the fight, and when Emanuel the Prince 
 will show himself in the field to his servants ?" But when the enemy saw 
 the man come with his crutches, they were daunted yet the more ; " for,"
 
 228 
 
 THE HOLY WAR. 
 
 thought they, " what spirit has possessed these Mansoulians, that they fight 
 us upon their crutches ! Well, the captains, as I said, fell on, and bravely 
 handled their weapons, still crying out, and shouting as they laid on blows, 
 " The sword of the Prince Emanuel, and the shield of Captain Credence !" 
 
 LORD WILL-EE-WILL'S CHARGE. 
 
 Now, when Diabolus saw that the captains were come out, and that so 
 valiantly they surrounded his men, he concluded, that for the present 
 nothing from them was to be looked for but blows, with the dints of their 
 two-edged swords. Wherefore he also falls upon the Prince's army, with
 
 , THE HOLY WAR. 229 
 
 all his deadly force. So the battle was joined. Now who was it that 
 at first Diabolus met with in the fight, but Captain Credence on the one 
 hand, and the Lord Will-be-will on the other; now Will-be-wilTs blows 
 were like the blows of a giant, for that man had a strong arm, and he fell 
 in upon the Election-Doubters, for they were the life-guard of Diabolus, 
 and he kept them in play a good while, cutting and battering shrewdly. 
 Now when Captain Credence saw my lord engaged, he stoutly on the other 
 hand fell upon the same company also ; so they put them to great disorder. 
 Now Captain Good-Hope had engaged the Vocation-Doubters, and they 
 were sturdy men ; but the captain was a valiant man : Captain Experience 
 also sent him some aid : so he made the Vocation-Doubters retreat. The 
 rest of the armies were hotly engaged, and that on every side, and the 
 Diabolonians fought stoutly. Then my Lord Secretary commanded that 
 the slings from the castle should be played, and his men could throw 
 stones at an hair's breadth. But, after a while those that fled before the 
 captains of the Prince, began to rally again, and they came up stoutly upon 
 the rear of the Prince's army, wherefore the Prince's army began to faint ; 
 but, remembering they should see the face of their Prince by and by, they 
 took courage, and a very fierce battle was fought. Then shouted the 
 captains, saying, " The sword of the Prince Emanuel, and the shield of 
 Captain Credence !" and with that Diabolus gave back, thinking that more 
 aid had been come. But no Emanuel as yet appeared. Moreover, the 
 battle hung in doubt ; and they made a little retreat on both sides. Now, 
 in the time of respite, Captain Credence bravely encouraged his men to stand 
 to it, and Diabolus did the like as well as he could. But Captain Credence 
 made a brave speech to his soldiers, the contents whereof here follow : 
 
 " Gentlemen soldiers, and my brethren in this design, it rejoiceth me 
 much to see in the field, for our Prince this day, so stout and so valiant an 
 army, and faithful lovers of Mansoul. You have hitherto, as hath become 
 you, shown yourselves men of truth and courage against the Diabolonian 
 forces, so that for all their boast, they have not yet cause much to boast of 
 their gettings. Now take to yourselves your wonted courage, and show 
 yourselves men, even this once only ; for in a few minutes after the next 
 engagement this time, you shall see your Prince show himself in the field ; 
 for we must make this second assault upon this tyrant Diabolus, and then 
 Emanuel comes."
 
 230 THE HOLY WAR. 
 
 No sooner had the captain made this speech to his soldiers, but Mr. 
 Speedy came post to the captain from the Prince, to tell him that Emanuel 
 was at hand. This news, when the captain had received, he communicated 
 to the other field-officers, and they again to their soldiers and men of war. 
 Wherefore, like men raised^ from the dead, so the captains and their men 
 arose; made up to the enemy, and cried as before, "The sword of the 
 Prince Emanuel, and the shield of Captain Credence !" 
 
 The Diabolonians also bestirred themselves, and made resistance as well 
 as they could, but in this last engagement they lost their courage, and 
 many of the Doubters fell down dead to the ground. Now, when they 
 had been in heat of battle about an hour or more, Captain Credence lifted 
 up his eyes, and beheld Emanuel coming, and he came with colours flying, 
 trumpets sounding, and the feet of his men scarce touched the ground, they 
 hasted with that celerity towards the captains that were engaged. Then 
 Captain Credence wheeled his men to the townward, and gave to Diabolus 
 when the ene- the field. So Emanuel came upon him on the one side, and 
 christ'and feu*, the enemy's place was betwixt them both. Then again they 
 go! n tob7 8 'ure. ey fell to i t a f res h } and a little while afterwards Emanuel and 
 Captain Credence met, still trampling down the slain as they came. 
 
 But when the captains saw that the Prince was come, and that he fell 
 upon the Diabolonians on the other side, and that Captain Credence and his 
 Highness had got them up betwixt them, they shouted, (they so shouted 
 that the ground rent again,) saying, " The sword of Emanuel, and the 
 shield of Captain Credence!" Now, when Diabolus saw that he and his 
 forces were so hard beset by the Prince and his princely army, what does 
 he and the lords of the pit that were with him, but make their escape, and 
 forsake their army, and leave them to fall by the hand of Emanuel, and of 
 his noble Captain Credence : so they fell all down slain before them, before 
 his Prince, and before his royal army ; there was not left so much as one 
 Doubter alive; they lay spread upon the ground like dead men, as one 
 would spread dung upon the land. 
 
 When the battle was over, all things came in order in the camp. Then 
 the captains and elders of Maiisoul came together to salute Emanuel, 
 while without the corporation; so they saluted him, and welcomed 
 him, and that with a thousand welcomes, for that he was come to 
 the borders of Mansoul again. So he smiled upon them, and said,
 
 THE HOLY WAR. 231 
 
 " Peace be unto you." Then they addressed themselves to go to the 
 town ; they went then to go up to Mansoul, they, the Prince, with all the 
 new forces that now he had brought with him to the war. Also all the 
 gates of the town were set open for his reception, so glad were they of his 
 blessed return. And this was the manner and order of his going into 
 Mansoul : 
 
 First, As I said, all the gates of the town were set open, yea, the gates 
 of the castle ; the elders too of the town of Mansoul placed themselves at 
 the gates of the town, to salute him at his entrance thither : and so they 
 did; for as he drew near, and approached towards the gate, they said, 
 " Lift up your heads, O ye gates, and be Lift up ye everlasting doors ; 
 and the King of glory shall come in." And they answered again, " Who 
 is this King of glory?" And they made return to themselves, " The Lord, 
 strong and mighty, the Lord is mighty in battle. Lift up your heads, 
 O ye gates, even lift them up, ye everlasting doors," &c. 
 
 Secondly, It was ordered also by those of Mansoul, that all the way 
 from the town-gates to those of the castle, his blessed Majesty should be 
 entertained with the song, by them that had best skill in music in all 
 the town of Mansoul ; then the elders and the rest of the men of Mansoul, 
 answered one another as Emanuel entered the town, till he came to the 
 castle-gates, with songs and sounds of trumpets, saying, " They have seen 
 thy goings, O God; even the goings of my God, my King, in the sanc- 
 tuary. So the singers went before, the players on instruments followed 
 after, and among them were the damsels playing on timbrels." 
 
 Thirdly, Then the captains, (for I would speak a word for them,) in 
 their order, waited on the Prince as he entered into the gates of Mansoul. 
 Captain Credence went before, and Captain Good-Hope with him ; Captain 
 Charity came behind, with other of his companions, and Captain Patience 
 followed after all ; and the rest of the captains, some on the right hand, 
 and some on the left, accompanied Emanuel into Mansoul. And all the 
 while the colours were displayed, the trumpets sounded, and continual 
 shoutings were among the soldiers. The Prince himself rode into the 
 town in his armour, which was all of beaten gold ; and in his chariot the 
 pillars of it were of silver, the bottom thereof of gold, the covering of it 
 was of purple, the midst thereof being paved with love for the daughters 
 of the town of Mansoul.
 
 232 THE HOLY WAR. 
 
 Fourthly, When the Prince was come to the entrance of Mansoul, he 
 found all the streets strewed with lilies and flowers, curiously decked with 
 Good and joyfui boughs aQ d branches from the green trees, that stood round 
 about the town. Every door also was filled with persons, who 
 had adorned every one their fore-part against their house with something 
 of variety and singular excellency, to entertain him withal as he passed in 
 the streets; they also themselves, as Emanuel passed. by, welcomed him 
 with shouts and acclamations of joy, saying, " Blessed be the Prince that 
 cometh in the name of his Father Shaddai." 
 
 Fifthly, At the castle-gates the elders of Mansoul, to wit, my Lord 
 Mayor, Lord Will-be-will, the subordinate-preacher, Mr. Knowledge, and 
 Mr. Mind, with other of the gentry of the place, saluted Emanuel again ; 
 they bowed before him, they kissed the dust of his feet, they thanked, they 
 blessed and praised his Highness for not taking advantage against them 
 for their sins, but rather had pity upon them in their misery, and returned 
 to them with mercies, and to build up their Mansoul for ever. Thus was 
 he had up straightway to the castle ; for that was the royal palace, and the 
 place where his honour was to dwell ; which was ready prepared for his 
 Highness by the presence of the Lord Secretary, and the work of Captain 
 Credence. So he entered in. 
 
 Sixthly, Then the people and commonalty of the town of Mansoul came 
 to him in the castle to mourn, weep, and lament for their wickedness, by 
 which they had forced him out of the town. So they, when they were 
 come, bowed themselves to the ground seven times, they also wept, they 
 wept aloud, and asked forgiveness of the Prince, and prayed that he would 
 again, as of old, confirm his love to Mansoul. 
 
 To which the great Prince replied, " Weep not, but go your way, eat 
 the fat, and drink the sweet, and send portions to them for whom nought is 
 prepared ; for ' the joy of your Lord is your strength/ I am returned to 
 Mansoul with mercies, and my name shall be set up, exalted and magnified 
 by it." He also took these inhabitants, and kissed them, and laid them in 
 his bosom. 
 
 Moreover, he gave to the elders of Mansoul and to each town-officer, a 
 The hoiy con- chain of gold, and a signet. He also sent to their wives ear-rings, 
 
 ceptions of Man- 
 
 ouL and jewels, and bracelets, and other things. He also bestowed 
 
 Young and tender 
 
 hoiy thought.. U p 0n the true-born children of Mansoul, many precious things.
 
 THE HOLY WAR. 233 
 
 When Enianuel, the Prince, had done all these things for the famous 
 town of Mansoul, then he said unto them, " First, wash your garments, 
 then put on your ornaments, and then come to me into the castle of Man- 
 soul."* So they went to the fountain that was set open for Rev.vii. 14,15. 
 Judah and Jerusalem to wash in ; and there they washed, and there they 
 made their garments white, and came again to the Prince into the castle, 
 and thus they stood before him. f 
 
 And now there was music and dancing throughout the whole town of 
 Mansoul, and that because their Prince had again granted to them his 
 presence, and light of Ins countenance; the bells also rung, and the sun 
 shone comfortably upon them for a great while together. 
 
 The town of Mansoul also now more thoroughly sought the destruction 
 and ruin of all remaining Diabolonians, that abode in the walls and the 
 dens, that they had in the town of Mansoul ; for there was of them that 
 had to this day escaped with life and limb from the hand of their sup- 
 pressors in the famous town of Mansoul. 
 
 But my Lord Will-be-will was a greater terror to them now than ever 
 he had been before ; forasmuch as his heart was yet more fully bent to seek, 
 contrive, and pursue them to the death ; he pursued them night and day, 
 and put them now to sore distress, as will afterwards appear. 
 
 After things were thus far put into order in the famous town of Man- 
 soul, care was taken, and order given by the blessed Prince Emanuel, that 
 the townsmen should, without further delay, appoint some to go forth into 
 the plain to bury the dead that were there, the dead that fell by the sword 
 of Emanuel, and by the shield of Captain Credence, lest the fumes and ill 
 savours that would arise from them might infect the air, and so annoy the 
 famous town of Mansoul. This also was a reason of this order, to wit, that 
 as much as in Mansoul lay, they might cut off the name, and being, and 
 remembrance of those enemies from the thought of the famous town of 
 Mansoul and its inhabitants. 
 
 So order was given out by the Lord Mayor, that wise and trusty friend 
 of the town of Mansoul, that persons should be employed about this 
 necessary business ; and Mr. Godly-Fear, and one Mr. Upright, were to be 
 
 * Let thy garments be always white : and let thy head lack no ointment. Eccles. ix. 8. 
 f In that day there shall be a fountain opened to the house of David, and to the inhabitants 
 of Jerusalem, for sin and for uncleanness. Zech. xiii. 1. 
 
 H H
 
 284 THE HOLY WAR. 
 
 overseers about this matter : so persons were put under them to work" in 
 the fields, and to bury the slain that lay dead in the plains. And these 
 were their places of employment ; some were to make the graves, some 
 were to bury the dead, and some were to go to and fro in the plains, and 
 also round the borders of Mansoul, to see if a skull or a bone, or a piece of 
 a bone of a Doubter, was yet to be found above ground any where near 
 the corporation ; and if any were found, it was ordered, that the searchers 
 that searched should set up a mark thereby, and a sign, that those that were 
 appointed to bury them might find it, and bury it out of sight, that the 
 name and remembrance of a Diabolonian Doubter might be blotted out 
 from under heaven. And that the children and they that were to be 
 born in Mansoul might not know, if possible, what a skull, what a bone, 
 or a piece of a bone of a Doubter was. So the buriers, and those that 
 were appointed for that purpose, did as they were commanded ; they 
 buried the Doubters, and all skulls and bones, and pieces of bones of 
 Doubters, wherever they found them, and so they cleansed the plains. 
 Now also Mr. God's-Peace took up his commission, and acted again as in 
 former days. 
 
 Thus they buried in the plains about Mansoul, the Election-Doubters, 
 the Vocation-Doubters, the Grace-Doubters, the Preseverance-Doubters, 
 the Resurrection-Doubters, the Salvation-Doubters, and the Glory-Doubters, 
 whose captains were Captain Rage, and Captain Cruel, Captain Damnation, 
 Captain Insatiable, Captain Brimstone, Captain Torment, Captain No-Ease, 
 Captain Sepulchre, and Captain Past-Hope ; and old Incredulity was under 
 Diabolus, their general. There was also the seven heads of their army ; 
 and they were the Lord Beelzebub, the Lord Lucifer, the Lord Legion, the 
 Lord Apollyon, the Lord Pithon, the Lord Cerberus, and the Lord Belial. 
 But the princes and captains, with old Incredulity, their general, all made 
 their escape; so their men fell down slain by the power of the Prince's 
 forces, and by the hands of the men of the town of Mansoul. They also 
 were buried, as is before related, to the exceeding great joy of the town of 
 Mansoul ; they that buried them, buried also with them their arms, which 
 were cruel instruments of death ; (their weapons were arrows, darts, mauls, 
 firebrands, and the like;) they buried also their armour, colours, and 
 banners, with the standard of Diabolus, and what else soever they could 
 find that did but smell of a Diabolonian Doubter.
 
 THE HOLY WAR.' 235 
 
 Now when the tyrant was arrived at Hell-Gate Hill, with his old friend 
 Incredulity, they immediately descended the den, and having there, with 
 their followers, for a while condoled their misfortune, and the great loss 
 they sustained before the town of Mansoul, they fell at length into a passion, 
 and revenged they would be for the loss that they sustained before the 
 town of Mansoul. Wherefore they presently call a council to contrive yet 
 further what was to be done against the famous town of Mansoul ; for their 
 yawning paunches could not wait to see the result of their Lord Lucifer's 
 and their Lord Apollyon's counsel that they had given before; for their 
 raging gorge thought every day even as long as a short for ever, until they 
 were rilled with the body and soul, with the flesh and bones, and with all 
 the delicacies of Mansoul. They therefore resolved to make another 
 attempt upon the town of Mansoul, and that by an army mixed and made 
 up partly of Doubters, and partly of Blood-men. A more particular 
 account now take of both. 
 
 The Doubters are such as have their name from their nature, as well as 
 from the lord and kingdom where they were born ; their nature is to put a 
 question upon every one of the truths of Emanuel ; and their country is the 
 land of Doubting, and that land lieth off, and furtherest remote, to the 
 north, between the land of Darkness, and that called the Valley of the 
 Shadow of Death. For though the land of Darkness, and that called the 
 land of the Shadow of Death, be sometimes called as if they were one and 
 the self-same place ; yet indeed they are two, lying but a little way asunder, 
 and the land of Doubting points in, and lieth between them. This is the 
 land of Doubting ; and those that came with Diabolus to ruin the town of 
 Mansoul, are the natives of that country. 
 
 The Blood-men are a people that have their name derived from the 
 malignity of their nature, and from the fury that is in them to execute it 
 upon the town of Mansoul ; their land lieth under the Dog-star, and by 
 that they are governed as to intellectuals. The name of the country is the 
 province of Loath-good, the remote parts of it are far distant from the land, 
 of Doubting, yet they do both butt and bound upon the hill called 
 Hell-gate Hill. These people are always in league with the Doubters, 
 ' for they jointly made question of the faith and fidelity of the men of 
 the town of Mansoul, and so are both alike qualified for the service of. 
 their prince.
 
 236 THE HOLY WAR, 
 
 Now of these two countries did Diabolus by the beating of Iris drum 
 raise another army against the town of Mansoul, of five-and-twenty 
 thousand strong. There were ten thousand Doubters, and fifteen thousand 
 Blood-men, and they were put under several captains for the war j and old 
 Incredulity was again made general of the army. 
 
 As for the Doubters, their captains were five of the seven that were 
 heads of the last Diabolonian army, and these are their names ; Captain 
 Beelzebub, Captain Lucifer, Captain Apollyon, Captain Legion, and 
 Captain Cerberus, and the captains that they had before were some of 
 them made lieutenants, and some ensigns of the army. 
 
 But Diabolus did not count, that in this expedition of his, these Doubters 
 would prove his principal men, for their manhood had been tried before ; 
 also the Mansoulians had put them to the worst : only he brought them to 
 multiply a number, and to help, if need was, at a pinch. But his trust he 
 put in his Blood-men, for they were all rugged villains, and he knew that 
 they had done feats heretofore. 
 
 As for the Blood-men, they also were under command, and the names 
 of their captains were, Captain Cain, Captain Nimrod, Captain Ishmael, 
 Captain Esau, Captain Saul, Captain Absalom, Captain Judas, and 
 Captain Pope. 
 
 1. Captain Cain was over two bands, to wit, the Zealous and the 
 Angry Blood-men : his standard-bearer bore the red colours, and his 
 scutcheon was the murdering club.* 
 
 2. Captain Nimrod was captain over two bands, to wit, the Tyrannical 
 Gen. x. s, 9. and Incroaching Blood-men : his standard-bearer bore the red 
 
 colours, and his scutcheon was the great blood-hound. 
 
 3. Captain Ishmael was captain over two bands, to wit, over the Mock- 
 ing and Scorning Blood-men : his standard-bearer bore the red colours, 
 and his scutcheon was one mocking at Abraham's Isaac, f 
 
 4. Captain Esau was captain over two bands, to wit, the Bloodmen that 
 grudged that another should have the blessing ; also over the Blood-men 
 that are for executing their private revenge upon others : his standard- 
 
 And Cain talked with Abel his brother : and it came to pass, when they were in the field, 
 that Cain rose up against Abel his brother, and slew him. Gen. iv. 8. 
 
 f And Sarah saw the son of Hagar the Egyptian, which she had borne unto Abraham, mock- 
 ing. Wherefore she said unto Abraham, Cast out this bond-woman and her son : for the son 
 of this bond- woman shall not be heir with my son, even with Isaac. Gen. xxi. 9, 10.
 
 THE HOLY WAR. 237 
 
 bearer bore the red colours, and his scutcheon was one privately lurking 
 to murder Jacob.* 
 
 5. Captain Saul was captain over two bands, to wit, the Groundlessly 
 Jealous and the Devilishly Furious Blood-rnen : his standard- 
 
 l I bam. xix. 10; 
 
 bearer bore the red colours, and his scutcheon was three bloody 
 darts cast at harmless David.f 
 
 6. Captain Absalom was captain over two bands, to wit, over the Blood- 
 men that will kill a father or a friend, for the glory of this 2 Sam xv xy . 
 world; also over those Blood-men that hold one fair in hand 
 
 with words, till they shall have pierced him with their swords : his standard- 
 bearer bore the red colours, and his scutcheon was the son pursuing the 
 father's blood. 
 
 7. Captain Judas was over two bands, to wit, the Blood-men that will 
 sell a man's life for money, and those also that will betray their friend with 
 a kiss : his standard-bearer bore the red colours, and his scutcheon was 
 thirty pieces of silver, and the halter, j 
 
 8. Captain Pope was captain over one band, for all these spirits are 
 joined in one under him : his standard-bearer bore the red Rev x ... 7 8 
 colours, and his scutcheon was the stake, the flame, and the 
 
 good man in it. 
 
 Now the reason why Diabolus so soon rallied another force after he had 
 been beaten out of the field, was, for that he put mighty confidence in this 
 army of Blood-men, for he put a great deal of more trust in them than he 
 did before in his army of Doubters, though they had also often done great 
 service for him in the strengthening of him in his kingdom. But those 
 Blood-men he had often proved, and their sword seldom returned empty. 
 Besides, he knew that these, like mastiffs, would fasten upon any ; upon 
 father, mother, brother, sister, prince, or governor, yea, upon the Prince of 
 princes. And that which encouraged him the more was, for that they 
 
 * And these words of Esau her elder son were told to Rebekah. And she sent and called 
 Jacob her younger son, and said unto him, Behold, thy brother Esau, as touching thee, doth 
 comfort himself, purposing to kill thee. Gen. xxvii. 42. 
 
 t And Saul cast the javelin ; for he said, I will smite David even to the wall with it. And 
 David avoided out of his presence twice. 1 Sam. xviii. 11. 
 
 I Then one of the twelve, called Judas Iscariot, went unto the chief priests, and said unto 
 them, What will ye give me, and I will deliver him unto you ? And they covenanted with him 
 for thirty pieces of silver. And from that time he sought opportunity to betray him. Matt 
 xxvii. 14, 15, 16.
 
 238 THE HOLY WAR. 
 
 once forced Emanuel out of the kingdom of Universe ; " And why," thought 
 he, "may they not drive him from the town of Mansoul?" 
 
 So this army, five-and-twenty thousand strong, was by their general, the 
 Lord Incredulity, led up against the town of Mansoul. Now Mr. Prywell, 
 the scoutmaster-general, went out to spy, and he brought Mansoul tidings 
 of their coming. Wherefore they shut up their gates, and put themselves 
 into a posture of defence against these new Diabolonians that came up 
 against the town. 
 
 So Diabolus brought up his army, and beleaguered the town of Man- 
 soul; the Doubters were placed about Feel-gate, and the Blood-men set 
 down before Eye-gate, and Ear-gate. 
 
 Now when this army had thus encamped themselves, Incredulity, in the 
 name of Diabolus, in his own name, and in the name of the Blood-men, 
 and the rest that were with him, sent a summons as hot as a red-hot iron 
 to Mansoul, to yield to their demands, threatening, that if they still stood 
 it out against them, they would presently burn down Mansoul with fire. 
 For you must know, that as for the Blood-men, they were not so much 
 that Mansoul should be surrendered, as that Mansoul should be destroyed, 
 and cut off out of the land of the living.* True, they sent them to sur- 
 render ; but should they so do, that would not quench the thirst of these 
 men ; they must have blood, the blood of Mansoul, else they die ; and it is 
 
 jer.Mii.i7. from thence that they have their name. Wherefore these 
 Blood-men he reserved while now, that they might, when all engines 
 proved ineffectual, as his last and sure card, be played against the town of 
 Mansoul. 
 
 Now, when the townsmen had received this red-hot summons, it begat 
 in them at present some changing and interchanging thoughts ; but they 
 jointly agreed, in less than half an hour, to carry the summons to the 
 Prince, which they did, when they writ at the bottom of it, " Lord, save 
 
 psaim MX. 2. Mansoul from bloody men ! " 
 
 So he took it, and looked upon it, and considered it, and took notice 
 also of that short petition that the men of Mansoul had written at the 
 bottom of it, and called unto him the noble Captain Credence, and bid him 
 go, and take Captain Patience with him, and go and take care of that side 
 
 * Their feet run to evil, and they make haste to shed innocent blood, their thoughts are 
 thoughts of inquity ; wasting and destruction are in their paths. Isaiah lix. 7.
 
 THE HOLY WAR. 239 
 
 of Mansoul that was beleaguered by the Blood-men.* So they went and 
 did as they were commanded; then Captain Credence went and took 
 Captain Patience, and they both secured that side of Mansoul that was 
 besieged by the Blood-men. 
 
 Then he commanded that Captain Good-Hope, and Captain Charity, 
 and my Lord Will-be-will, should take charge of the other side of the town ; 
 "And I," said the Prince, "will set up my standard upon the battlements 
 of your castle, and do you three watch against the Doubters." This done, 
 he again commanded that the brave Captain Experience should draw up 
 his men in the market-place, and that there also he should exercise them 
 day by day before the people of the town of Mansoul. Now the siege was 
 long, and many a fierce attempt did the enemy, especially those called 
 Blood-men, make upon the town of Mansoul ; and many a shrewd brush 
 did some of the townsmen meet with from them, especially Captain Self- 
 Denial, who, I should have told you before, was commanded to take the 
 care of Ear-gate and Eye-gate now against the Blood-men. This Captain 
 Self-Denial was a young man, but a stout, and a townsman in Mansoul, as 
 Captain Experience also was ; and Emanuel at his second return to Man- 
 soul, made him a captain over a thousand of the Mansoulians, for the good 
 of the corporation. This captain, therefore, being a hardy man, a man of 
 great courage, and willing to venture himself for the good of the town of 
 Mansoul, would now and then sally out upon the Blood-men, and give 
 them many notable alarms, and had several skirmishes with them, and also 
 did some execution upon them; yet you must think that this could not 
 easily be done, but he must meet with brushes himself, for he carried 
 several of their marks in his face ; yea, and some in other parts of his 
 body. 
 
 So, after some time spent for the trial of the faith, hope, and love of the 
 town of Mansoul, the Prince Emanuel upon a day calls his captains and 
 men of war together, and divides them into two companies ; this done, he 
 commands them at the time appointed, and that in the morning very early, 
 to sally out upon the enemy ; saying, " Let half of you fall upon the 
 Doubters, and half of you fall upon the Blood-men. Those of you that go 
 out against the Doubters, kill and slay, and cause to perish so many of 
 
 * That ye be not slothful, but followers of them who through faith and patience inherit the 
 promises. And so after he had patiently endured, he obtained the promise. Heb. vi. 12, 15.
 
 THE HOLY WAR. 241 
 
 * 
 
 them as by any means you can lay hands on ; but for you that go out 
 against the Blood-men, slay them not, but take them alive." 
 
 Accordingly, at the time appointed, betimes in the morning, the captains 
 went out as they were commanded against the enemies. Captain Good- 
 Hope, Captain Charity, and those that were joined with them, as Captain 
 Innocent, and Captain Experience, went out against the Doubters ; and 
 Captain Credence, and Captain Patience, with Captain Self-Denial, and the 
 rest that were to join with them, went out against the Blood-men. 
 
 Now, those that went out against the Doubters, drew up in a body 
 before the plain, and marched on to win the battle ; but the Doubters, 
 remembering their last success, made a retreat, not daring to stand the 
 shock, but fled from the Prince's men ; wherefore they pursued them, and 
 in their pursuit slew many, but they could not catch them all. Now those 
 that escaped went some of them home ; and the rest, by fives, nines, and 
 seventeens, like wanderers, went straggling up and down the country, 
 where they showed and exercised many of their Diabolonian actions upon 
 the barbarous people ; nor did these people rise up in arms against them, 
 but suffered themselves to be enslaved by them. They would The However 
 
 never figlits tlie 
 
 also after this, show themselves in companies before the town doubter - 
 of Mansoul, but never to abide it ; for if Captain Credence, Captain Good- 
 Hope, or Captain Experience did but show themselves, they fled. 
 
 Those that were against the Blood-men, did as they were commanded ; 
 they forebore to slay any, but sought to compass them about. But the 
 Blood-men, when they saw that no Emanuel was in the field, concluded 
 also that no Emanuel was in Mansoul ; wherefore they, looking upon what 
 the captains did to be, as they called it, a fruit of the extravagancy of their 
 wild and foolish fancies, rather despised than feared them. But the 
 captains, minding their business, at last compassed them round ; they also 
 that had routed the Doubters, came in amain to their aid : so, in fine, after 
 some struggling, (for the Blood-men also would have run for it, only now 
 it was too late ; for though they are mischievous and cruel when they can 
 overcome, yet all Blood-men are chicken-hearted men, when they once 
 come to see themselves matched and equalled,) so, I say, the captains 
 took them, and brought them to the Prince. 
 
 Now when they were taken, had before the Prince, and examined, he found 
 them to be of three several counties, though they all came out of one land. 
 
 i i
 
 242 THE HOLY WAR. 
 
 1. One sort of them came out of Blind-man-shire, and they were such 
 as did ignorantly what they did. 
 
 2. Another sort of them came out of Blind-zeal-shire, and they did 
 superstitiously what they did. 
 
 i rim. i. 13-is. 3. The third sort of them came out of the town of Malice, 
 iJke ^22. in the county of Envy, and they did what they did out of spite 
 
 implacableness. 
 
 For the first of these,, to wit, they that came out of Blind- 
 man-shire, when they saw where they were, and against whom they had 
 fought, trembled, and cried as they stood before him ; and as many of those 
 as asked him mercy, he touched their lips with his golden sceptre. 
 
 They that came out of Blind-zeal-shire, did not as their fellows, for they 
 pleaded that they had a right to do what they did, because Mansoul was a 
 town whose laws and customs were diverse from all that dwelt thereabouts ; 
 very few of these could be brought to see their evil, but those that did, and 
 asked mercy, they also obtained favour. 
 
 Now, they that came out of the town of Malice, that is in the county of 
 Envy, they neither wept nor disputed, but stood gnawing of their tongues 
 before him for anguish and madness, because they could not have their 
 will upon Mansoul. Now those last, witty all those of the other two sorts 
 that unfeignedly asked pardon for their faults ; those he made to enter 
 into sufficient bond, to answer for what they had done against Mansoul, 
 The day of an ^ against her King, at the great and general assizes to be 
 holden for our Lord the King, where he himself should appoint 
 for the country and kingdom of Universe. So they became bound each 
 man for himself to come in when called upon, to answer before our Lord 
 the King for what they had done before. 
 
 And thus much concerning this second army that was sent by Diabolus 
 to overthrow Mansoul. 
 
 But there were three of those that came from the land of Doubting, 
 who, after they had wandered and ranged the country awhile, and per- 
 ceived that they had escaped, were so hardy as to thrust themselves, 
 knowing that yet there were in the town some who took part with Dia- 
 bolus, I say, they were so hardy as to thrust themselves into Mansoul 
 among them. (Three, did I say? I think there were four.) Now, to 
 whose house should these Diabolonian Doubters go but to the house of an
 
 THE HOLY WAR. 
 
 old Diabolonian in Mansoul, whose name was Evil-Questioning, a very 
 great enemy he was to Mansoul, and a great doer among the Diabolonians 
 there. "Well, to this Evil-Questioning's house, as was said, did these 
 Diabolonians come ; (you may be sure that they had directions how to find 
 
 MR. EVIL-QUESTIONIKG. 
 
 their way thither,) So he made them welcome^ pitied their misfortune, 
 and succoured them with the best he had in his house. Now, after a little 
 acquaintance, and it was not long before they had that, this Evil-Question- 
 ing asked the Doubters if they were all of a town, (he knew that they were 
 all of one kingdom ;) and they answered, " No, nor of one shire neither ; 
 for I," said one, "am -an Election-Doubter;" "I," said another, "am a 
 Vocation-Doubter;" then said the third, "I am a Salvation-Doubter;" and 
 the fourth said he was a Grace-Doubter. " Well," quoth the old gentle- 
 man, " be of what shire you will, I am persuaded that you are town-boys : 
 you have the very length of my foot, are one with my heart, and shall be 
 welcome to me." So they thanked him, and were glad that they had found 
 themselves an harbour in Mansoul. 
 
 Then said Evil-Questioning to them, " How many of your company 
 might there be that came with you to the siege of Mansoul?" And they 
 answered, " That there were but ten thousand Doubters in all, for the rest 
 of the army consisted of fifteen thousand Blood-men. These Blood-men,"
 
 244 THE HOLY WAR. 
 
 quoth they, " border upon our country ; but, poor men ! we hear they were 
 every one taken by Emanuel's forces." "Ten thousand!" quoth the old 
 gentleman, " I'll promise you that's a round company. But how came it 
 to pass, since you were so mighty a number, that you fainted and durst 
 not fight your foes?" " Our general," said they, " was the first man that 
 ran for it." " Pray," quoth their landlord, " who was that your cowardly 
 general ?" " He was once the Lord Mayor of Mansoul," said they : " but 
 pray call- him not a cowardly general, for whether any from the east to the 
 west has done more service for our Prince Diabolus, than has my Lord 
 Incredulity, will be a hard question for you to answer. But had they 
 catched him, they would for certain have hanged him, and we promise you 
 hanging is but a bad business." 
 
 Then said the old gentleman, " I would that all the ten thousand Doubters 
 were now all well armed in Mansoul, and myself at the head of them, 
 I would see what I could do." " Ay," said they, " that would be well, if 
 we could see that; but wishes, alas ! what are they?" And these words 
 were spoken aloud. " Well," said old Evil-Questioning, " take heed that 
 ye talk not too loud ; you must be quiet and close, and must take care of 
 yourselves while you are here, or, 1 1 will assure you, you will be snapped." 
 "Why?" quoth the Doubters. "Why!" quoth the old gentleman: 
 "why! because both the Prince and Lord Secretary, and their captains 
 and soldiers, are all at present in town ; yea, the town is as full of them as 
 it can hold. And besides, there is one whose name is Will-be-will, a most 
 cruel enemy of ours, and him the Prince hath made keeper of the gates, 
 and has commanded him, that with all the diligence he can, he should look 
 for, search out, and destroy all, and all manner of Diabolonians. And if 
 he lighteth upon you, down you go, though your heads be made of gold." 
 
 And now, to see how it happened, one of the Lord Will-be-wuTs faithful 
 soldiers, whose name was Mr. Diligence, stood all the while listening under 
 old Evil-Questioning's eaves, and heard all the talk that had been betwixt 
 him and the Doubters that he entertained under his roof. 
 
 This soldier was a man that my lord had much confidence in, and that 
 he loved dearly ; and that both because he was a man of courage, and also 
 a man that was unwearied in seeking after Diabolonians to apprehend 
 them. 
 
 Now this man, as I told you, heard all the talk that was between old
 
 THE HOLY WAR. 245 
 
 Evil-Questioning and these Diabolonians ; wherefore what does he, but 
 goes to his lord, and tells him what he had heard. " And sayest thou so, 
 my trusty?" quoth my lord. "Ay," quoth Diligence, "that I do, and if 
 your lordship will be pleased to go with me, you shall find it as I have 
 said." " And are they there ?" quoth my lord; " I know Evil-Questioning 
 well, for he and I were great at the time of our apostasy ; but know not 
 now where he dwells." " But I do," said his man, " and if your lordship 
 will go, I will lead you the way to his den." " Go ! " quoth my lord, 
 "that I will. Come, my Diligence, let us go find them out." So my 
 lord and his man went together the direct way to his house. Now this 
 man went before to show him the way, and they went till they came even 
 under old Mr. Evil-Questioning's wall. Then said Diligence, " Hark ! my 
 lord, do you know the old gentleman's tongue when you hear it ?" " Yes," 
 said my lord, " I know it well ; but I have not seen him many a day. This 
 I know, he is cunning ; I wish he may not give us the slip." " Let me 
 alone for that," said his servant Diligence. " But how shah 1 we find the 
 door?" quoth my lord. " Let me alone for that too," said his man. So 
 he had my Lord Will-be-will about, and showed him the way to the door. 
 Then my lord, without more ado, broke open the door, rushed into the 
 house, and caught them all five together, even as Diligence his man had 
 told him. So my lord apprehended them, and led them away, and com- 
 mitted them to the hand of Mr. Truernan the gaoler, and he commanded, 
 and put them in ward. This done, my Lord Mayor was acquainted in the 
 morning with what my Lord Will-be-will had done over night, and his 
 lordship rejoiced much at the news, not only because there were Doubters 
 apprehended, but because that old Evil-Questioning was taken ; for he had 
 been a very great trouble to Mansoul, and much affliction to my Lord Mayor 
 himself. He had also been sought for often, but no hand could ever be 
 laid on him till now. 
 
 Well, the next thing was, to make preparations to try these five that by 
 my lord had been apprehended, and that were in the hands of Mr. True- 
 man the gaoler. So the day was set, and the court called and came together, 
 and the prisoners brought to the bar. My Lord Will-be-will had power to 
 have slain them when first he took them, and that without any more ado, 
 but he thought it at this time more for the honour of the Prince, the comfort 
 of Mansoul, and the discouragement of the enemy, to bring them forth to
 
 246 THE HOLY WAR. 
 
 public judgment. But I say, Mr. Trueman brought them in chains to the 
 bar, to the town-hall, for that was the place of judgment. So to be short, 
 the jury was pannelled, the witnesses sworn, and the prisoners tried for 
 their lives ; the jury was the same that tried Mr. No-Truth, Pitiless, Haughty, 
 and the rest of their companions. 
 
 And, first, old Evil-Questioning himself was set to the bar ; for he was 
 the receiver, the entertainer, and comforter of these Doubters, that by nation 
 were outlandish men : and he was bid to hearken to his charge, and was 
 told that he had liberty to object, if he had aught to say for himself. So 
 his indictment was read ; the manner and form here follows : 
 
 " Mr. Questioning, thou art here indicted by the name Evil-Questioning, 
 an intruder upon the town of Mansoul, for that thou art a Diabolonian by 
 nature, and also a hater of the Prince Ernanuel, and one that hast studied 
 the ruin of Mansoul. Thou art also here indicted for entertaining the 
 King's enemies, after wholesome laws made to the contrary : for, 
 
 "1. Thou hast questioned the truth of her doctrine and state. 
 
 " 2. In wishing that ten thousand Doubters were in her. In receiving, 
 entertaining, and encouraging, of her enemies, that came from their army 
 unto thee. What sayest thou to this indictment? Art thou guilty, or 
 not guilty?" 
 
 " My lord," quoth he, "I know not the meaning of this indictment, for- 
 asmuch as I am not the man concerned in it ; the man that standeth by 
 this charge accused before this bench, is called by the name of Evil- Question- 
 ing, which name I deny to be mine, mine being Honest-Inquiring. The 
 one indeed sounds like the other, but, I trow, your lordships know that 
 between these two there is a wide difference : for I hope that a man, even 
 in the worst of times, and that, too, amongst the worst of men, may make 
 an honest inquiry after things, without running the danger of death." 
 
 Then spake my Lord Will-be-will, for he was one of the witnesses : " My 
 lord, and you the honourable bench and magistrates of the town of Man- 
 soul, you all have heard with your ears that the prisoner at the bar has 
 denied his name, and so thinks to shift from the charge of the indictment. 
 But I know him to be the man concerned, and that his proper name is 
 Evil-Questioning. I have known him, my lord, above these thirty years, 
 for he and I (a shame it is for me to speak it) were great acquaintance, 
 when Diabolus, that tyrant, had the .government of Mansoul ; and I testify
 
 THE HOLY WAR. 
 
 247 
 
 that he is a Diabolonian by nature, an enemy to our Prince, and an hater 
 of the blessed town of Mansoul. He has in times of rebellion been at, and 
 laid in, my house, my lord, not so little as twenty nights together, and we 
 used to talk then, for the substance of talk, as he and his Doubters have 
 talked of late. True, I have not seen him many a day, I suppose that the 
 coming of Emanuel to Mansoul has made him change his lodgings, as this 
 indictment has driven him to change his name ; but this is the man, my lord." 
 Then said the court unto him, " Hast thou any more to say?" 
 
 JIH. DILIGENCE ON THE WATCH. 
 
 " Yes," quoth the old gentleman, " that I have ; for all that has yet been 
 said against me, is but by the mouth of one witness, and it is not lawful 
 for the famous town of Mansoul, at the mouth of one witness, to put any 
 man to death." 
 
 Then stood forth Mr. Diligence, and said, " My lord, as I was upon my
 
 248 THE HOLY WAR. 
 
 watch such a night at the head of Bad-Street, in this town, I chanced to 
 hear a muttering within the gentleman's house. Then, thought I, what's 
 to do here ? So I went up close, but very softly, to the side of the house 
 to listen, thinking, as indeed it fell out, that there I might light on some 
 Diabolonian conventicle. So, as I said, I drew nearer and nearer, and 
 when I was got up close to the wall, it was but a while before I perceived 
 that there were outlandish men in the house, but I understood then 1 speech, 
 for I have been a traveller myself. Now, hearing such language in such 
 a tottering cottage as this old gentleman dwelt in, I clapt mine ear to a 
 hole in the window, and there heard them talk as followeth : This old 
 Mr. Questioning asked these Doubters what they were, whence they came, 
 and what was their business in these parts ? and they answered him to all 
 these questions, yet he entertained them. He also asked what numbers 
 there were of them ; and they told him, ten thousand men. He then asked 
 them why they made no more manly assault upon Mansoul ? and they told 
 him. So he called their general coward, for marching off when he should 
 have fought for his prince. Further, this old Evil-Questioning wished, and 
 I heard him wish, would all the ten thousand Doubters were now in Man- 
 soul, and himself at the head of them ! He bid them also take heed and 
 lie quiet ; for if they were taken they must die, although they had heads 
 of gold." 
 
 Then said the court, " Mr. Evil-Questioning, here is now another witness 
 against you, and this testimony is full." 
 
 " 1. He swears that you have received these men into your house, and 
 that you nourished them there, though you knew that they were Dia- 
 bolonians, and the King's enemies. 
 
 "2. He swears that you wished ten thousand of them in Mansoul. 
 
 "3. He swears that you gave them advice to be quiet and close, lest 
 they were taken by the King's servants. All which manifesteth that thou 
 art a Diabolonian ; but hadst thou been a friend to the King, thou wouldst 
 have apprehended them." 
 
 Then said Evil-Questioning, " To the first of these I answer, The men 
 that came into mine house were strangers, and I took them in ; and is it 
 now become a crime in Mansoul for a man to entertain strangers ? That 
 I also nourished them, is true ; and why should my charity be blamed ? 
 As for the reason why I wished ten thousand of them in Mansoul, I never
 
 THE HOLT WAR. 249 
 
 told it to the witnesses, nor to themselves. I might wish them to 
 be taken, and so my wish might mean well to Mansoul, for aught that 
 any yet knows. I also bid them take heed that they fell not into the 
 captain's hands, but that might be because I am unwilling that any man 
 should be slain, and not because I would have the King's enemies, as such, 
 escape." 
 
 My Lord Mayor then replied : " That though it was a virtue to entertain 
 strangers, yet it was treason to entertain the King's enemies. And for 
 what else thou hast said, thou dost by words but labour to evade and 
 defer the execution of judgment. But could there be no more proved 
 against thee but that thou art a Diabolonian, thou must for that die the 
 death by the law ; but to be a receiver, a nourisher, a countenancer, and a 
 harbourer of others of them, yea, of outlandish Diabolonians ; yea, of them 
 that came from far, on purpose to cut off and destroy our Mansoul this 
 must not be borne." 
 
 Then said Evil-Questioning : " I see how the game will go. I must die 
 for my name, and for my charity." And so held his peace. 
 
 Then they called the outlandish Doubters to the bar, and the first of 
 them that was arraigned, was the Election-Doubter. So his indictment 
 was read ; and because he was an outlandish man, the substance of it was 
 told to him by an interpreter ; to wit, " That he was there charged with 
 being an enemy to Emanuel the Prince, a hater of the town of Mansoul, 
 and an opposer of her most wholesome doctrine." 
 
 Then the judge asked him if he would plead ? but he said only this, 
 That he confessed that he was an Election-Doubter, and that that was the 
 religion that he had ever been brought up in. And said, moreover, " If 
 I must die for my religion, I trow I shall die a martyr, and so I care 
 the less." 
 
 Then the judge replied, " To question election is to overthrow a great 
 doctrine of the gospel, to wit, the omniscience, and power, and will of God ; 
 to take away the liberty of God with his creature, to stumble the faith of 
 the town of Mansoul, and to make salvation to depend upon works, and 
 not upon grace. It also belied the word, and disquieted the minds of the 
 men of Mansoul, therefore by the best of laws he must die." 
 
 Then was the Vocation-Doubter called, and set to the bar ; and his 
 
 K K
 
 250 THE HOLY WAR. 
 
 indictment for substance was the same with the other, only he was 
 particularly charged with denying the calling of Mansoul. 
 
 The judge asked him, also, -what he had to say for himself? 
 
 So he replied, " That he never believed that there was any such thing as 
 a distinct and powerful call of God to Mansoul, otherwise than by the 
 general voice of the word, nor by that neither, otherwise than as it exhorted 
 them to forbear evil, and to do that which is good, and in so doing a 
 promise of happiness is annexed." 
 
 Then said the judge, " Thou art a Diabolonian, and hast denied a great 
 part of one of the most experimental truths of the Prince of the town of 
 Mansoul ; for he has called, and she has heard a most distinct and powerful 
 call of her Emanuel, by which she has been quickened, awakened, and 
 possessed with heavenly grace to desire to have communion with her Prince, 
 to serve him, and to do his will, and to look for happiness merely of his 
 good pleasure. And for thine abhorrence of this good doctrine, thou must 
 die the death." 
 
 Then the Grace-Doubter was called, and his indictment was read, and 
 he replied thereto, " That though he was of the land of Doubting, his 
 father was the offspring of a Pharisee, and lived in good fashion among his 
 neighbours, and that he taught them to believe, (and believe I do, and 
 will,) that Mansoul shall never be saved freely by grace." 
 
 Then said the judge, " Why, the law of the Prince is plain : 1. Negatively, 
 
 Romans in. ' no * ^ works.' 2. Positively, 'by grace you are saved/ 
 
 And thy religion settleth in and upon the works of the flesh ; 
 
 for the works of the law are the works of the flesh. Besides, in saying, 
 
 ' Thou hast done,' thou hast robbed God of his glory, and given it to a sinful 
 
 man : thou hast robbed Christ of the necessity of his undertaking, and the 
 
 sufficiency thereof, and hast given both these to the works of the flesh. 
 
 Thou hast despised the works of the Holy Ghost, and hath magnified the 
 
 will of the flesh and of the legal mind. Thou art a Diabolonian, the son 
 
 of a Diabolonian ; and for thy Diabolonian principles thou must die." 
 
 The court then having proceeded thus far with them, sent out the jury, 
 who forthwith brought them in guilty of death. Then stood up the 
 Recorder, and addressed himself to the prisoners : " You, the prisoners at 
 the bar, you have been here indicted, and proved guilty of high crimes
 
 THE HOLY WAR. 251 
 
 against Emanuel our Prince, and against the welfare of the famous town 
 of Mansoul : crimes for which ye must be put to death ; and die ye 
 accordingly." 
 
 So they were sentenced to the death of the cross. The place assigned 
 them for execution was that where Diabolus drew up his last army against 
 Mansoul ; save only that old Evil-Questioning was hanged at the top of 
 Bad-Street, just over against his own door. 
 
 When the town of Mansoul had thus far rid themselves of their enemies, 
 and of the troublers of their peace, in the next place a strict commandment 
 was given out, that yet my Lord Will-be-will should, with Diligence his 
 man, search for, and do his best to apprehend, what town Diabolouians 
 were yet alive in Mansoul. The names of several of them were, Mr. Fool- 
 ing, Mr. Let-Good-Slip, Mr. Slavish-Pear, Mr. No-Love, Mr. Mistrust, 
 Mr. Plesh, and Mr. Sloth. It was also commanded that he should appre- 
 hend Mr. Evil-Questioning's children that he left behind him, and that they 
 should demolish his house there ; Mr. Doubt was his eldest son ; the next 
 to him was Legal-Life, Unbelief, Wrong-Thoughts-of-Christ, Clip-Promise, 
 Carnal-Sense, Live-by -Peeling, Self-Love. All these he had by one wife, and 
 her name was No-Hope, she was the kinswoman of old Incredulity, for he 
 was her uncle ; and when her father, old Dark, was dead, he took her and 
 brought her up, and when she was marriageable, he gave her to this old 
 Evil-Questioning to wife. 
 
 Now the Lord Will-be-will put into execution his commission, with great 
 Diligence, his man. He took Pooling in. the streets, and hanged him up in 
 Want-Wit-Alley, over against his own house. This Fooling was he that 
 would have had the town of Mansoul deliver up Captain Credence into the 
 hands of Diabolus, provided that then he would have withdrawn his forces 
 out of the town. He also took Mr.. Let-Good-Slip one day as he was busy 
 in the market, and executed him according to law. Now there was an 
 honest poor man in Mansoul, and his name was Mr. Meditation-, and one 
 of no great account in the days of apostasy, but now of repute with the 
 best of the town. This man therefore they were willing to prefer. Now 
 Mr. Let-Good-Slip had a great deal of wealth heretofore in Mansoul, and, 
 at Emanuel's coming, it was sequestered to the use of the Prince; this 
 therefore was now given to Mr. Meditation, to improve for the common
 
 252 
 
 THE HOLY WAR. 
 
 good, and after him to his son, Mr. Think- Well : this Think- Well he had by 
 
 D v 
 
 Mrs. Piety his wife, and she was the daughter of Mr. Recorder. 
 
 After this, my lord apprehended Clip-Promise; now because he was a 
 notorious villain, for by his doings much of the King's coin was abused, 
 therefore he was made a public example. He was arraigned, and adjudged 
 to be first set in the pillory, and then to be whipped by all the children and 
 servants in Mansoul, and then to be hanged till he was dead. Some may 
 wonder at the severity of this man's punishment ; but they that are honest 
 traders in Mansoul are sensible of the great abuse that one clipper of 
 promises in little time may do to the town of Mansoul. And truly my 
 judgment is, that all those of his name and his life should be served even 
 as he. 
 
 He also apprehended Carnal-Sense, and put him in hold ; but how it 
 
 SELF-LOVE SLAIN. 
 
 came about I cannot tell, but he broke prison and made his escape. Yea, 
 and the bold villain will not yet quit the town, but lurks in the Diabolonian 
 dens a-days, and haunts like a ghost honest men's houses a-nights. Where- 
 fore there was a proclamation set up in the market-place in Mansoul,
 
 THE HOLY WAR. 253 
 
 signifying, that whosoever could discover Carnal-Sense, and apprehend him 
 and slay him, should be admitted daily to the Prince's table, and should be 
 made keeper of the treasure of Mansoul. Many, therefore, bent themselves 
 to do this thing ; but take him and slay him they could not, though he was 
 often discovered. But my lord took Mr. Wrong-Thoughts-of-Christ, and 
 put him in prison, and he died of a lingering consumption. 
 
 Self-Love was also taken and committed to custody, but there were many 
 that were allied to him in Mansoul, so his judgment was deferred ; but at 
 last Mr. Self-Denial stood up, and said, " If such villains as these may be 
 winked at in Mansoul, I will lay down my commission." He also took 
 him from the crowd, and had him among his soldiers, and there was 
 brained. But some in Mansoul muttered at it, though none durst speak 
 plainly, because Emanuel was in the town. But this brave act of Captain 
 Self-Denial came to the Prince's ears ; so he sent for him, and made him a 
 lord in Mansoul. My Lord Will-be-will also obtained great commendation 
 from Emanuel for what he had done for the town of Mansoul. 
 
 TOWN OF MANSOUL. 
 
 Then my Lord Self-Denial took courage, and set to the pursuing of the 
 Diabolonians with my Lord Will-be-will ; and they took Live-by-Feeling, 
 and they took Legal-Life, and put them in hold till they died. But 
 Mr. Unbelief was a nimble jack, him they could never lay hold of, though
 
 254 T1IK HOLY WAR. 
 
 they attempted to do it often. He therefore, and some of the subtlest of 
 the Diabolonian tribe, yet remained in Mansoul, to the time that Mansoul 
 left off to dwell any longer in the kingdom of Universe. But they kept 
 them to their dens and holes : if one of them appeared, or happened to be 
 seen in one of the streets of the town of Mansoul, the whole town would 
 be up in arms after them, yea, the very children in Mansoul would cry out 
 after them as after a thief, and would wish that they might stone them to 
 death with stones. And now Mansoul arrived to some good degree of 
 peace and quiet, her Prince also abode within her borders, her captains 
 prov. xxxi. also, and her soldiers, did their duties, and Mansoul minded the 
 trade that she had with the country afar off; also she was busy in her 
 manufacture.* 
 
 When the town of Mansoul had thus far rid themselves of so many of 
 their enemies, and the troublers of their peace, the Prince sent to them, 
 and appointed a day wherein he would meet the whole people at the 
 market-place, and there give them in charge concerning the future matters, 
 that, if observed, would tend to their farther safety and comfort, and to the 
 condemnation and destruction of their home-bred Diaboloniaus. So the day 
 appointed was come, and the townsmen met together ; Emanuel also came 
 down in his chariot, and all his captains in their state attending of him 
 on the right hand and on the left. Then was an O yes made for silence, 
 and after some mutual carriages of love, the Prince began, and thus pro- 
 ceeded : 
 
 " You, my Mansoul, and the beloved of mine heart, many and great are 
 the privileges that I have bestowed upon you ; I have singled you out from 
 others, and have chosen you to myself, not for your worthiness, but for 
 mine own sake. I have also redeemed you, not only from the dread of my 
 Father's law, but from the hand of Diabolus. This I have done because 
 I loved you, and because I have set my heart upon you to do you good. 
 I have also, that all things that might hinder thy way to the pleasures of 
 Paradise might be taken out of the way, laid down for thee, for thy soul, a 
 plenary satisfaction, and have bought thee for myself; a price not of 
 
 * Thine eyes stall see the King in his beauty : they shall behold the land that is very far off. 
 Isa. xxxiii. 17. For our conversation is in heaven, from whence also we look for the Saviour, 
 the Lord Jesus Christ. Phil. iii. 20.
 
 THE HOLY WAR. 255 
 
 corruptible things, as of silver and gold, but a price of blood, mine own blood, 
 which I have freely spilt upon the ground to make thee mine. So I have 
 reconciled thee, O my Mansoul, to my Father, and entrusted thee in the 
 mansion-houses that are with my Father in the royal city, where things 
 are, my Mansoul, that eye hath not seen, nor hath entered into the heart 
 of man to conceive. 
 
 " Besides, O my Mansoul, thou seest what I have done, and how I have 
 taken thee out of the hand of thine enemies ; unto whom thou hast deeply 
 revolted from my Father, and by whom thou w r ast content to be possessed, 
 and also to be destroyed. I came to thee first by my law, then by my 
 gospel, to awaken thee, and show thee my glory. And thou knowest what 
 thou wast, what thou saidst, w r hat thou didst, and how many times thou 
 rebeUedst against my Father and me; yet I left thee not, as thou seest 
 this day, but came to thee, have borne thy manners, have waited upon thee, 
 and after all, accepted of thee, even of my mere grace and favour; and 
 would not suffer thee to be lost, as thou wouldst most willingly have been. 
 I also compassed thee about, afflicted thee on every side, that I might 
 make thee weary of thy ways, and bring down thy heart with molestation 
 to a willingness to close with thy good and happiness. And when I had 
 gotten a complete conquest over thee, I turned it to thy advantage. 
 
 " Thou seest also what a company of my Father's host I have lodged 
 within thy borders ; captains and rulers, soldiers, men of war, engines and 
 excellent devices, to subdue and bring down thy foes ; thou knowest my 
 meaning, O Mansoul. And they are my servants, and thine too, Mansoul. 
 Yea, my design of possessing of thee with them, and the natural tendency 
 of each of them, is to defend, purge, strengthen, and sweeten thee for myself, 
 O Mansoul, and to make thee meet for my Father's presence, blessing, and 
 glory ; for thou, my Mansoul, art created to be prepared unto these. 
 
 " Thou seest, moreover, my Mansoul, how I have passed by thy back- 
 slidings, and have healed thee. Indeed I was angry with thee, but I have 
 turned away mine anger, and mine indignation is ceased in the destruction of 
 thine enemies, O Mansoul. Nor did thy goodness fetch me again unto thee, 
 after that I for thy transgression had hid my face, and withdrawn my presence 
 from thee. The way of backsliding was thine, but the way and means of 
 recovery was mine. I invented the means of thy return ; it is I that made
 
 25G THE HOLY WAR. 
 
 an hedge and a wall, when thou wast beginning to turn to things in which 
 I delighted not. It was I that made thy sweet bitter, thy day night, thy 
 smooth way thorny, and that also confounded all that sought thy destruction. 
 It was I that set Mr. Godly-Fear to work in Mansoul. It was I that stirred 
 up thy conscience and understanding, thy will and thy affections, after thy 
 great and woeful decay. It was I that put life into thee, Mansoul, to 
 seek me, that thou mightest find me, and in thy finding, find thine own 
 health, happiness, and salvation. It was I that fetched the second time 
 the Diabolonians out of Mansoul ; it was I that overcame them and 
 destroyed them before thy face. 
 
 'iAnd now, my Mansoul, I am returned to thee in peace, and thy trans- 
 gressions against me are as if they had not been. Nor shall it be with 
 thee, as in former days, but I will do better for thee than at thy beginning. 
 For yet a little while, my Mansoul, even after a few more times are gone 
 over thy head, I will (but be not thou troubled at what I say) take down this 
 famous town of Mansoul, stick and stone to the ground. And I will 
 carry the stones thereof, and the timber thereof, and the walls thereof, and 
 the dust thereof, and inhabitants thereof, into mine own country, even into 
 the kingdom of my Father ; and I will there set it up in such strength and 
 glory as it never did see in the kingdom where now it is placed. I will 
 even there set it up for my Father's habitation, because for that purpose it 
 was at first erected in the kingdom of Universe ; and there will I make it a 
 spectacle of wonder, a monument of mercy. There shall the natives of 
 Mansoul see all that of which they have seen nothing here; there shall 
 they be equal to those unto whom they have been inferior here. And there 
 shalt thou, O my Mansoul, have such communion with me, with my Father, 
 and with your Lord Secretary, as is not possible here to be enjoyed, nor 
 ever could be, shouldst thou live in Universe the space of a thousand 
 years. 
 
 " There, O my Mansoul, thou shalt be afraid of murders no more ; of 
 Diabolonians no more. There shall be no more plots, nor contrivances, 
 nor designs against thee, O my Mansoul. There thou shalt no more hear 
 evil tidings, or the noise of the Diabolonian drum. There thou shalt not 
 see the Diabolonian standard-bearers, nor yet behold Diabolus's standard. 
 No Diabolonian mount shall be cast up against thee there, nor shall there
 
 THE HOLY WAR. 257 
 
 the Diabolonian standard be set up to make thee afraid. There thou shalt 
 meet with no sorrow, nor grief, nor shall it be possible that any Diabolonian 
 should again, for ever, be able to creep into thy skirts, burrow in thy walls, 
 or to be seen within thy borders all the days of eternity. Life shall there 
 last longer than here you are able to desire it should, and yet it shall always 
 be sweet and new, nor shall any impediment attend it for ever. 
 
 " There, O Mansoul, thou shalt meet with many of those that have been 
 like thee, and that have been partakers of thy sorrows ; even such as I have 
 chosen and redeemed, and set apart, as thou, for my Father's court and 
 city royal. Ah" they will be glad in thee : and thou, when thou seest them, 
 shall be glad in thine heart. 
 
 " There are things, Mansoul, even things of thy Father's providing 
 and mine, that never were seen since the beginning of the world, and they 
 are laid up with my Father, and sealed up among his treasures for thee, 
 till thou shalt come hither to them. I told you before that I would remove 
 my Mansoul, and set it up elsewhere ; and where I will set it, there are 
 those that love thee, and those that rejoice in thee now ; but much more 
 when they see thee exalted to honour. My Father will then send them 
 for you to fetch you ; and their bosoms are chariots to put you in. And 
 thou, O my Mansoul, shalt ride upon the wings of the wind.* They will 
 come to convey, conduct, and bring you to that, when your eyes see more, 
 that will be your desired haven. 
 
 " And thus, O my Mansoul, I have showed unto thee what shall be 
 done to thee hereafter, if thou canst understand; and now I will tell 
 thee what at present must be thy duty and practice, until I shall come 
 and fetch thee to myself, according as it is related in the Scriptures 
 of truth. 
 
 " First, I charge thee that thou dost hereafter keep more white and clean 
 the liveries which I gave thee before my last withdrawing from thee. Do 
 it, I say, for this will be thy wisdom. They are in themselves fine linen, 
 but thou must keep them white and clean. This will be your wisdom, 
 your honour, and will be greatly for my glory. When your garments are 
 white, the world will count you mine. Also, when your garments are 
 
 * The chariots of God are twenty thousand, even thousands of angels : the Lord is among 
 them as in Sinai, in the holy place. Psalm Ixviii. 17. 
 
 L L
 
 258 THE HOLY WAR. 
 
 white, then I am delighted in your ways ; for then your goings to and fro 
 will be like a flash of lightning, that those that are present must take notice 
 of ; also their eyes will be made to dazzle thereat. Deck thyself, therefore, 
 according to my bidding, and make thyself by my law straight steps for 
 thy feet, so shall thy King greatly desire thy beauty, for he is thy Lord, 
 and worship thou him. 
 
 " Now, that thou mayst keep them as I bid thee, I have, as I before told 
 thee, provided for thee an open fountain to wash thy garments in. Look, 
 therefore, that thou wash often in my fountain, and go not in denied 
 garments ; for as it is to my dishonour, and my disgrace, so it will be to 
 thy discomfort, when thou shalt walk in filthy garments.* Let not, there- 
 fore, my garments, your garments, the garments that I gave thee, be denied 
 or spotted by the flesh. f Keep thy garments always white, and let thy 
 head lack no ointment. 
 
 " My Mansoul, I have ofttimes delivered thee from the designs, plots, 
 attempts, and conspiracies of Diabolus ; and for all this I ask thee nothing, 
 but that thou render not me evil for my good, but that thou bear in mind 
 my love, and the continuation of my kindness to my beloved Mansoul, so 
 as to provoke thee to walk, in thy measure, according to the benefit bestowed 
 on thee. Of old, the sacrifices were bound with cords to the horns of the 
 golden altar. Consider what is said to thee, O my blessed Mansoul. 
 
 " O my Mansoul, I have lived, I have died ; I live, and will die no more 
 for thee ; I live, that thou mayest not die. Because I live, thou shalt live 
 also. I reconciled thee to my Father by the blood of my cross ; and being 
 reconciled, thou shalt live through me. I will pray for thee ; I will fight 
 for thee ; I will yet do thee good. 
 
 " Nothing can hurt thee but sin ; nothing can grieve me but sin ; 
 nothing can make thee base before thy foes but sin ; take heed of sin, my 
 Mansoul. 
 
 " And dost thou know why I at first, and do still suffer Diabolonians to 
 
 * Now Joshua was clothed with filthy garments, and stood before the angel. And he 
 answered, and spake unto those that stood before him, saying, Take away the filthy garments 
 from him. And unto him he said, Behold, I have caused thine iniquity to pass from thee, and 
 I will clothe thee with change of raiment. Zech. iii. 3, 4. 
 
 t And others save with fear, pulling them out of the fire; hating even the garment spotted 
 by the flesh. Jude 23.
 
 THE HOLY WAB. 259 
 
 dwell within thy walls, O Mansoul ? It is to keep thee waiting, to try thy 
 love, to make thee watchful, and to cause thee yet to prize my noble 
 captains, their soldiers, and my mercy. 
 
 "It is also, that thou mayst be made to remember what a deplorable 
 condition thou once wast in ; I mean when, not some, but all did dwell, 
 not in thy wall, but in thy castle, and in thy stronghold, O Mansoul. 
 
 " my Mansoul, should I slay all them within, many there be without that 
 would bring thee into bondage ; for were all these within cut off, those with- 
 out would find thee sleeping ; and then, as in a moment, they would swallow 
 up my Mansoul. I therefore left them in thee not to do thee hurt, (the 
 which they yet will, if thou hearken to them, and serve them,) but to do 
 thee good, the which they must, if thou watch and fight against them. 
 Know, therefore, that whatever they shall tempt thee to, my design is, 
 that they should drive thee, not further off, but nearer to my Father, to 
 learn thee war, to make petitioning desirable to thee, and to make thee 
 little in thine own eyes. Hearken diligently to this, my Mansoul. 
 
 " Show me, then, thy love, my Mansoul, and let not those that are 
 within thy walls take thy affections off from him that hath redeemed thy 
 soul. Yea, let the sight of a Diabolonian heighten thy love to me. I came 
 once, and twice, and thrice, to save thee from the poison of those arrows 
 that would have wrought thy death ; stand for me, my friend, my Mansoul, 
 against the Diabolonians, and I will stand for thee before my Father, and 
 all his court. Love me against temptations ; and I will love thee, notwith- 
 standing thine infirmities. 
 
 " O my Mansoul, remember what my captains, my soldiers, and mine 
 engines have done for thee. They have fought for thee, they have borne 
 much at thy hand to do thee good, Mansoul. Hadst thou not had them 
 to help thee, Diabolus had certainly made a hand of thee. Nourish them, 
 therefore, my Mansoul. When thou dost well, they will be well; when 
 thou dost ill, they will be ill, and sick, and weak. Make not my captains 
 sick, O Mansoul ; for if they be sick, thou canst not be well ; if they be 
 weak, thou canst not be strong ; if they be faint, thou canst not be stout 
 and valiant for thy King, O Mansoul. Nor must thou think always to live 
 by sense, thou must live upon my word. Thou must believe, O my Man- 
 soul, when I am for thee, that yet I love and bear thee upon mine heart 
 for ever.
 
 260 
 
 THE HOLY WAR. 
 
 " Remember, therefore, O my Mansoul, that thou art beloved of me ; as 
 I have, therefore, taught thee to watch, to fight, to pray, and to make war 
 against my foes, so now I command thee to believe that my love is constant 
 to thee. O my Mansoul, now have I set my heart and love upon thee ! 
 Rev. H. 24. Watch. ' Behold, I lay none other burden upon thee than what 
 thou hast already. Hold fast, till I come.' ' 
 
 RICHARD CLAY, rr.INTLR, BREAD STREET HILL, LONDON.
 
 
 f

 
 -:*< * >. 
 
 -> - ..' > j^> >> 
 ^> >^2pp-> 
 
 
 > > > 
 
 - 
 . , 
 
 > 
 
 , v - 
 
 > > I 
 
 * > 
 > > 
 
 . > 
 
 -> ; 30 J 
 
 .>-"gE> ~.* 
 ~>-.5i> /> 
 
 '* -> JJB* 8 *- 2 **' 
 
 > > X! 
 
 > 
 
 >j > > 
 
 . > : 
 .- > 
 
 i . :>? : 
 > > 
 > > 
 
 . 
 
 - 
 
 
 ^>->'^ 
 
 ;^C 

 
 "^-g^, 
 
 "^f &3? 
 
 >'Se*i 
 
 . :,*-.> ' 
 
 > ^ 
 
 > i- 
 
 
 - ^V^v^ 
 
 ^'^ E - ". 
 
 
 f 
 
 3 
 
 ^> ^ 
 " 
 ..>> .>* 
 
 
 - ' 
 
 >?>>' /^ 
 >> \ 
 
 r; 

 
 I 
 
 -